Today's Hours: 8:00am - 6:00pm

Books

  • Digital
    volume editors: Gianni Marone, Francescopaolo Granata.
    Contents:
    History of research on angiogenesis
    Immune cells as a source and target of angiogenic and lymphangiogenic factors
    Neuropilins: role in signalling, angiogenesis and disease
    Class 3 semaphorin in angiogenesis and lymphangiogenesis
    Angiogenic and antiangiogenic chemokines
    Role of uPA/uPAR in the modulation of angiogenesis
    Neutrophil-derived cytokines involved in physiological and pathological angiogenesis
    Roles of eosinophils in the modulation of angiogenesis
    Regulatory T cells, leptin and angiogenesis
    Angiogenesis as a therapeutic target for obesity and metabolic diseases
    Angiogenesis in multiple myeloma
    Angiogenesis inhibitors in the treatment of prostate cancer
    Therapeutic perspectives in vascular remodeling in asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    Jack L. Arbiser, editor.
    Contents:
    Angiogenesis: General Concepts
    Infantile Hemangioma: New Insights on Pathogenesis and Beta Blockers Mechanisms of Action
    The Role of Angiogenesis in the Development of Psoriasis
    Angiogenesis and Nonmelanoma Skin Cancer
    Melanoma
    Potential Role of Angiogenesis and Lymphangiogenesis in Atopic Dermatitis: Evidence from Human Studies and Lessons from an Animal Model of Human Disease
    Chemoprevention and Angiogenesis
    Angiogenesis and Pathogenesis of Port Wine Stain and Infantile Hemangiomas.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    authors, G. Ian Taylor, Wei-Ren Pan ; associate editor, Prudence Dodwell.
    Contents:
    The anatomic renaissance
    The angiosome concept
    Clinical applications
    The angiosomes of the head and neck
    The angiosomes of the torso
    The angiosomes of the upper limb
    The angiosomes of the lower limb.
  • Digital
    edited by Robson Augusto Souza Santos.
    Summary: This is the first book addressing in full the most important aspects of the angiotensin-(1-7), the key peptide of the protective axis and the main component in the new modulatory concept of the renin-angiotensin system. It features a detailed review of angiotensin-(1-7) and its receptor Mas, comprising the historical background, enzymatic pathways for generation, functions, integrative aspects of its protective profile, and its therapeutic potential. It also encompasses a comprehensive presentation of current knowledge about its widespread biological actions on several tissues, as well as the most recent scientific achievements, emerging from preclinical and clinical trials. Dr. Santos is a renowned researcher on the Renin-Angiontensin system, with remarkable achievements regarding the role of peptides such as alamandine and angiontensin-(1-7). He has also worked on the potential clinical applicability of angiotensin-(1-7)-related drugs for cardiovascular diseases. He has an extensive publication record in the field, including the publication of the book The Protective Arm of the Renin Angiotensin System (Academic Press, 2015). Angiotensin-(1-7) will make a unique contribution to the literature and will be an important resource for biomedical students and researchers, medical practitioners and any other professional interested in this peptide and its role in the renin-angiotensin system.

    Contents:
    INTRODUCTION
    1.ANGIOTENSIN-(1-7) FORMATION AND METABOLISM
    Part I. TOOLS FOR STUDYING ANG-(1-7)
    2. Pharmacological Tools-RAS
    3. Genetic Models (ACE2 Models, MAS Models, Ang-(1-7) Models)
    Part II. ACTIONS OF ANGIOTENSIN-(1-7)
    4. Brain (Ang-(1-7) Metabolism in the Brain, Ang-(1-7) Location in the Brain, MAS Location in the Brain, Ang-(1-7) Actions in the Brain, Cardiovascular Effects of Angiotensin-(1-7) at Specific Medullary Sites, Cardiovascular Effects of Angiotensin-(1-7) at Specific Hypothalamic Sites, Other Angiotensin-(1-7) Effects in the Brain, Neurotransmitter / Neuromodulator Effects of Ang-(1-7)
    5. Heart (B1 Coronary vessels & Cardiomyocytes)
    6. Ang-(1-7) and Cardioprotection
    7. Blood Vessels
    8. Kidney
    9. Lung
    10. Endocrine System
    11. Skeletal Muscle System
    12. Liver
    13. Angiotensin-(1-7) and inflammation
    14. J. Angiotensin-(-1-7) and Cancer
    15. CONCLUDING REMARKS
    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    edited by Robert R. Ruffolo, Jr.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Molecular biology, biochemistry, pharmacology, and clinical perspectives
    v. 2. Medi cinal chemistry.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QP572.A54 A53
    2
  • Digital
    edited by Michael Ritsner.
    Contents:
    Conceptual Issues
    The Different Facets of Anhedonia and Their Associations with Different Psychopathologies
    Understanding Anhedonia: The Role of Perceived Control
    Circadian Fluctuation of Reward Response and Synchronization to Reward
    Anhedonia in Children and Adolescents
    Musical Anhedonia and Visual Hypoemotionality: Selective Loss of Emotional Experience in Music and Vision
    Projecting Oneself into the Future, an Intervention for Improving Pleasure in Patients with Anhedonia
    Neurobiological Advances
    Translational Models of Dopaminergic Mechanisms for Motivational Deficits in Anhedonic Patients
    Brain Systems for the Pleasure of Food and Other Primary Rewards
    Neurogenetics and Neurobiology of Dopamine in Anhedonia
    The Neuroendocrinology of Anhedonia
    Electrophysiological Signatures of Reward Processing in Anhedonia
    Anhedonia in Mouse Models of Methamphetamine-Induced Drug Seeking Behavior
    Neural Basis of Anhedonia Associated with Stress-Induced Eating Disorders
    Brain Imaging Correlates of Anhedonia.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Michael Ritsner.
    Contents:
    Anhedonia in Psychotic Disorders
    Anhedonia in Schizophrenia: A Brief History and Overview of the Construct
    Measuring Anhedonia in Schizophrenia-Spectrum Disorders: A Selective Update
    Hedonic Capacity and Related Factors in Schizophrenia and Schizoaffective Disorder
    Anhedonia as an Indicator of Genetic Vulnerability to Schizophrenia
    Anhedonia in Schizophrenia: A Deficit in Translating Reward Information into Motivated Behavior
    Anhedonia in Mood and Personality Disorders
    Neural Correlates of Anhedonia as a Trait Marker for Depression
    Anhedonia in Trauma Related Disorders: The Good, the Bad, and the Shut-Down
    Anhedonia and Anorexia Nervosa: A Neurocognitive Perspective
    Anhedonia and Negative Symptom Schizotypy
    Anticipatory and Consummatory Anhedonia in Individuals with Schizotypal Traits
    Anhedonia and Risk of Suicide: An Overview
    Anhedonia in Neurological and Physical Disorders
    Anhedonia and Epilepsy
    Anhedonia in Parkinson's Disease and Other Movement Disorders
    Anhedonia in Heart Disease
    Cerebrovascular Diseases: Post-stroke Depression and Anhedonia.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Lewis I. Held, Jr.
    Summary: Among the offspring of humans and other animals are occasional individuals that are malformed in whole or in part. The most grossly abnormal of these have been referred to from ancient times as monsters, because their birth was thought to foretell doom; the less severely affected are usually known as anomalies. This volume digs deeply into the cellular and molecular processes of embryonic development that go awry in such exceptional situations. It focuses on the physical mechanisms of how genes instruct cells to build anatomy, as well as the underlying forces of evolution that shaped these mechanisms over eons of geologic time. The narrative is framed in a historical perspective that should help students trying to make sense of these complex subjects. Each chapter is written in the style of a Sherlock Holmes story, starting with the clues and ending with a solution to the mystery.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Ashish S. Verma, Anchal Singh.
    Summary: Animal Biotechnology introduces applications of animal biotechnology and implications for human health and welfare. It begins with an introduction to animal cell cultures and genome sequencing analysis and provides readers with a review of available cell and molecular tools. Topics here include the use of transgenic animal models, tissue engineering, nanobiotechnology, and proteomics. The book then delivers in-depth examples of applications in human health and prospects for the future, including cytogenetics and molecular genetics, xenografts, and treatment of HIV and cancers. All this is complemented by a discussion of the ethical and safety considerations in the field. Animal biotechnology is a broad field encompassing the polarities of fundamental and applied research, including molecular modeling, gene manipulation, development of diagnostics and vaccines, and manipulation of tissue. Given the tools that are currently available and the translational potential for these studies, animal biotechnology has become one of the most essential subjects for those studying life sciences. Highlights the latest biomedical applications of genetically modified and cloned animals with a focus on cancer and infectious diseases. Provides firsthand accounts of the use of biotechnology tools, including molecular markers, stem cells, and tissue engineering.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Heiner Niemann, Christine Wrenzycki, editors.
    Summary: This two-volume textbook provides a comprehensive overview on the broad field of Animal Biotechnology with a special focus on livestock reproduction and breeding. The reader will be introduced to a variety of state-of-the-art technologies and emerging genetic tools and their applications in animal production. Also, ethics and legal aspects of animal biotechnology will be discussed and new trends and developments in the field will be critically assessed. The two-volume work is a must-have for graduate students, advanced undergraduates and researchers in the field of veterinary medicine, genetics and animal biotechnology. This first volume mainly focuses on artificial insemination, embryo transfer technologies in diverse animal species and cryopreservation of oocytes and embryos.

    Contents:
    1. Evolution of Animal Breeding and Animal Biotechnology
    2. Future Agricultural Animals: The Need for Biotechnology
    3. Artificial Insemination in Domestic and Wild Animal Species
    4. Technique and Application of Sex Sorted Sperm in Domestic Farm Animals
    5. ET-Technologies in Domestic Cattle
    6. ET-Technology in Small Ruminants
    7. ET-Technology in Domestic Pigs
    8. ET-Technologies in Horses
    9. Endoscopy in Cattle Reproduction
    10. Transvaginal Ultrasound-Guided Oocyte Retrieval (OPU: Ovum Pick-Up) in Cows and Mares
    11. Preservation of Gametes and Embryos
    12. In vitro Production of Farm Animal Embryos.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Heiner Niemann, Christine Wrenzycki, editors.
    Summary: This two-volume textbook provides a comprehensive overview on the broad field of Animal Biotechnology with a special focus on livestock reproduction and breeding. The reader will be introduced to a variety of state-of-the-art technologies and emerging genetic tools and their applications in animal production. Also, ethics and legal aspects of animal biotechnology will be discussed and new trends and developments in the field will be critically assessed. The two-volume work is a must-have for graduate students, advanced undergraduates and researchers in the field of veterinary medicine, genetics and animal biotechnology. This second volume is dedicated to genetic tools in animal biotechnology such as somatic cloning, transgenic technologies and the application of stem cells in livestock breeding. Also, ethics and legal aspects are discussed.

    Contents:
    1. Somatic Cloning of Livestock by Somatic Cell Nuclear Transfer
    2. Commercial Applications of SCNT in Livestock
    3. Epigenetic Features of Animal Biotechnologies
    4. Current Status of Genomic Maps, Genomic Selection/GBV in Livestock
    5. Embryo Biopsies for Genomic Selection
    6. Production of Transgenic Livestock: Overview of Transgenic Technologies
    7. DNA-Nucleases and Their Use in Livestock Production
    8. Regulatory Dysfunction Inhibits the Development and Application of Transgenic Livestock for use in Agriculture
    9. Genetically Engineered Large Animals in Biomedicine
    10. Stem Cells and Cell Conversion in Livestock
    11. The Legal Governance of Animal Biotechnologies
    12. Ethical Aspects of Animal Biotechnology
    13. Public Perception of Animal Biotechnology.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Mohamed Al-Rubeai.
    Summary: Animal cells are the preferred "cell factories" for the production of complex molecules and antibodies for use as prophylactics, therapeutics or diagnostics. Animal cells are required for the correct post-translational processing (including glycosylation) of biopharmaceutical protein products. They are used for the production of viral vectors for gene therapy. Major targets for this therapy include cancer, HIV, arthritis, cardiovascular and CNS diseases and cystic fibrosis. Animal cells are used as in vitro substrates in pharmacological and toxicological studies. This book is designed to serve as a comprehensive review of animal cell culture, covering the current status of both research and applications. For the student or R&D scientist or new researcher the protocols are central to the performance of cell culture work, yet a broad understanding is essential for translation of laboratory findings into the industrial production. Within the broad scope of the book, each topic is reviewed authoritatively by experts in the field to produce state-of-the-art collection of current research. A major reference volume on cell culture research and how it impacts on production of biopharmaceutical proteins worldwide, the book is essential reading for everyone working in cell culture and is a℗ℓrecommended volume for all biotechnology libraries.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Fernando Álvarez, Margarita Ojeda, editors.
    Summary: This volume investigates the contemporary fauna that inhabit the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin. Divided into 15 chapters, it addresses and describes their diversity, taxonomic and biogeogaphic affinities, and ecological characteristics. The Cuatro Ciénegas Valley is a unique oasis in the south-central region of the State of Coahuila, part of the Sonoran Desert, in Mexico. Several clues, specially derived from the study of the microbiota, suggest a very ancient origin of the valley and its permanence through time. This condition had promoted a high level of endemism and led to unique interactions between the resident species.

    Contents:
    The fauna of the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin, a unique assemblage of species, habitats and evolutionary histories
    Helminth community structure of some freshwater fishes of the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin: patterns and processes
    Abundance and diversity of the soil microarthropod fauna from the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin
    Scorpion (Arachnida: Scorpiones) from the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin
    The spiders of the Churince region, Cuatro Ciénegas Basin: A comparison with other desert areas of North America
    Crustaceans from the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin: diversity, origin and endemism
    Spatial and temporal patterns of diversity of the Lepidopter (Papilionoidea sensu lato) in the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin
    Diversity and resource use patterns of bees and flies that visit flowers in the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin
    Odonata of the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin
    Diversity and community structure of ants in the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin, Coahuila, Mexico
    Prostigmatid mites (Arachnida: Acariformes: Prostigmata) parasitic on amphibians and reptiles in the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin
    Systematics of the fish from the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin
    Diversity of amphibians and reptiles in the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin
    The birds of the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin, a wetland within the Chihuahuan Desert
    Evaluating the hypothesis of Plesitocene refugia for mammals in the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Andreas Werner.
    Contents:
    Targeted small noncoding rna-directed gene activation in human cells
    Isolation of chromatoid bodies from mouse testis as a rich source of short RNAs
    Generation of endo-siRNAs in xenopus laevis oocytes
    Analysis of endo-siRNAs in drosophila
    Methods for studying the biological consequences of endo-siRNA deficiency in drosophila melanogaster
    Small RNA library cloning procedure for deep sequencing of specific endogenous siRNA classes in caenorhabditis elegans
    Assays for direct and indirect effects of c. Elegans endo-siRNAs
    Extraction and nonradioactive detection of small RNA molecules
    P19-mediated enrichment and detection of siRNAs
    Detection of small noncoding RNAs by in situ hybridization using probes of 2'-o-methyl RNA + LNA
    Enhanced detection of small RNAs using a nonradioactive approach
    Computing siRNA and piRNA overlap signatures
    Isolation of small interfering RNAs using viral suppressors of RNA interference
    Computational analysis, biochemical purification, and detection of tRNA-derived small RNA fragments
    Differential DNA methylation patterns in endo-siRNAs mediated silencing of LINE-1 retrotransposons.
    Digital Access Springer [2014]
  • Digital
    [edited by] David E. Swayne.
    Contents:
    Influenza A virus / David L. Suarez
    Diagnostics and surveillance methods / Erica Spackman, David L. Suarez and Giovanni Cattoli
    The economics of animal influenza / Anni McLeod and Jan Hinrichs
    Trade and food safety aspects for animal influenza viruses / David E. Swayne
    Public health implications of animal influenza viruses / Nancy Cox, Sue Trock and Tim Uyeki
    The innate and adaptive immune response to avian influenza virus / Lonneke Vervelde and Darrell R. Kapczynski
    Wild bird infections and the ecology of avian influenza viruses / David Stallknecht and Justin Brown
    The global nature of avian influenza / David E. Swayne
    Multi-continental panzootic of H5 highly pathogenic avian influenza (1996-2015) / Les Sims and Ian Brown
    High pathogenicity avian influenza outbreaks since 2008 except multi-continental panzootic of H5 goose/guangdong-lineage viruses / Ian Brown, Celia Abolnik, Juan Garcia-Garcia, Sam McCullough, David E. Swayne and Giovanni Cattoli
    Low pathogenicity avian influenza / Daniel Perez and J.J. (Sjaak) deWit
    Epidemiology of avian influenza in agricultural and other man-made systems / Les Sims, John Weaver and David E. Swayne
    Pathobiology of avian influenza in domestic ducks / Mary Pantin-Jackwood
    Avian influenza control strategies / Les Sims and David E. Swayne
    Vaccines and vaccination for avian influenza in poultry / David E. Swayne and Darrell R. Kapczynski
    The disease, pathobiology and epidemiology of influenza infections in pigs / Susan E. Detmer
    Immunity, diagnosis and intervention strategies of influenza infections in pigs / Montserrat Torremorell
    Global evolution of influenza A viruses in swine / Amy Vincent, Nicola Lewis and Richard Webby
    Vaccines and vaccination for swine influenza : differing situations in Europe and the USA / Kristine van Reeth, Amy L. Vincent and Kelly Lager
    The disease, pathobiology and epidemiology of influenza infections in horses / Gabrielle A, Landolt and Thomas M. Chambers
    Vaccines and vaccination to control equine influenza / Thomas M. Chambers
    Canine influenza / Colin R. Parrish and Edward J. Dubovi
    Sporadic influenza A virus infections of miscellaneous mammal species / Edwin J.B. Veldhuis Kroeze and Thijs Kuiken
    Mammalian experimental models and implications in understanding zoonotic potential / Jessica A. Belser and Terrence M. Tumpey.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Heide Schatten, Department of Veterinary Pathobiology, University of Missouri-Columbia, USA and Gheorghe M. Constantinescu, Department of Biomedical Sciences, College of Veterinary Medicine, University of Missouri-Columbia, Columbia, USA.
    Contents:
    Anatomy of the reproductive system / Gheorghe M. Constantinescu
    Anatomy of mammalian (endocrine) glands controlling the reproduction / Gheorghe M. Constantinescu
    Models for investigating placental biology / Laramie Pence and Bhanu P. Telugu
    Early developmental programming of the ovarian reserve, ovarian function and fertility / F. Mossa, S.W. Walsh, A.C.O. Evans, J.J. Ireland
    Small non-coding RNAs in gametogenesis / Lukasz Smorag and D.V. Krishna Pantakani
    The ovarian follicle of cows as a model for human / Marc-Andre Sirard
    Production of energy and determination of competence : past knowledge, present research and future opportunities in oocyte and embryo metabolism / Jason R. Herrick, Elena Silva, Rebecca L. Krisher
    Signal transduction pathways in oocyte maturation / Francois J Richard, Nicolas Santiquet, Annick Bergeron and Daulat Raheem Khan
    Pig models of reproduction / B.R. Mordhorst and R.S. Prather
    The mare as an animal model for reproductive aging in the woman / Elaine M. Carnevale
    Spotlight on reproduction in domestic dogs / Shirley J Wright
    Animal models of inflammation during pregnancy / Karen E. Racicot and Keith E. Latham
    Practical approaches, achievements, and perspectives in the study on signal transduction in oocyte maturation and fertilization : focusing on the African clawed frog xenopus laevis as an animal model / Ken-ichi Sato
    Prezygotic chromosomal examination of mouse spermatozoa / Hiroyuki Watanabe and Hiroyuki Tateno
    Molecular and cellular aspects of mammalian sperm acrosomal exocytosis / Florenza A. La Spina, Cintia Stival, Dario Krapf, Mariano G. Buffone
    Sperm chromatin dynamics associated with male fertility in mammals / Naseer A. Kutchy, Sule Dogan, Abdullah Kaya, Arlindo Moura, Erdogan Memili
    Epigenome modification and ubiquitin-dependent proteolysis during pronuclear development of the mammalian zygote (animal models to study pronuclear development) / Jan Nevoral and Peter Sutovsky
    Alterations of epignome induced by environment in reproduction / Zhao-Jia Ge, Shen Yin, Heide Schatten
    Towards development of pluripotent porcine stem cells by road-mapping early embryonic development / Stoyan Petkov, Kristine Freude, Kaveh Mashayekhi, Poul Hyttel and Vanessa Hall
    Applications of metabolomics in reproductive biology / Ana Luiza Cazaux Velho, Rodrigo Oliveira, Arlindo Moura, Abdullah Kaya, Erdogan Memili
    Cryopreservation of mammalian oocytes / Muhammad Anzar.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Marianne I. Martic-Kehl and P. August Schubiger.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Ethical aspects of the use of animals in translational research
    Chapter 3. Study design
    Chapter 4. Improving external validity of experimental animal data
    Chapter 5. How to end selective reporting in animal research
    Chapter 6. A comprehensive overview of mouse models in oncology
    Chapter 7. Mouse models of advanced spontaneous metastasis for experiemental therapeutics
    Chapter 8. Spontaneous animal tumor models
    Chapter 9. Dog models of naturally occurring cancer
    Chapter 10. Improving preclincal cancer models: lessons from human and canine clinical trials of metronomic chemotherapy .
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Aimin Liu, editor.
    Summary: This book focuses on the use of animal models to study various human defects. It summarizes our current understanding of a variety of common human birth defects and the essential role of animal models in shedding light on the underlying mechanisms of these disorders. Birth defects are the leading cause of infant deaths, and cost billions of dollars in care for those affected. Unfortunately, the lack of a clear understanding of the mechanisms leading to many of these developmental disorders has hindered effective prevention and early intervention strategies. Studies using animal models have provided essential insights into several human birth defects. This book serves as a valuable reference resource for researchers and graduate students who are interested in learning the basic principles as well as the latest advances in the study of the mechanisms of human birth defects.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    1: A History of Mouse Genetics: From Fancy Mice to Mutations in Every Gene
    1.1 Overview
    1.2 Establishing the Mouse as a Mammalian Model for Research
    1.2.1 Mendelian Genetics in Mice
    1.2.2 Inbred Mouse Strains
    1.3 Getting to Know the Mouse Genome: From Inbred Lines to Genetic Maps
    1.3.1 Inbred and Congenic Strains
    1.3.2 The Origins of Developmental Genetics
    1.3.3 Linkage Analysis, Complementation Tests, and Recombination Maps
    1.3.4 Cytogenetics: Chromosomal Maps and Rearrangements 1.3.5 Improving Linkage Maps: New Markers, Recombinant Inbred Lines, and Interspecific Backcrosses
    1.3.6 From Linkage Maps to Physical Maps
    1.4 The Molecular Biology Revolution and Mouse Genetics
    1.5 Manipulating the Mouse Genome: Making Mutants
    1.5.1 The Power of Mutagens
    1.5.2 Transgenesis: Introducing Exogenous DNA in the Mouse Genome
    1.5.3 Targeted Mutagenesis Through Homologous Recombination
    1.5.4 Genome Engineering with Endonucleases: CRISPR/Cas9 Engineering
    1.6 The Mouse Genome Sequence 1.7 A Mutant in Every Gene: Large-Scale Approaches to Study Gene Function
    1.7.1 Forward Mutagenesis Screens and Positional Cloning
    1.7.2 Gene-Trap Mutagenesis Screens
    1.7.3 The International Knockout and Phenotyping Consortia
    1.8 Future Perspectives
    References
    2: Mouse Models of Neural Tube Defects
    2.1 Overview
    2.2 Types of NTDs
    2.3 Diagnosis and Treatment of NTDs
    2.4 The Etiology of NTDs
    2.5 NTDs Result from Failure of Neural Tube Closure
    2.6 Mouse Models Have Been Instrumental in Elucidating the Mechanics of Neural Tube Closure 2.7 Convergent Extension Movements and the Planar Cell Polarity Pathway
    2.8 Hinge Point Formation
    2.9 Apical Constriction Is Coordinated with PCP Activation in the Neural Plate
    2.10 Formation of Hinge Points Is Regulated by Shh and BMPs
    2.11 PCP, Ciliogenesis, and Shh Signaling
    2.12 Role of the Nonneural Ectoderm in Neural Fold Elevation and Fusion
    2.13 Prevention of NTDs by Micronutrient Supplementation
    2.14 Mechanisms by Which Folic Acid Prevents NTDs
    2.15 Folate is a Cofactor Required for Synthesis of DNA, Amino Acid and Methyl Donors 2.16 Folate and Homocysteine
    2.17 Studies in Mice Suggest Supplementation with Inositol or Formate May Prevent Folate-Resistant NTDs
    2.18 Future Directions
    References
    3: Animal Models of Pancreas Development, Developmental Disorders, and Disease
    3.1 Overview
    3.2 Introduction
    3.2.1 Overview of Pancreas Development
    3.2.2 Molecular Regulation of Pancreas Development
    3.2.3 Developmental Defects and Their Impact on Pancreatic Function and Disease
    3.3 Juvenile and Adult Diseases of the Pancreas
    3.3.1 Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus (T1DM) 3.3.2 Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus (T2DM)
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Jerome Y. Yager.
    Contents:
    1. Unilateral common carotid artery ligation as a model of perinatal asphyxia: the original Rice-Vannucci model
    2. Bilateral uterine artery ligation (BUAL): placental insufficiency causing fetal growth restriction and cerebral palsy
    3. Perinatal intracerebral hemorrhage model and developmental disability
    4. Preterm rabbit model of glycerol-induced intraventricular hemorrhage
    5. Models of perinatal brain injury in premature and term newborns resulting from gestational inflammation due to inactivated group B streptococcus (GBS), or lipopolysaccharide (LPS) from E. coli and/or immediately postnatal hypoxia-ischemia (HI)
    6. Fetal brain activity in the sheep model with intrauterine hypoxia
    7. Studies of perinatal asphyxial brain injury in the fetal sheep
    8, The sheep as a model of brain injury in the premature infant
    9. The rabbit as a model of cerebral palsy
    10. A newborn piglet survival model of post-hemorrhagic ventricular dilatation (PHVD)
    11. Physiologic aspects of the piglet as a model of neonatal hypoxia and reoxygenation
    12. The newborn pig global hypoxic-ischemic model of preinatal brain and organ injury
    13. Animal models of fetal alcohol spectrum disorder
    14. Modeling intellectual disability in drosophila
    15. Animal models of cerebral dysgenesis: excitotoxic brain injury
    16. The effect of age on brain plasticity in animal models of developmental disability
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Chi-Chao Chan, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Animal models of herpes keratitis
    2. Animal models of cataracts
    3. Animla models of glaucoma
    4. Animal models of age-related macular degeneration: subretinal inflammation
    5. Animal models of diabetic retinopathy
    6. Animal models of autoimmune uveitis
    7. Animal models of retinitis pigmentosa (RP)
    8. An animla model of Graves' orbitopathy
    9. Animal models of ocular tumors
    10. Epilogue
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Steven D. Waldman.
    Contents:
    1. Ryan Rostov: A 52-year-old Male with Right Ankle Pain
    2. Shirley McCain: A 62-year-old Dance Instructor with Right Foot Pain
    3. Anna Coyle: A 24-year-old Dental Hygienist with Severe Medial Ankle Pain
    4. Scott English: A 32-year-old Truck Mechanic with Pain and Electric Shock-Like Sensation Radiating into the Dorsum of the Foot
    5. Chip Anderson: A 36-year-old Maintenance Man with Numbness and Paresthesias in the Sole of the Foot
    6. Paul Reckinger: A 32-year-old Real Estate Agent with Severe Right Ankle Pain with an Associated Catching Sensation
    7. DeShawn Freely: A 29-year-old Basketball Player with the Feeling He Had Been Shot in the Ankle
    8. Irina Antipova: A 72-year-old Violinist with Right Great Toe Pain
    9. Bobby Moltisanti: A 48-year-old Meat Cutter with a Painful Bump on His Big Toe
    10. Miranda Halliday: A 24-year-old Fashion Designer with Pain in Her Little Toe
    11. Sarah Davidow: A 64-year-old Homemaker with Foot Pain
    12. Ross Marquette: A 68-year-old Retired Executive with Severe Posterior Foot Pain
    13. Ada Hunt: A 31-year-old Customer Service Representative with Pain in the Arch of the Left Foot
    14. Betty Bartholomew: A 32-year-old Pharmacist with Persistent Foot Pain
    15. Chuck North: A 32-year-old Veteran with Pain in the Ball of His Foot.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    C. Niek van Dijk.
    Summary: Ankle injuries are often sport related and pose a diagnostic and therapeutic challenge. Over the past 25 years, Niek van Dijk, founder of the Amsterdam Foot and Ankle School and author of this book, has developed a new philosophy of ankle arthroscopy. It entails a comprehensive approach which includes various diagnostic strategies and the application of a number of minimally invasive endoscopic techniques. The procedures are based on research programs and long-term outcome studies performed at the Orthopaedic Research Center Amsterdam. Use of these techniques has spread throughout the world; they are now recognized as the state of the art and have been used to treat many leading professional athletes. This diagnostic and operating manual presents the Amsterdam Foot and Ankle School approach for a wide variety of ankle and hindfoot problems. Clear step-by-step instructions are provided with the help of numerous high-quality illustrations, most of which are in color. Access to a web-based educational site is also available to readers.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe, Gino M.M.J. Kerhoffs, editors.
    Summary: This book creates a unique platform that covers main ankle pathologies specifically related with football. Experiences from professional players have been combined with evidence-based medical content from renowned experts in the field to present a comprehensive picture on ankle injuries in football. Worldwide, ankle injuries present a high burden for sports medicine physicians, physiotherapists, players, and coaches in and around the football pitch. This book contains updated content for both medical and nonmedical individuals involved with football.

    Contents:
    1. Anatomy of the Ankle / Pau Golanó, Miquel Dalmau-Pastor, Jordi Vega, and Jorge Pablo Batista
    2. Interview - Raul / Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
    3. Epidemiology and Mechanisms of Ankle Pathology in Football / Ryan L. Anderson, Lars Engebretsen, Nicholas Kennedy, Robert LaPrade, Adam M. Wegner, and Eric Giza
    4. Interview - Ricardo Pruna / Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
    5. Prevention of Ankle Injuries / Miriam van Reijen and Evert Verhagen
    6. Interview - Frank de Bleeckere / Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
    7. Ankle Ligament Lesions / Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs, Peter A.J. de Leeuw, Joshua N. Tennant, and Annunziato Amendola
    8. Interview - Jan Wouters / Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
    9. Osteochondral Defects in the Ankle Joint / Rogier Gerards, Maartje Zengerink, and C. Niek van Dijk
    10. Interview - Velibor "Bora" Milutinović / Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
    11. Anterior Ankle Impingement / Johannes L. Tol, Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe, Peter A.J. de Leeuw, Mario Maas, and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
    12. Interview - Eva Blewanus / Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
    13. Posterior Ankle Impingement / Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs, Peter A.J. de Leeuw, and Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe
    14. Interview - Ron Spelbos / Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
    15. Ankle Fractures, Including Avulsion Fractures / Kyriacos I. Eleftheriou, James D.F. Calder, Peter Kloen, and Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe
    16. Interview - Leonne Stentler / Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
    17. Fifth Metatarsal Stress Fractures in Football / Hanneke Weel, Simon Goedegebuure, Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe, and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
    18. Acute Achilles Tendon Rupture / Jon Karlsson, Nicklas Olsson, and Katarina Nilsson Helander
    19. Achilles Tendinopathy / Robert Jan de Vos, Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe, Peter de Leeuw, and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
    20. Peroneal and Posterior Tibial Tendon Pathology / Hélder Pereira, Pedro Luís Ripoll, Joaquim M. Oliveira, Rui L. Reis, João Espregueira-Mendes, and C. Niek van Dijk
    21. The Footballer's Inlay Sole: An Individualised Approach / D.P. Francisco Escobar Ruiz and Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe
    22. Rehabilitation After Ankle Football Injuries / Mark Feger and Jay Hertel
    23. Taping Techniques and Braces in Football / Ruben Zwiers, Leendert Blankevoort, Chris W.A. Swier, A. Claire M. Verheul, and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
    24. Ankle Osteoarthritis in Former Elite Football Players: What Do We Know? / Vincent Gouttebarge and Monique H.W. Frings-Dresen.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Allegra, Francesco; Cortese, Fabrizio; Lijoi, Francesco.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Mohammad Hossein Nicknam, editor.
    Summary: Ankylosing Spondylitis is a chronic autoimmune disease that affects about 1-3% of the world population. This debilitating disease affecting primarily young males exerts considerable socio-economic consequences. The exact pathogenesis of AS has not yet been fully understood; therefore, novel, detailed information sources are required. This book offers cutting-edge knowledge about the molecular basic and immunological mechanisms involved in the pathogenesis of Ankylosing Spondylitis. It is one of the scarce scientific resources discussing the environmental factors triggering the disease, along with the clinical manifestations, diagnostic methods, and treatments. This book covers the most recent and reliable researches and developments about spondyloarthropathies in order to provide elaborated, integrated guidance on the molecular mechanisms of Spondyloarthropathies. It will prove helpful for rheumatologists, immunologists, biologists, geneticists, and medical science students who wish to learn more about SpAs.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Introduction
    1 An overview to Ankylosing spondylitis and Spondyloarthropathies
    Part 2 Cells and cytokines
    2 Innate Immune-Related Cells and Cytokines in Spondyloarthropathies
    3 Adaptive Immune-Related Cells and Cytokines in Spondyloarthropathies
    Part 3
    4 Association of HLA and HLA Related Genes with Ankylosing Spondylitis
    5 Association of non-HLA genes with ankylosing spondylitis
    Part 4
    Environmental factors
    6 Spondyloarthropathies and Gut microbiota
    7 Spondyloarthropathies and Food Intake
    8 Spondyloarthropathies and Environmental Stresses.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Hagen, Ernst Richard.
    Digital Access Google Books [1872]-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L71 .H14 1877
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Neubauer, C.; Ellinger, Alexander; Huppert, Hugo; Vogel, Julius; Neubauer, C.
    Digital Access Google Books 1854-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    J53 .N46 1858
    1
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    v. 192-215, 1976-2001.
    Vol. 192-196 BOUND WITH: Annales chirurgiae et gynaecologiae.
    4
  • Digital/Print
    Casey, Thomas Lincoln; Hovey, Edmund Otis; Poor, Charles Lane; Tower, Ralph W.; Van Ingen, Gilbert.
    Summary: Records of meetings 1808-1916 in v. 11-27.
    Digital Access Wiley v. 1-, 1879-
  • Print
    compiled by Anne-Laure Bourre.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    R854.S7 S71
    3
  • Print
    Santa Clara County Health Systems Agency.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RA393.S234
    1
  • Print
    Chess, Stella; Thomas, Alexander.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    33
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    QM600.C280
    2
  • Print
    Medicines Commission, Committee on Safety of Medicines, Veterinary Products Committee, British Pharmacopoeia Commission, Committee on the Review of Medicines, Committee on Dental and Surgical Materials, and with a report prepared by the Medicines Division of the Department of Health and Social Security.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RS100 .G786
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RA410.8.C1 C14
    3
  • Digital/Print
    Fathman, C. Garrison; Glimcher, Laurie H.; Metzger, Henry; Paul, William E.
    Digital Access Ann Rev v. 1-, 1983-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    25
  • Digital
    Jean-Louis Vincent, editor.
    Summary: The Annual Update compiles reviews of the most recent developments in experimental and clinical intensive care and emergency medicine research and practice in one comprehensive book. The chapters are written by well recognized experts in these fields. The book is addressed to everyone involved in internal medicine, anesthesia, surgery, pediatrics, intensive care and emergency medicine.

    Contents:
    PROVISIONAL Part I. Respiratory Issues
    Part II. ARDS
    Part III. Biomarkers
    Part IV. Fluids
    Part V. Hemodynamic Management
    Part VI. An unknown pandemics
    Part VII. Covid-19 associated coagulopathy
    Part VIII. Sepsis
    Part IX. Bleeding & Transfusion
    Part X. Prehospital Intervention
    Part XI. Neurological Aspects
    Part XII. Organ Donation
    Part XIII. Oncology
    Part XIV. Severe Complications
    Part XV. Prolonged Critical Illness
    Part XVI. Organizational and Ethical Aspects
    Part XVII. Artificial intelligence in the ICU
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Jean-Louis Vincent, editor.
    Summary: The Annual Update compiles reviews of the most recent developments in clinical intensive care and emergency medicine research and practice in one comprehensive book. The chapters are written by well recognized experts in these fields. The book is addressed to everyone involved in intensive care and emergency medicine, anesthesia, surgery, internal medicine, and pediatrics.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Abbreviations
    Part I: Sepsis and the Immune Response
    1: The Role of Mitochondria in the Immune Response in Critical Illness
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Mitochondrial Machinery That Mediates and Regulates Immune Responses in Critical Illness
    1.2.1 Metabolic Reprogramming
    1.2.2 Mitochondrial ROS and mtDNA
    1.2.3 Succinate and Itaconate
    1.2.4 Mitochondrial Dynamics
    1.3 Immunometabolism: The Perfect World Scenario vs. the Critical Illness Scenario
    1.4 Potential of Mitochondria-Targeting Therapy in Critical Care 1.5 Challenges of Applying Mitochondria-Targeting Therapy in Critical Care
    1.6 Conclusion
    References
    2: Immunomodulation by Tetracyclines in the Critically Ill: An Emerging Treatment Option?
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Immunopathogenesis of Sepsis
    2.3 Immunopathogenesis of ARDS
    2.4 Mechanisms of Action of Tetracyclines in ARDS
    2.4.1 In Vivo Models
    2.4.1.1 Effects on Inflammatory Cytokines and NLRP3 Inflammasome Caspase-1 Signaling
    2.4.1.2 Effects on MMPs
    2.4.1.3 Effects on Neutrophil Transmigration
    2.4.2 Human Data 2.5 Mechanisms of Action of Tetracyclines in Sepsis
    2.5.1 In Vitro Models
    2.5.1.1 Effects on Cytokine and Chemokine Production
    2.5.1.2 Effects on Arachidonic Acid Metabolites and NO Production
    2.5.2 In Vivo Models
    2.5.2.1 Effects on MAPK Signaling Pathways and Inflammatory Mediators
    2.5.2.2 Effects on Organ Dysfunction
    2.5.3 Human Data
    2.6 Future Research Perspectives
    2.7 Conclusion
    References
    3: Hit Early: Blocking Interleukin-1 in the Treatment of COVID-19 Pneumonia
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Cytokines and Disease Progression in COVID-19 3.3 Contribution of Monocytes and Macrophages in Early Cytokine Response
    3.4 How Can Early Activation of IL-1 Be Identified?
    3.5 SAVE Strategy: Early Blockade of IL-1 Guided by Biomarkers
    3.6 Conclusion
    References
    4: Hemoadsorption Therapy During ECMO: Emerging Evidence
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Devices and Implementation
    4.3 Hemoadsorption in Combination with ECMO
    4.4 Hemoadsorption in Severe COVID-19 Supported with ECMO
    4.5 Discussion and Outlook
    4.6 Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Respiratory Issues 5: The Forgotten Circulation and Transpulmonary Pressure Gradients
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Pulmonary Vessel Anatomy
    5.3 Pulmonary Vascular Dysfunction
    5.4 Pulmonary Circulation and Its Components
    5.4.1 The Transpulmonary Driving Pressure: A Small Gradient with Big Importance
    5.4.2 Pulmonary Vascular Resistance and 'Closing Pressures'
    5.5 Measuring the Transpulmonary Pressure Gradient
    5.6 The Evolving Role of Pulmonary Arterial Compliance
    5.7 Relevant Clinical Scenarios in Critical Illness
    5.7.1 Pulmonary Hypertension
    5.7.2 Right Ventricular Dysfunction
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Mario Lima, Giovanni Ruggeri, editors.
    Summary: This book brings together lessons learned in the clinical use of anorectal endosonography and manometry in paediatrics. In contrast to adult medicine, where they are virtually indispensable for specialists dealing with colo-proctology, in paediatrics endoanal ultrasound and anorectal manometry are still the prerogative of very few international centres. This book collects the results of a Workshop organised at the Paediatric Surgery Unit of Bologna, entitled "International Seminar on Endosonography and Anorectal Manometry in Paediatrics", and presents contributions from leading European experts. Focusing on the paediatric age group, this volume fills a gap in the paediatric gastroenterology literature, and will benefit all specialists wishing to use these methods in the management and treatment of common clinical problems, e.g. chronic constipation.

    Contents:
    1 History of Endocavitary Ultrasound
    Basics of Endoanal Ultrasounds
    3 Principles of Ano-Rectal Manometry
    4 Surgical and Functional Anatomy of The Pelvic Floor and the Ano-Rectum
    5 Physiology of the Pelvic Floor and the Ano-Rectum
    6 Normal Endosonographric Features of the Anal Canal
    7 Ano-Rectal Manometry, Conventional and High Resolution
    8 Ano-Rectal Malformations: Ano-Rectal Manometric and Endosonographic Combined Approach
    9 Suppurative Processes of the Ano-Rectal Region: Endoanal Ultrasonographic Assistence
    10 Chronic Constipation in Paediatrics: Pathophysiology and Diagnosis
    11 Treatment of Chronic Constipation in Paediatrics
    12 Echo-Assisted Botulinum Injection
    13 Ano-Rectal Manometry and Endoanal Ultrasonography in Paediatric Incontinence
    14 Echo-Assisted Ano-Lipofilling
    15 Endoanal Ultrasonography in Male and Female Genitalia Malformations
    16 Endoanal Ultrasonography: Use on Adults.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Jane Ann Soxman, Patrice Barsamian Wunsch and Christel M. Haberland.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Thomas E. Johnson, editor.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Clinical Foundations
    Chapter 1: Introduction and Historical Perspectives
    Introduction
    Early Historical Perspectives
    Extirpation
    Enucleation
    Evisceration
    Exenteration
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 2: Clinical Decision-Making
    Introduction
    Indications for Eye Removal
    Infectious
    Neoplastic
    Traumatic
    Palliative
    Choice of Surgical Technique
    Further Reading
    Chapter 3: Sympathetic Ophthalmia
    Introduction
    Background: Epidemiology and Risk Factors
    Reduction of Risk of SO Presentation and Diagnosis
    Management
    References
    Chapter 4: Psychological and Cognitive Adjustment to Vision Loss
    References
    Chapter 5: History of Ocular Implants
    Prehistory/Before Ocular Implants
    The First Ocular Implant
    The Emergence of Acrylics
    In Search of Increased Motility
    The Advent of Porous Orbital Implants
    Looking to the Future
    References
    Part II: Surgical Techniques
    Chapter 6: Enucleation and Techniques of Orbital Implant Placement
    Background
    Indications
    Surgical Procedure
    Types of Implants
    Implant Placement Preparation of Implant
    Placement of Implant
    Peg Placement
    Complications
    References
    Chapter 7: Evisceration
    Introduction
    Preoperative Considerations
    Surgical Technique
    Implant Placement
    Sympathetic Ophthalmia
    References
    Chapter 8: Exenteration and Multidisciplinary Approaches
    Indications
    Preoperative Evaluation
    Operative Technique
    Healing by Second Intention
    Split-Thickness Skin Graft
    Dermal Substitute
    Myocutaneous Advancement Flap or Free Flap
    Potential Complications
    Postoperative Care
    References Chapter 9: Orbital Implants and Wrapping Materials
    Introduction
    Implant Size
    Special Considerations
    Implant Material
    Nonporous Implants
    Silicone
    Polymethyl Methacrylate
    Porous Implants
    Porous Hydroxyapatite
    Porous Polyethylene
    Aluminum Oxide
    Special Considerations
    Wrapping Materials
    Pegging
    References
    Chapter 10: Osseous Integration After Exenteration
    Historical Perspective
    Definition and Biology of Osseointegration
    Factors Influencing Success of Osseointegration
    Implant Material
    Implant Design and Surface Characteristics Bone Quality
    Surgical Technique
    Preoperative Evaluation
    Procedure Description
    Primary Stability
    Post-op Care
    Success of Orbital Implant Osseointegration
    Radiotherapy and Osseointegration
    Effect of Radiation on Bone
    Dose of Radiotherapy
    Success of Osseointegration in Irradiated Bone
    Hyperbaric Oxygen Therapy
    Advantages of Osseointegration [7, 20, 23]
    Disadvantages of Osseointegration [7, 20, 23]
    Management of Possible Complications
    Soft Tissue Reaction and Infection
    Soft Tissue Growth Up Against the Bar the Bar
    Osseointegration Failure
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Lucia Camara Castro Oliveira, editor.
    Summary: This is the first comprehensive book exclusively dedicated to anorectal physiology and the importance of diagnostic tools in guiding the evaluation and treatment of anorectal dysfunction. Functional disorders, and specifically fecal incontinence and evacuatory disorders, are prevalent in the general population, affecting up to 20% of individuals. As many of these conditions have extremely complex mechanisms, a thorough understanding of anorectal physiology is a crucial element in the surgeon's "arsenal" to ensure accurate evaluation and to inform treatment. At this time, there is no other title that specifically addresses all aspects of anorectal physiology, as well as anorectal and pelvic floor disorders, including fecal incontinence and defecation disorders. Specifically, the book provides detailed descriptions of diagnostic methods and treatment algorithms for a range of anorectal conditions, including modern treatment modalities such as sacral neuromodulation. A unique and comprehensive reference covering all aspects of the evaluation and treatment of anorectal disorders, Anorectal Physiology - A Clinical and Surgical Perspective will be of significant interest to proctologists and coloproctologists, gastroenterologists, colorectal surgeons, gynecologists and all other professionals interested in anorectal physiology.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of the anorectal region and pelvic floor
    Physiology of Continence and Defecation
    New concepts of anorectal anatomy, physiology and surgery according to the Integral System
    Clinical Evaluation of Continence and Defecation
    Introduction to Methods of Anorectal Physiology Evaluation
    Particulars of anal Manometry
    Endoanal, endovaginal and transperineal ultrasound
    Echodefecography: Technique and Clinical Application
    Cinedefecography
    MRI Defecography
    Neurophysiology of the Pelvic Floor
    Electromyography and Pudendal Nerve Terminal Motor Latency
    Anal Incontinence: Etiology and Clinical Treatment
    Anal incontinence: Minimally Invasive Options
    Stem cells: the state of cellular therapy in treatment of fecal incontinence
    Surgical Treatment of Fecal Incontinence
    Complex Procedures for Fecal Incontinence
    Constipation
    Obstructed Defecation Syndrome
    Defecation disorders in children and adolescents
    Anal Manometry and Chagasic colopathy
    New Functional Concepts of Chagas Disease
    Functional Aspects of Diabetes and Collagenosis
    Solitary Rectal Ulcer Syndrome.-Multiple Approaches for the Treatment of Rectoceles
    Rectal Prolapse
    Enterocele: Diagnosis and treatment
    Ventral Rectopexy: Indications, Surgical Considerations and Outcomes
    Pudendal neuropathy and pudendal canal decompression
    Anorectal and pelvic floor pain syndromes
    Neurogenic Bowel and Bladder Dysfunction
    Anorectal Physiology in Low Rectal Resection Syndrome
    Treatment of the low anterior resection syndrome
    Pelvic Floor Rehabilitation
    Biofeedback
    Sacral neuromodulation
    Sacral Neuromodulation for Anorectal Dysfunction
    Technical Aspects of Sacral Neuromodulation
    Posterior Tibial Nerve Stimulation
    Pelvic Floor Dysfunction.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Matthew Smith.
    Summary: "To some, food allergies seem like fabricated cries for attention. For others, they pose a dangerous health threat. Food allergies are bound up with so many personal and ideological concerns that it is difficult to determine what is medical and what is myth. This book parses the political, economic, cultural, and genuine health factors of a phenomenon that now dominates our interactions with others and our understanding of ourselves. Surveying the history of food allergy from ancient times to the present, Another Person's Poison also gives readers a clear grasp of new medical findings on allergies and what they say about our environment, our immune system, and the nature of the food we consume. For most of the twentieth century, food allergies were considered a fad or junk science. While many physicians and clinicians argued that certain foods could cause a range of chronic problems, from asthma and eczema to migraines and hyperactivity, others believed that allergies were psychosomatic. Another Person's Poison traces the trajectory of this debate and its effect on public-health policy and the production, manufacture, and consumption of food. Are rising allergy rates purely the result of effective lobbying and a booming industry built on self-diagnosis and expensive remedies? Or should physicians become more flexible in their approach to food allergies and more careful in their diagnoses? Exploring the issue from scientific, political, economic, social, and patient-centered perspectives, this book is the first to engage fully with the history of what is now a major modern affliction, illuminating society's troubled relationship with food, disease, and the creation of medical knowledge."--Book jacket.

    Contents:
    Introduction: "Witchcraft, a fad, or a racket?"
    Food allergy before allergy
    Anaphylaxis, allergy, and the food factor in disease
    Strangest of all maladies
    Panic? or the pantry?
    An immunological explosion?
    The problem with peanuts.
    Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2015
  • Print
    American National Standard.
    Contents:
    Comprehensive guide to steam sterilization and sterility assurance in health care facilities
    ANSI/AAMI ST79:2017, Comprehensive guide to steam sterilization and sterility assurance in health care facilities, Amendment 1: Environmental services/fans/food and drink
    ANSI/AAMI ST79:2017, Comprehensive guide to steam sterilization and sterility assurance in health care facilities, Amendment 2: Inspection of insulated instruments
    ANSI/AAMI ST79:2017, Comprehensive guide to steam sterilization and sterility assurance in health care facilities, Amendment 3: Modification of content pertaining to frequency of cleaning for routine care of sterilizers for sterile processing areas in health care facilities
    ANSI/AAMI ST79:2017, Comprehensive guide to steam sterilization and sterility assurance in health care facilities, Amendment 4: Content addressing recording BI lot numbers in sterilizer records for sterile processing in health care facilities.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA766.S8 A57 2017
    1
  • Print
    Catrice M. Jackson.
    Summary: "Dear White women... In the lives of Black women, women of color, you are an Antagonist, Advocate, or Ally. This is your wake up call; a dramatically sobering reality check to wake you up from the detrimental denial of your White Privilege. Antagonists, Advocates and Allies delivers uncomfortable truths and painful realities about the conscious and unintentional pain you have inflicted on Black women, women of color and shares how you must use your power to eliminate racism and stop the hypocrisy within the feminine movement."--Page 4 of cover.

    Contents:
    Awakened to difference
    The mysterious Western woman
    The antagonist
    The advocate
    The white privileged woman
    Intersectionality: the crossroad between race and gender
    Misappropriation of culture
    Becoming a white ally
    Cliques, catfights and colorblindness
    So now what?
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    HT1575 .J23 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Iván Gómez, Pirjo Huovinen, editors.
    Summary: Seaweeds (macroalgae) represent the most striking living components in the Antarctic's near-shore ecosystems, especially across the West Antarctic Peninsula and adjacent islands. Due to their abundance, their central roles as primary producers and foundation organisms, and as sources of diverse metabolically active products, seaweed assemblages are fundamental to biogeochemical cycles in Antarctic coastal systems. In recent years, the imminence of climate change and the direct impacts of human beings, which are affecting vast regions of the Antarctic, have highlighted the importance of seaweed processes in connection with biodiversity, adaptation and interactions in the benthic network. Various research groups have been actively involved in the investigation of these topics. Many of these research efforts have a long tradition, while some "newcomers" have also recently contributed important new approaches to the study of these organisms, benefiting polar science as a whole. This book provides an overview of recent advances and insights gleaned over the past several years. Focusing on a timely topic and extremely valuable resource, it assesses the challenges and outlines future directions in the study of Antarctic seaweeds.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Foreword
    Contents
    Part I: Introduction
    Chapter 1: Antarctic Seaweeds: Biogeography, Adaptation, and Ecosystem Services
    1.1 Introduction: The Historical Context
    1.2 Antarctic Seaweeds in the Wake of Climate Change
    1.3 The Book
    1.3.1 Diversity and Biogeography
    1.3.2 Environment and Ecophysiology
    1.3.3 Ecological Functions
    1.3.4 Chemical Ecology
    1.4 Gaps, Emerging Challenges, and Future Directions
    References
    Part II: Diversity and Biogeography
    Chapter 2: Diversity of Antarctic Seaweeds
    2.1 The Antarctic Environment 2.2 Seaweeds in Antarctica: Definition and Importance
    2.3 Seaweed Taxonomic Studies in Antarctica: Toward a New Species Compilation
    2.4 Molecular Taxonomy for the Study of Antarctic Seaweed Diversity
    2.5 Seaweed Distribution in Antarctica
    2.6 Concluding Remarks: Gaps and Prospects for the Future
    References
    Chapter 3: Biogeographic Processes Influencing Antarctic and sub-Antarctic Seaweeds
    3.1 Antarctica's Place in the World: An Isolated Continent?
    3.1.1 Adaptations of Terrestrial Organisms to Antarctic Conditions 3.1.2 Adaptations of Marine Organisms to Antarctic Conditions
    3.1.3 Evidence for Dispersal of Organisms into the Antarctic
    3.2 Physical Oceanographic Processes Influencing Movement of Seaweeds into or out of the Antarctic
    3.2.1 Ekman Transport
    3.2.2 Eddies
    3.2.3 Wave-Driven Stokes Drift
    3.2.4 Surface Currents
    3.3 Hitch-Hiking to the Antarctic: Passengers on Seaweed Rafts
    3.3.1 Characteristics of Rafting Species
    3.3.2 Processes Affecting Establishment of New Taxa in the Antarctic
    3.4 Concluding Remarks
    References 5.3 Seaweed Assemblages: Are Antarctic Seaweed Diversity and Richness Changing?
    5.4 The Physiological Bases of Macroalgal Shifts
    5.5 Deception Island: A Case Study of Opportunistic, Alien, Cryptic and Cryptogenic Species
    5.6 Reevaluating Eco-Regions, Isolation, and Endemism in the Southern Ocean
    5.7 Concluding Remarks: Prospects for the Future Marine Flora of the Southern Ocean
    References
    Chapter 6: Comparative Phylogeography of Antarctic Seaweeds: Genetic Consequences of Historical Climatic Variations
    6.1 Historical Isolation of Antarctic Marine Macroalgae Chapter 4: Detached Seaweeds as Important Dispersal Agents Across the Southern Ocean
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Detached Seaweeds in Antarctica
    4.3 Abiotic Factors Influencing Floating Seaweeds
    4.4 Biotic Factors Affecting Floating Seaweeds
    4.5 Physiology of Floating and Drifting Seaweeds: Traspassing Thermal Barriers
    4.5.1 Out of Antarctic: Is it Physiologically Feasible?
    References
    Chapter 5: Biogeography of Antarctic Seaweeds Facing Climate Changes
    5.1 The Abiotic Setting of the Southern Ocean
    5.2 Biogeographic Patterns
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jeffrey A. Geller, Brian J. McGrory, editors.
    Summary: The minimally invasive, anterior-based muscle-sparing (ABMS) approach to total hip arthroplasty (THA) is utilized worldwide in select locations as an effective surgical technique. As the name suggests, it is completely muscle-sparing and touts the benefits of anterior-based surgery, including a lower dislocation rate, quicker return to baseline function, and lower narcotic use than many other surgical approaches. However, there is a paucity of collected information on the technique and research associated with this technique. This text serves as a compendium of information for those surgeons interested in utilizing this surgical approach as an all-inclusive reference. As an alternative anterior-based approach to the direct anterior surgical approach, some surgeons may find the technique an improved alternative for anterior hip-based surgery. Opening chapters present the history of the anterolateral approach and how to transition to the ABMS approach, including surgical anatomy. ABMS technique with the patient positioned in both the lateral and supine positions are then presented, including associated video segments. Considerations such as implant selection, fixation, and other tips and tricks are shared, along with comparisons to other approaches, patient-reported outcomes, complications and revision surgery techniques, and rehabilitation strategies. For hip surgeons looking to expand their armamentarium of surgical approaches, The Anterior-Based Muscle-Sparing Approach to Total Hip Arthroplasty is a terrific resource.

    Contents:
    The idea of "Minimally Invasive Solution" total hip arthroplasty: History and perspective behind the modernization of surgery through the Watson-Jones muscle interval
    Transitioning to the ABMS Approach
    Surgical anatomy and approach
    The ABMS Total Hip Replacement, performed in the Lateral Position
    The ABMS Approach to Total Hip Replacement in the Supine Position
    Outpatient Total Hip Arthroplasty using an ABMS Approach
    Cementless ABMS Total hip replacement
    Cemented ABMS Total hip replacement
    Implant Selection in ABMS Total Hip Replacement surgery
    Tips & Tricks to Overcome the Learning Curve of the ABMS Approach to the Hip
    Surgical Navigation in the ABMS Approach to Total Hip Replacement
    Comparison of the ABMS Approach to Other Surgical Approaches for Total Hip Replacement
    Periprosthetic Joint Infection treatment through the ABMS
    How to Avoid Complication in the ABMS Total hip replacement
    Acetabular Revision THR using the ABMS approach
    Femoral Revision THR using the ABMS approach
    Total Hip Replacement for Fragility Fractures Using the ABMS in the Older Adult
    Outcomes of ABMS THA
    Rehabilitation after THR using the ABMS approach.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Rainer Siebold, David Dejour, Stefano Zaffagnini, editors.
    Summary: This practical and instructional guidebook, written by international experts in anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction, covers all challenging aspects of ACL rupture in the acute and chronic setting. It covers the latest, spectacular anatomical findings, treatment of partial ACL tears, various techniques for single- and double-bundle ACL reconstruction, and complex ACL revision surgery. Important surgical steps are clearly described with the help of instructive, high-quality photographs. Important tips, tricks, and pitfalls are highlighted and intra- and postoperative complications, rehabilitation, and prevention of re-rupture are discussed. All authors are prominent and experienced ACL surgeons.

    Contents:
    Part I. Anatomy
    1. Ribbonlike Anatomy of the Anterior Cruciate Ligament from Its Femoral Insertion to the Midsubstance / Robert Śmigielski, Urszula Zdanowicz, Michał Drwięga, Bogdan Ciszek, and Rainer Siebold
    2. Anatomic and Histological Analysis of the Midsubstance and Fanlike Extension Fibers of the ACL / Tomoyuki Mochizuki, Akimoto Nimura, Kazunori Yasuda, Takeshi Muneta, and Keiichi Akita
    3. Tibial C-Shaped Insertion of the Anterior Cruciate Ligament Without Posterolateral Bundle / Rainer Siebold, Peter Schuhmacher, Axel Brehmer, Francis Fernadez, Robert Śmigielski, and Joachim Kirsch
    4. Variations of the Tibial Insertion of the Anterior Cruciate Ligament: An Anatomical Study / Robert Śmigielski, Urszula Zdanowicz, Michał Drwięga, Bogdan Ciszek, Christian Fink, and Rainer Siebold
    5. Arthroscopic Appearance of the “C”-Shaped Insertion of the Anterior Cruciate Ligament / Rainer Siebold and Robert Śmigielski
    Part II. Biomechanics
    6. Biomechanics of the Knee with Intact Anterior Cruciate Ligament / Milos Dordevic and Michael T. Hirschmann
    7. Injury Mechanisms of ACL Tear / Milos Dordevic and Michael T. Hirschmann
    8. Biomechanics of the Knee After Complete and Partial ACL Tear / Milos Dordevic and Michael T. Hirschmann
    Part III. ACL Augmentation
    9. History, Physical Examination and Imaging / Mark Bergin, Marcus Hofbauer, Bruno Ohashi, and Volker Musahl
    10. Arthroscopic Assessment of Partial ACL Tears / Rainer Siebold
    11. Conservative versus Operative Treatment / Jürgen Höher and Christoph Offerhaus
    12. Reasons for ACL Augmentation / Philippe Colombet and Rainer Siebold
    13. Surgical Technique / Bertrand Sonnery-Cottet, Philippe Colombet, Rainer Siebold, Pooler Archbold, Pierre Chambat, Jacopo Conteduca, and Mathieu Thaunat
    14. Literature Results / Bertrand Sonnery-Cottet, Jacopo Conteduca, Pooler Archbold, and Mathieu Thaunat
    Part IV. Single Bundle ACL Reconstruction
    15. Diagnostics / Rainer Siebold, Volker Musahl, Yuichi Hoshino, Christopher D. Murawski, and Georgios Karidakis
    16. Timing of ACL Surgery: Any Evidence? / Michael E. Hantes and Alexander Tsarouhas
    17. Graft Harvest and Preparation / Juan Carlos Monllau, Wolf Petersen, Christian Fink, Sven U. Scheffler, Pablo Eduardo Gelber, and Christian Hoser
    18. Tibial Bone Tunnel Placement (Arthroscopically and with Fluoroscopy) / Christophe Hulet, Goulven Rochcongar, and Valentin Chapus
    19. Femoral Bone Tunnel Placement (Arthroscopically and with Fluoroscopy) / Tim Spalding, Curtis Robb, and Charles H. Brown Jr.
    20. Fluoroscopy for Bone Tunnel Placement / Rainer Siebold and Hans H. Pässler
    21. Bone Tunnel Drilling / Wolf Petersen, Rainer Siebold, Bertrand Sonnery-Cottet, Jacopo Conteduca, Pooler Archbold, Mathieu Thaunat, and Pierre Chambat
    22. ACL-Footprint Reconstruction with Insertion Site Table / Rainer Siebold and Peter Schuhmacher
    23. Tensioning of Grafts: Any Evidence? / Sven U. Scheffler
    24. Fixation / Giuseppe Milano, Wolf Petersen, Juergen Hoeher, Hans H. Paessler, Ralph Akoto, Vincenzo Campana, Maristella F. Saccomanno, and Rainer Siebold
    25. Remodeling of Hamstring Tendon Grafts After ACL Reconstruction / Rob P.A. Janssen and Sven U. Scheffler
    26. Semitendinosus and Gracilis Tendon Regeneration Following Harvest / Martina Åhlén, Mattias Lidén, and Jüri Kartus
    27. Long-Term Outcome of ACL Reconstruction / Steven Claes, Rene Verdonk, Johan Bellemans, and Peter C. Verdonk
    Part V. Double Bundle ACL Reconstruction
    28. Double-Bundle ACL Reconstruction with Hamstrings / Timo Järvelä and Rainer Siebold
    29. "Ribbonlike" Double-Bundle ACL Reconstruction with Restoration of "C"-Shaped Tibial Insertion Site / Rainer Siebold
    Part VI. ACL Reconstruction with Extra-articular Stabilisation
    30. ACL Reconstruction with Extra-articular Plasty / David Dejour, Stefano Zaffagnini, Panagiotis G. Ntagiopoulos, Alberto Grassi, Giulio Maria Marcheggiani Muccioli, and Maurilio Marcacci
    31. Extra-articular Augmentation of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction: The Monoloop Procedure / Cathal J. Moran, Peter C. Verdonk, Koen Lagae, and Geert DeClercq
    Part VII. ACL and Open Physis
    32. ACL Rupture with Open Physis / Karl-Heinz Frosch, Romain Seil, Rainer Siebold, Franck Chotel, Shinya Oka, and Achim Preiss
    33. Bony Avulsion with Open Physis / Elisabeth Abermann, Peter Gföller, Christian Hoser, and Christian Fink
    Part VIII. One-Stage Revision
    34. Systematic Approach from Porto School / Hélder Pereira, Nuno Sevivas, Rogério Pereira, Alberto Monteiro, Ricardo Sampaio, Joaquim Miguel Oliveira, Rui Luís Reis, and João Espregueira-Mendes
    35. One-Stage Revision: Danish Approach / Martin Lind
    Part IX. Spongiosaplasty and Two-Stage Revision
    36. ACL Two-Stage Revision Surgery: Practical Guide / João Espregueira-Mendes, Hélder Pereira, Alberto Monteiro, Joaquim Miguel Oliveira, Rui Luís Reis, Pedro Luís Ripóll, and Neil Thomas
    37. Bone Harvest from Iliac Crest and Bone Tunnel Filling / Rainer Siebold and Hans H. Pässler
    Part X. ACL + Osteotomy
    38. Surgical Technique / Pedro Pessoa
    39. Results of Combined High Tibial Osteotomy (HTO) and ACL Reconstruction / Christophe Hulet, Aude Sebilo, and Sylvie Collon
    Part XI. Intraoperative Complications
    40. Intraoperative Complications: Solutions? / Mohsen Hussein
    Part XII. Postoperative Complications
    41. Postoperative Complications: Solutions? / Jüri Kartus, Francis Fernandez, and Rainer Siebold
    Part XIII. Rehabilitation and Prevention
    42. Rehabilitation and Return to Sports / Amelie Stoehr, Hermann Mayr, Barbara Wondrasch, and Christian Fink
    43. Prevention of ACL Tear and Rerupture / Amelie Stoehr, Barbara Wondrasch, and Hermann Mayr.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Joel M. Matta, Alexander P. Sah, editors.
    Summary: Anterior hip replacement is a surgical approach that has dramatically changed the landscape of modern hip replacement. The approach is common to orthopedic trauma surgery, but it has been rapidly adopted in recent years for hip replacement as well. Its proposed benefits as a muscle-sparing surgery include less tissue trauma, faster recovery, and fewer hip precautions. While the technique can be challenging during initial learning and early adoption, the approach continues to increase in utilization in the U.S. every year because of these benefits. Understanding the initial development of the anterior surgical approach for hip replacement creates the foundation to better understand its modern clinical benefits and possibilities with advanced techniques. Furthermore, a detailed description of the reasoning behind the continued developments of the anterior approach helps in understanding the key elements needed to obtain the most successful outcomes. With the continued adoption of this technically challenging technique, there is a need for a comprehensive resource for newly adopting surgeons and surgeons in training, but also for experienced surgeons looking to enhance their skill sets. Written by experts in the field, this book presents the tips and tricks learned after years of experience by a wide spectrum of surgeons. Parts 1 and 2 describe the origin and background of the anterior approach for hip replacement, with early lessons learned, important tips when training others, and how to master the operating table and c-arm. Parts 3 and 4 cover hip biomechanics and variations on techniques and technologies, respectively, while part 5 is a unique compilation of surgeons' perspectives on managing common aspects of the approach. Revision surgery is described in part 6, and future directions for the technique are discussed in part 7, along with emerging navigation and technologies. Every year, there is an increasing number of orthopedic surgeons learning and adopting the anterior hip approach who would benefit from the resources in this book, which will serve as a critical learning tool for training surgeons and also as the go-to reference for optimizing current use and advancing future possibilities of the approach.

    Contents:
    Part 1. The Origins of the Anterior Hip Surgical Approach
    1. The French Beginning and Judet School of the Anterior Approach
    2. My French and American Beginning and Evolution of the Anterior Approach
    Part II. The Anterior Approach: An Established and Repeatable Technique
    3. The Anterior Approach Surgical Technique for Total Hip Arthroplasty: The "Matta Method" of 2020
    4. Understanding the Modern Surgeon's Transition to Anterior Hip Replacement
    5. The Learning Curve for the Anterior Approach: Early, Middle, and How It Continues
    6. Introducing the Direct Anterior Approach (DAA) at a Swiss University Hospital
    7. Challenges in Anterior Approach Education
    8. Why I Favor a Standard Incision and Keys to Exposure for the Anterior Approach
    9. Anterior Approach to the Hip Through the Oblique "Bikini" Incision
    10. My Keys to Getting the Acetabulum Right with the Anterior Approach: Exposure, Preparation, Sizing, Position, Stability
    11. My Keys to Getting the Femur Right with the Anterior Approach: Exposure, Preparation, Sizing, Depth of Insertion of Stem, Ball Head, Stability
    12. Diagnosing and Managing Complications from the Anterior Approach
    13. Tips and Tricks for Your First Anterior Hip Replacement
    14. OR Efficiency: Radical Time Transparency and Operational Excellence
    15. Results of the Direct Anterior Approach for Total Hip Arthroplasty
    16. Difficult Cases in Primary Anterior Total Hip Arthroplasty
    17. Direct Anterior Approach THA for Treatment of Femoral Neck and Acetabular Fractures
    18. Anterior Approach Total Hip Arthroplasty Following Previous Femoral and Acetabular Fractures
    Part III. Hip Biomechanics: What Are We Trying to Achieve?
    19. Normal Hip Biomechanics
    20. Key Concepts and Methods for Acetabular Positioning
    21. Understanding Leg Length and Offset
    Part IV. The Anterior Approach: The Variation of Techniques and Technologies
    22. The Anterior Approach: From Robert Judet’s Work to AMISª (Anterior Minimally Invasive Surgery)
    23. The History of the Direct Anterior Approach in Innsburck
    24. The Direct Anterior Approach on a Standard Table in Zurich
    25. A Hybrid Technique with a Standard Table and Mechanical Leg Holder
    26. My Continued Evolution of the Anterior Approach
    Part V. Controversies in the Anterior Approach: Surgeon Perspectives
    27. The Orthopedic Table versus the Standard OR Bed for the Anterior Approach
    28. Handling the Hip Capsule with the Anterior Approach: Repair versus Capsulectomy
    29. Judging Leg Length and Offset with the Anterior Approach: Clinical Evaluation versus Fluoroscopy
    30. Does Pelvic Tilt Change Anything with the Anterior Approach?
    31. Getting Correct Cup Position with the Anterior Approach: Bony Landmarks versus X-ray versus Computer Guidance
    32. Stem Choice for Anterior Approach Total Hip Arthroplasty: Surgeon Perspectives
    33. Hip Resurfacing Arthroplasty Using the Hueter-Anterior Approach
    Part VI. Revision Surgery Using the Anterior Hip Approach
    34. Revision Surgery Exposure Techniques for the Anterior Hip Approach, Including Osteotomies
    35. Complex Femoral Revision Using the Direct Anterior Hip Approach
    36. Femoral Revision Total Hip Arthroplasty Using the Direct Anterior (Hueter) Approach
    37. Complex Acetabular Reconstruction Using the Direct Anterior Approach
    38. Treatment of Acute and Late Infections Using the Direct Anterior Approach
    Part VII. Future Directions in Techniques and Technology for the Anterior Approach
    39. Navigation Technologies for the Anterior Approach in Total Hip Arthroplasty
    40. Robotic Total Hip Replacement with Direct Anterior Approach
    41. Problems to Solve and Potential Future Directions for Anterior Approach Total Hip Arthroplasty.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    volume editors, Piero Nicolai, Patrick J. Bradley.
    Summary: "This book covers recent substantial improvements in diagnosis and treatment of anterior skull base tumors. This has been fostered by the introduction and rapid expansion of transnasal endoscopic techniques, in parallel with extraordinary progress made in all the other disciplines (pathology, radiology, neurosurgery, radiation oncology, medical oncology) which are involved in the complex process of managing these tumors. Chapters address nuances of treatment in relation to histology, as well as present views on selection criteria for surgical techniques"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Macroscopic and Endoscopic Anatomy of the Anterior Skull Base and Adjacent Structures / Ferrari M., Mattavelli D., Schreiber A., Nicolai P.
    Pathology and Differential Diagnosis of Anterior Skull Base Tumours / Williams M.D., El-Naggar A.K.
    The Role of Morphologic and Functional Imaging in Pretreatment Assessment / Maroldi R., Borghesi A., Ravanelli M., Golemi S., Farina D.
    Transnasal Endoscopic Surgery : Surgical Techniques and Complications / Battaglia P., Lambertoni A., Castelnuovo P.
    Anterior Skull Base Surgery in the 21st Century : The Role of Open Approaches / Abu-Ghanem S., Shilo S., Yehuda M., Abergel A., Safadi A., Fliss D.M.
    Update of Radiation Techniques Using Photons for Anterior Skull Base Tumors / Foster C.C., Kim J.K., Melotek J.M., Lee N.Y.
    The Evolving Role of Systemic Therapy in the Primary Treatment of Sinonasal Cancer / Licitra L., Resteghini C., Bossi P.
    Particle Therapy : Protons and Heavy Ions / Jensen A.D.
    Benign Tumors of the Anterior Cranial Base / Snyderman C.H., Lavigne J.P.
    Endoscopic Endonasal Approaches for Anterior Skull Base Meningiomas / Todeschini A.B., Beer-Furlan A., Otto B., Prevedello D.M., Carrau R.L.
    Squamous Cell Carcinoma and Its Variants / Mani N., Shah J.P.
    A Comprehensive Update on Intestinal- and Non-Intestinal-Type Adenocarcinomas / Vander Poorten V., Jorissen M.
    Olfactory Neuroblastoma / Veyrat M., Vérillaud B., Fiaux-Camous D., Froelich S., Bresson D., Nicolai P., Herman P.
    Neuroendocrine Carcinoma and Sinonasal Undifferentiated Carcinoma / Abdelmeguid A.S., Bell D., Hanna E.Y.
    Sinonasal Malignant Melanoma / Lund V.J.
    Adenoid Cystic Carcinoma Involving Paranasal Sinuses and the Skull Base / Castelnuovo P., Turri-Zanoni M.
    Other Rare Sinonasal Malignant Tumours Involving the Anterior Skull Base / Naga R., Pai P.S.
    Post treatment Imaging Surveillance / Farina D., Zorra I., Golemi S., Lombardi D., Borghesi A., Maroldi R., Ravanelli M.
    Treatment Options for Recurrent Anterior Skull Base Tumors / Orlandi E., Iacovelli N.A., Ingargiola R., Resteghini C., Bossi P., Licitra L., Ferrari M., Nicolai P.
    Future Perspectives in the Management of Tumors of the Anterior Skull Base / Nicolai P., Bradley P.J., Bossi P., Ferrari M.
    Digital Access Karger 2020
  • Digital
    Andrea Ferretti, editor.
    Summary: This book comprehensively discusses anterolateral rotatory instability in the ACL deficient knee, exploring anatomy, biomechanics, diagnostics, clinics, surgical techniques as well as short and long term outcomes. The author also offers an historical perspective ranging from the birth of modern anterior cruciate ligament surgery to the renewed global interest towards the role of secondary restraints and extra-articular reconstructions. Step-by-step guidance throughout each surgical technique further equips the reader to handle this complex condition. Covering all theoretical and practical aspects, as well as future perspectives, this book is a must-read for all orthopedic surgeons and sports physicians wanting to gain insights into this promising field.

    Contents:
    History of Modern ACL Surgery
    Anatomy of Secondary Restraints of ACL
    Biomechanics of Anterolateral Instability and Pivot Shift
    Surgical Anatomy in ACL Tears
    The Segond's Fracture
    The Unhappy Triad Revisited
    Mechanism of Injury of ACL Tears
    Diagnostics in ACL-Deficient Knee
    Why the Semitendinosus?
    Extra-Articular Reconstructions in ACL-Deficient Knee
    Revision ACL Reconstructions
    Anterolateral Instability and Osteoarthrosis
    Clinical Results in ACL Surgery
    Future Directions: ACL Repair vs Reconstruction.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Lauren J. Wallace, Margaret E. MacDonald, Katerini T. Storeng, editors.
    Summary: This open access edited book brings together new research on the mechanisms by which maternal and reproductive health policies are formed and implemented in diverse locales around the world, from global policy spaces to sites of practice. The authors -- both internationally respected anthropologists and new voices -- demonstrate the value of ethnography and the utility of reproduction as a lens through which to generate rich insights into professionals' and lay people’s intimate encounters with policy. Authors look closely at core policy debates in the history of global maternal health across six different continents, including: Women's use of misoprostol for abortion in Burkina Faso The place of traditional birth attendants in global maternal health Donor-driven maternal health programs in Tanzania Efforts to integrate qualitative evidence in WHO maternal and child health policy-making Anthropologies of Global Maternal and Reproductive Health will engage readers interested in critical conversations about global health policy today. The broad range of foci makes it a valuable resource for teaching in medical anthropology, anthropology of reproduction, and interdisciplinary global health programs. The book will also find readership amongst critical public health scholars, health policy and systems researchers, and global public health practitioners.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction Lauren J. Wallace, Margaret E. MacDonald & Katerini T. Storeng
    Part I. Implementation Disconnects and Policy Rhetoric
    Chapter 2. Baby (not so) Friendly: Implementation of the Baby-Friendly Hospital Initiative in Serbia Ljiljana Pantović
    Chapter 3. The Promise and Neglect of Follow-up Care in Obstetric Fistula Treatment in Uganda Bonnie Ruder & Alice Emasu
    Chapter 4. The Domestication of Misoprostol for Abortion in Burkina Faso: Interactions Between Caregivers, Drug Vendors and Women Seydou Drabo
    Chapter 5. The 'Sustainability Doctrine' in Donor-Driven Maternal Health Programs in Tanzania Meredith G. Marten
    Part II. Policy Ambivalence
    Chapter 6. The Place of Traditional Birth Attendants in Global Maternal Health: Policy Retreat, Ambivalence, and Return Margaret E. MacDonald
    Chapter 7. Conflicted Reproductive Governance: The Co-existence of Rights-Based Approaches and Coercion in India’s Family Planning Policies Maya Unnithan
    Part III. Contesting Authoritative Knowledge and Practice
    Chapter 8. Regulating Midwives: Foreclosing Alternatives in the Policy-making Process in West Java, Indonesia Priscilla Magrath
    Part IV. The Rise of Evidence and Its Uses
    Chapter 9. Making Space for Qualitative Evidence in Global Maternal and Child Health Policy-making Christopher J. Colvin
    Chapter 10. The International Childbirth Initiative: An Applied Anthropologist's Account of Developing Global Guidelines Robbie Davis-Floyd
    Chapter 11. Selling Beautiful Births: The Use of Evidence by Brazil's Humanised Birth Movement Lucy C. Irvine.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    G. Richard Scott, University of Nevada, Reno ; Christy G. Turner II, Arizona State University ; Grant C. Townsend, University of Adelaide ; María Martinón-Torres, National Research Center on Human Evolution (CENIEH) and University College London
    Summary: All humans share certain components of tooth structure, but show variation in size and morphology around this shared pattern. This book presents a worldwide synthesis of the global variation in tooth morphology in recent populations. Research has advanced on many fronts since the publication of the first edition, which has become a seminal work on the subject. This revised and updated edition introduces new ideas in dental genetics and ontogeny and summarizes major historical problems addressed by dental morphology. The detailed descriptions of 29 dental variables are fully updated with current data and include details of a new web-based application for using crown and root morphology to evaluate ancestry in forensic cases. A new chapter describes what constitutes a modern human dentition in the context of the hominin fossil record

    Contents:
    Dental anthropology and morphology
    Description and classification of permanent crown and root traits
    Biological considerations : ontogeny, asymmetry, sex dimorphism, and inter-trait association
    Genetics of morphological trait expression
    Geographic variation in tooth crown and root morphology
    Establishing method and theory for using dental morphology in reconstructions of human population history
    Dental morphology and population history
    Fossil hominin dental morphology with a focus on Homo sapiens
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Delminda Neves.
    Contents:
    Human ageing, a biological view / Henrique de Almeida and Liliana Matos
    To eat or not to eat : anti-ageing effects of energy restriction / Delminda Neves, Maria Joao Martins, Emanuel dos Passos and Ines Tomada
    Nutrition, epigenetics and ageing / Jill McKay and Luisa A. Wakeling
    Nutritional intervention in age-related genetic and epigenetic instability and cancer / Thomas Ong and Ana Paula de Melo Loureiro
    Nutraceuticals in immunosenescence / Thea Magrone and Emilio Jirillo
    Cardiovascular ageing / Carmen Bras Silva and Delminda Neves
    Bone and muscle ageing / Joana Carvalho, Elisa Marques and Pedro Moreira
    Nutrition and the ageing eye / Angela Carneiro
    Nutrition modulation of skin ageing / Alessandra Marini and Jean Krutmann
    Retarding brain ageing and cognitive decline / Jose Paulo Andrade
    Science-based anti-ageing nutritional recommendations / Ines Tomada and Jose Paulo Andrade.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Atta-ur-Rahman, FRS, and Muhammad Iqbal Choudhary.
    Summary: The inhibition of angiogenesis is an effective mechanism of slowing down tumor growth and malignancies. The process of induction or pro-angiogenesis is highly desirable for the treatment of cardiovascular diseases, wound healing disorders, and more. Efforts to understand the molecular basis, both for inhibition and induction, have yielded fascinating results. Originally published by Bentham and now distributed by Elsevier, Anti-Angiogenesis Drug Discovery and Development, Volume 2 is an compilation of well-written reviews on various aspects of the anti-angiogenesis process. These reviews have been contributed by leading practitioners in drug discovery science and highlight the major developments in this exciting field in the last two decades. These reader-friendly chapters cover topics of great scientific importance, many of which are considered significant medical breakthroughs, making this book excellent reading both for the novice as well as for expert medicinal chemists and clinicians.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Andreas Stahl, editor.
    Contents:
    Retinal Vascular Development
    Retinopathy of Prematurity
    Anti-Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor (VEGF) Treatment in Neovascular Age-Related Macular Degeneration: Outcomes and Outcome Predictors
    AREDS Supplementation and the Progression Towards Neovascular Exudative AMD
    VEGF-Inhibition in Macular Telangiectasia Type 2
    Diabetic Retinopathy
    Retinal Vein Occlusion
    Pharmacokinetics of Intravitreally Applied VEGF Inhibitors
    Neovascular Glaucoma
    Corneal Neovascular Diseases
    Anti-Angiogenic Gene Therapy
    Basic Science and Challenges for Translation into the Clinic.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Subash Chandra Gupta, Sahdeo Prasad, Bharat B. Aggarwal, editors.
    Contents:
    Curcumin and its role in chronic diseases / A. Kunwar, K. I. Priyadarsini
    Berberine and its role in chronic disease / Arrigo F. G. Cicero, Alessandra Baggioni
    Emodin and its role in chronic diseases / B. Anu Monisha, Niraj Kumar, Ashu Bhan Tiku
    Ursolic acid and chronic disease: an overview of UA's effects on prevention and treatment of obesity and cancer / Anna M. Mancha-Ramirez, Thomas J. Slaga
    Tocotrienol and its role in chronic diseases / Kok-Yong Chin, Kok-Lun Pang, Ima-Nirwana Soelaiman
    Indole-3-carbinol and its role in chronic diseases / Barbara Licznerska, Wanda Baer-Dubowska
    Sanguinarine and its role in chronic diseases / Pritha Basu, Gopinatha Suresh Kumar
    Piperine and its role in chronic diseases / Giuseppe Derosa, Pamela Maffioli, Amirhossein Sahebkar
    Therapeutic potential and molecular targets of piceatannol in chronic diseases / Young-Joon Surh, Hye-Kyung Na
    Fisetin and its role in chronic diseases / Harish C. Pal, Ross L. Pearlman, Farrukh Afaq
    Honokiol, an active compound of magnolia plant, inhibits growth, and progression of cancers of different organs / Ram Prasad, Santosh K. Katiyar
    Celastrol and its role in controlling chronic diseases / Shivaprasad H. Venkatesha, Kamal D. Moudgil
    Boswellic acids and their role in chronic inflammatory diseases / H. P. T. Ammon
    Natural withanolides in the treatment of chronic diseases / Peter T. White, Chitra Subramanian, Hashim F. Motiwala, Mark S. Cohen
    Gambogic acid and its role in chronic diseases / Manoj K. Pandey, Deepkamal Karelia, Shantu G. Amin
    Embelin and its role in chronic diseases / Hong Lu, Jun Wang, Youxue Wang, Liang Qiao, Yongning Zhou
    Butein and its role in chronic diseases / Ziwei Song, Muthu K. Shanmugam, Hanry Yu, Gautam Sethi
    Garcinol and its role in chronic diseases / Amit K. Behera, Mahadeva M. Swamy, Nagashayana Natesh, Tapas K. Kundu
    Morin and its role in chronic diseases / Krishnendu Sinha, Jyotirmoy Ghosh, Parames C. Sil
    Ellagic acid and its role in chronic diseases / Giuseppe Derosa, Pamela Maffioli, Amirhossein Sahebkar.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Renato Alberto Sinico, Loïc Guillevin, editors.
    Summary: This volume, written by well-known experts in the field, covers all aspects of Anti-Neutrophil Cytoplasmic Antibody (ANCA) Associated Vasculitis (AAV). The expression refers to a group of diseases, characterized by destruction and inflammation of small vessels. The clinical signs vary and affect several organs, such as the kidney, lung, skin, nervous system and others. The opening chapters give some historical hints, explain the genetic basis of the disease and provide insights into the pathogenesis derived from recent experimental studies and guides the reader through classification and nomenclature. A large part of the book is then devoted to a detailed description of the specific related diseases and their clinical presentations, the disease course, and potential complications. The advice regarding treatment is based on the best currently available evidence in this constantly evolving area. The book is part of Springer's series Rare Diseases of the Immune System, which presents recently acquired knowledge on pathogenesis, diagnosis, and therapy with the aim of promoting a more holistic approach to these conditions. AAVs are systemic autoimmune diseases of unknown cause that affect small (to medium) sized blood vessels. They include granulomatosis with polyangiitis (formerly Wegener's granulomatosis), microscopic polyangiitis, and eosinophilic granulomatosis with polyangiitis (formerly Churg-Strauss syndrome). This volume will be an invaluable source of up-to-date information for all practitioners involved in the care of patients with these diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by H. Steven Moffic, John R. Peteet, Ahmed Hankir, Mary V. Seeman.
    Summary: This book is a high-quality, innovative resource that examines the cross-cultural, psychiatric interaction between anti-Seminitism and clinical mental health, thereby filling the gap in the psychiatry literature on this particular stigma. Written by experts in this area with a variety of cultural and religious backgrounds, the text focuses on what psychiatrists need to know to combat the negative mental health impact that increasingly rise out of this particular phenomenon. This approach has never been taken in a clinical text. The book begins by introducing the history of the problem before examining the intra- and interpersonal, psycho-, and social aspects of anti-Semitism in psychiatry. Chapters cover the key indicators for recognition, treatment of patients who struggle with the stigma, shock, and trauma created by hate toward this community, as well as tactics for prevention and intervention. Anti-Semitism and Psychiatry is the only non-political, clinical resource on this particular stigma and its negative impact on mental health for psychiatrists, psychologists, primary care physicians, pediatricians, geriatricians, hospital administrators, public health officials, counselors, social workers, and all others.

    Contents:
    A Short History of the Jewish People
    A Short History of Anti-Semitism
    Prejudice: Intra and Interpersonal Aspects
    Biological Determinants of Bigotry and Its Role in the Resurgence of Severe Anti-Semitism
    An Artistic View of Anti-Semitism
    Anti-Semitism and the Jewish Identity
    A Personal Psychiatric History of Anti-Semitism
    Anti-Semitism: Social, Religious, and Clinical Considerations from a Jewish Psychiatrist
    Anti-Semitism: Social, Religious, and Clinical Considerations from a Christian Psychiatrist
    Anti-Semitism: Social, Religious, and Clinical Considerations from a Muslim Psychiatrist
    Anti-Semitism: Social, Religious, and Clinical Considerations from a Hindu Psychiatrist
    The Psychological Effects of Anti-Semitism on the Perpetrators and Victims
    Anti-Semitism: The Jungian Approach
    Anti-Semitism: The Psychoanalytic Approach
    Jewish Stereotypes in Diagnosis and Treatment
    The Treatment of Anti-Semitic Patients
    Anti-Semitism, the Holocaust, and Intergenerational Transmission of Trauma
    Community Resilience and the Tree of Life Shootings
    Judaism and Rural Psychiatry
    Anti-Semitism and Anti-Zionism in the Middle East
    A Psychiatric Approach to the Prevention and Treatment of Hate Crimes
    Harnessing the Power of Film to Challenge Anti-Semitism
    The Role of Jewish Agencies in Reducing Anti-Semitism
    Leadership for Reducing Anti-Semitism
    Can Anti-Semitism be Cured?.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    volume editors, Gerhard Rogler, Toshifumi Hibi, Hans Herfarth, Ole Haagen Nielsen.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Bristi Basu, Swethajit Biswas, Simon Pacey.
    Contents:
    Antiangiogenesis in cancer therapy / Bristi Basu, Swethajit Biswas & Simon Pacey
    Mechanism of action of approved antiangiogenesis agents : overview for clinicians / Sarah J. Welsh, Tobias Janowitz & Pippa Corrie
    Imaging angiogenesis : role in measuring response to treatment / James P.B. O'Connor
    Antiangiogensis : focus on renal cancer / Sarah J. Welsh, Tobias Janowitz & Tim Eisen
    Antiangiogenesis : focus on colorectal cancer / Sarah Briggs & Rachel Midgley
    Angiogenesis inhibitors and vascular disrupting agents for non-small-cell lung cancer / Adam McGeoch
    Antiangiogenesis in cancer therapy : focus on ovarian cancer / Muhammad Adnan Khattak, Hilary Laura Martin & Susana Banerjee
    Angiogenesis inhibitors in brain cancer treatment / Soma Sengupta & David A Reardon
    Ask the experts : learning from failures and successes, and identifying patients that may benefit from antiangiogenesis therapy / Bristi Basu, Swethajit Biswas & Simon Pacey
    Multiple choice questions : answers.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Antoni Martínez-Rubio, Juan Tamargo, Gheorghe- Andrei Dan.
    Summary: This volume reviews current and potential future therapies for arrhythmias. It is a highly practical guide for the use of pharmaceuticals in the management of the discipline, and has been written in a simple quick-access format. Antiarrhythmic Drugs builds on the current understanding of pathophysiological mechanisms and insights gained from previous studies of therapeutic interventions. It is designed to establish the baseline level of knowledge that a cardiovascular professional needs to know on a day-to-day basis.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Cardiac arrhythmias a clinical problem
    Electrophysiological basis of the arrhythmias
    Class I antiarrhythmic drugs (Na+ channel blockers)
    Potassium-channel blockers
    Betablockers
    Modulation of calcium handling/Calcium-channel modulators
    Other antiarrhythmic drugs: Novel targets for AADs
    Non-antiarrhythmic drugs with antiarrhythmic effects
    Clinical management of the arrhythmias.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Iqbal Ahmad, Shamim Ahmad, Kendra P. Rumbaugh, editors.
    Summary: This book compiles the latest information in the field of antibacterial discovery, especially with regard to the looming threat of multi-drug resistance. The respective chapters highlight the discovery of new antibacterial and anti-infective compounds derived from microbes, plants, and other natural sources. The potential applications of nanotechnology to the fields of antibacterial discovery and drug delivery are also discussed, and one section of the book is dedicated to the use of computational tools and metagenomics in antibiotic drug discovery. Techniques for efficient drug delivery are also covered. The book provides a comprehensive overview of the progress made in both antibacterial discovery and delivery, making it a valuable resource for academic researchers, as well as those working in the pharmaceutical industry.

    Contents:
    Antibacterial drug discovery: perspective insights
    Section A: The Challenge of Antibiotic Resistance and Tolerance
    Problematic Groups of Multidrug Resistant Bacteria and their Resistance Mechanisms
    Emergence and spread of multi-drug resistance in ocular bacterial pathogens: A current update
    Antibiotic resistance in Campylobacter jejuni: mechanism, status and public health significance
    Mechanisms of biofilm development, antibiotic resistance & tolerance and their role in persistent infections
    Developing in vivo infection models with MDR pathogens for evaluating compound efficacy
    Section B. New antibiotic drug discovery approaches and progress
    Endophytes: a hidden treasure of novel antimicrobial metabolites
    Alternative therapies to antibiotics to combat drug-resistant bacterial pathogens
    In silico molecular modeling: key technologies in the drug discovery process to combat multidrug resistance
    Computational approaches for antibacterial drug discovery
    Efflux pump inhibitors and their role in the reversal of drug resistance
    Medicinal plants as a reservoir of new structures for anti-infective compounds
    Essential oils: Potential application in disease management
    Exploration of soil resistome through a metagenomic approach
    Actinomycetes as a continued source of new antibacterial leads
    Are Ancient Remedies the New Answer to Fighting Infections?
    Section C. Alternative antibiotic resistance treatment strategies
    Pre and probiotics: Using functional foods in the fight against microbial resistance to antibiotics
    Combination of drugs: an effective approach for enhancing the efficacy of antibiotics to combat drug resistance
    Targeted delivery of antibiotics using microparticles to combat multi-drug-resistant tuberculosis
    Practical applications of bacteriophage therapy: biofilms to bedside
    Inhibition of Quorum sensing; prospects in disease control
    Approaches for disrupting tissue-associated biofilms
    Nanomedic ine and nanoemulsion in increasing the availability of antibiotics
    Nanoparticles as new emerging antibacterials: potential and limitation
    Nanomaterials as a novel class of anti-infective agents that attenuate bacterial quorum sensing
    Nanoparticle-based drug delivery systems: promising approaches against bacterial infections
    Green synthesis of metal nanoparticles: characterization and their antibacterial efficacy.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Jón Hjaltalín Ólafsson, Roderick James Hay.
    Summary: This book is an up-to-date practical guide to the treatment of both common and unusual bacterial, fungal, and protozoal skin infections. Antibiotics and other treatment options for common skin diseases such as acne, rosacea, erysipelas, and impetigo are extensively discussed, and a thorough update is provided on therapies for fungal infections in the nails, hair, and skin. Current treatments for skin symptoms associated with sexually transmitted diseases are also explored in detail. As the sulfonamides and tetracyclines have long held a special status in dermatology and venereology, an individual chapter focuses on these drugs and their potential side-effects. A range of mycobacterial infections are discussed, and a further chapter considers the treatment of protozoal infections, including leishmaniasis, which are often unfamiliar to practitioners in the Western world. This handy book, with its helpful graphics and clear lists of symptoms, treatments, and practical tips, will be an ideal quick reference for the busy practitioner.

    Contents:
    Fungal Infections in Skin
    Fungal Infections in Hair
    Fungal Infections in Nails
    Antibiotics in the Management of Acne
    Rosacea
    Venereal Diseases I: (Chlamydia, Gonorrhea, Syphilis)
    Venereal Diseases II: (Chlamydia, Gonorrhea, Syphilis)
    Common Bacterial Skin Infections (Erysipelas, Impetigo...)
    Tuberculosis, Leprosy, Buruli Ulcer and "Atypical" Mycobacteria
    Treatment of Protozoan Parasites of the Skin (Leishmaniasis)
    The Use of Sulfonamides, Dapsone and Tetracyclines in Dermatology.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Alan Hauser (Departments of Microbiology/Immunology and Medicine, Northwestern University, Chicago, Illinois).
    Summary: "Popular as a classroom text, for review, and as a clinical quick-reference, this time-saving resource helps medical students master the rationale behind antibiotic selection for common bacterial pathogens and infectious diseases. Updated content reflects the latest antibiotic medications available on the market, and new full-color illustrations strengthen users' understanding of the application of antibiotic drug treatment.New full-color illustrations reinforce comprehension with greater clarity. Updated content familiarizes users with the most relevant antibacterial agents and treatment guidelines. Succinct, practical guidelines simplify challenging content for easier understanding. Additional pearls emphasize mnemonics and enhance retention of critical information. Remember boxes, History boxes, and drug tables save time with fast access to key information for selecting anti-infection agents. Extensive review cases and questions reinforce learning and clinical application."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I:
    Bacterial basics
    Part II:
    Antibacterial agents
    Part III:
    Definitive therapy
    Part IV:
    Empiric therapy
    Part V:
    Clinical cases
    Part VI:
    Review questions and answers.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library (PA Rotations)
  • Digital
    [edited by] Kateryna Kon, MD, PhD, Department of Microbiology, Virology, and Immunology, Kharkiv National Medical University, Kharkiv, Ukraine and Mahendra Rai, PhD, Biotechnology Department, SGB Amravati University, Maharashtra, India.
    Contents:
    Antimicrobial Stewardship: Hospital Strategies to Curb Antibiotic Resistance / L. Hsieh and A. Amin
    Mechanisms of Antibacterial Resistance: Shedding Some Light on These Obscure Processes? / K. de Sousa Oliveira, L.A. de Lima, N.B. Cobacho, S.C. Dias and O.L. Franco
    Signaling Pathways Sustaining Antibiotic Resistance: Lessons From Methicillin-Resistant Staphylococcus auareus / P.F. Seke Etet, A.H. Nwabo Kamdje, L. Vecchio, M. Farahna, and M.F. Mahomoodally
    Trends in Antimicrobial Resistance Among Enteric Pathogens: a Global Concern / M. Ballal
    Carbapenem-Resistant, Gram-Negative Bacilli: The State of the Art / D.H.Halat, D.K. Sarkis and C.A. Moubareck
    Antibiotic Resistance: Can Nanoparticles Tackle the Problem? / M. Rai, K. Kon, A. Gade, A. Ingle, D. Nagaonkar, P. Paralikar and S.S. da Silva
    Nanoarchitectonics Used in Antiinfective Therapy / V. Grumezescu, A.M. Holban, I. Barbu, R.C. Popescu, A.E. Oprea, V. Lazar, A.M. Grumezescu and M.C.Chifiriuc
    Nanobiocomposites of Metals as Antimicrobial Agents / I.A. Shurygina, M.G. Shurygin and B.G. Sukhov
    Can Nitric Oxide Overcome Bacterial Resistance to Antibiotics? / A.B. Seabra, M.T. Pelegrino and P.S. Haddad
    Controlling Bacterial Antibiotic Resistance Using Plant-Derived Antimicrobials / A. Upadhyay, D.P. Karumathil, I. Upadhyaya, V. Bhattaram and K. Venkitanarayanan
    Essential Oils: A Natural Alternative to Combat Antibiotics Resistance / M.L. Chávez-González, R. Rodríguez-Herrera and C.N. Aguilar
    Sensitivity of ESBL-Producing Gram-Negative Bacteria to Essential Oils, Plant Extracts, and Their Isolated Compounds / Gy. Horváth, T. Bencsik, K. Ács and B. Kocsis
    Antimicrobial and Antibiotic Potentiating Activity of Essential Oils From Tropical Medicinal Herbs and Spices / Z. Aumeeruddy-Elalfi, A. Gurib-Fakim and M.F. Mahomoodally
    Antimicrobial Natural Products Against Bacterial Biofilms / V.G. Beoletto, M. de las Mercedes Oliva, J.M. Marioli, M.E. Carezzano and M.S. Demo
    The Potential Use of Bacteriophage Therapy as a Treatment Option in a Post-antibiotic Era / R.R. Bragg, C.E. Boucher, W.A. van der Westhuizen, J.-Y. Lee, E. Coetsee, C. Theron and L. Meyburgh
    Bacteriocins and Its Use for Multidrug-Resistant Bacteria Control / G.M. Preciado, M.M. Michel, S.L. Villarreal-Morales, A.C. Flores-Gallegos, J. Aguirre-Joya, J. Morlett-Chávez, C.N. Aguilar and R. Rodríguez-Herrera
    Marine Natural Products in Fighting Microbial Infections / G.D. Mogoşanu, A.M. Grumezescu, L.E. Bejenaru and C. Bejenaru
    Algae as a Novel Source of Antimicrobial Compounds: Current and Future Perspectives / A. Parsaeimehr and G.A. Lutzu.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    Sadhana Sagar, Shilpa Kaistha, Amar Jyoti Das, Rajesh Kumar.
    Summary: This book summarizes the emerging trends in the field of antibiotic resistance of various gram-negative and gram-positive bacterial species. The ability of different species of bacteria to resist the antimicrobial agent has become a global problem. As such, the book provides a comprehensive overview of the advances in our understanding of the origin and mechanism of resistance, discusses the modern concept of the biochemical and genetic basis of antibacterial resistance and highlights the clinical and economic implications of the increased prevalence of antimicrobial resistant pathogens and their ecotoxic effects. It also reviews various strategies to curtail the emergence and examines a number of innovative therapeutic approaches, such as CRISPR, phage therapy, nanoparticles and natural antimicrobials, to combat the spread of resistance.

    Contents:
    Module 1_Emergence of antibiotic resistant bacteria
    Module 2_Impact of antibiotic resistant bacteria on different field
    Module 3_Antibiotic resistance: Pattern and Mechanisms
    Module 4_Novel strategies for overcoming of antibiotic resistant mechanisms
    Module 5_Future Prospects.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    volume editor, E. Tomlinson ; co-editor, A. Regosz.
    Contents:

    v. 1. [Beta]-lactam antibiotics.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RS431.A6 A58 1985
    1
  • Print
    by H.W. Florey ... [et al.].
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    V161 .F63 1949
    2
  • Digital
    Daniel Amsterdam, Phd, ABMM, FAAAS, FIDSA, Professor, Department of Microbiology & Immunology, Medicine, and Pathology, School of Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, State University of New York at Buffalo, Chief of Service, Department of Laboratory Medicine, Erie County MEdical Center, Buffalo, New York.
    Contents:
    The breakpoint / Matthew A. Wikler, Franklin R. Cockerill III, and Paul G. Ambrose
    Antimicrobial susceptibility on solid media / John D. Turnidge and Jan M. Bell
    Susceptibility testing of antimicrobials in liquid media / Daniel Amsterdam
    Antimicrobial susceptibility testing of anaerobic bacteria / Anilrudh A. Venugopal and David W. Hecht
    Antimycobacterial agents : in vitro susceptibility testing and mechanisms of action and resistance / Clark B. Inderlied and Edward Desmond
    Antifungal drugs : mechanisms of action, drug resistance, susceptibility testing, and assays of activity in biologic fluids / George R. Thompson III and Thomas F. Patterson
    Antimicrobial susceptibility testing for some atypical microorganisms (Chlamydia, Mycoplasma, Rickettsia, Ehrlichia, Coxiella, and Spirochetes) / Jean-Marc Rolain
    Applications, significance of, and methods for the measurement of antimicrobial concentrations in human body fluids / Shelly Latte, Emilia Mia Sordillo, and Stephen C. Edberg
    Molecular methods for the detection of antibacterial resistance genes : rationale and application / Kristin Hegstad, Törjan Samuelsen, Joachim Hegstad, and Arnfinn Sundsfjord
    Molecular mechanisms of action for antimicrobial agents : general principles and mechanisms for selected classes of antibiotics / Charles William Stratton
    Antiviral agents for HIV, hepatitis, cytomegalovirus, and influenza : susceptibility testing methods, modes of action, and resistance / Daniel Amsterdam
    Disinfectants and antiseptics : modes of action, mechanisms of resistance, and testing regimens / Daniel Amsterdam and Barbara E. Ostrov
    Evaluation of antimicrobials in experimental animal infections / D.A. Andes, Alexander J. Lepak, Niels Frimodt-Möller
    Extravascular antimicrobial distribution and the respective blood and urine concentrations in humans / David M. Bamberger, John W. Foxworth, Michael Alan Kallenberger, Brian S. Pepito, and Dale N. Gerding
    Appendix : antiinfective resistance resource guide / Daniel Amsterdam.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    by David Schlossberg, Rafik Samuel.
    Summary: A comprehensive compendium of all commonly used antibiotics, including indications, side effects, dosage information, and drug/food interactions Antibiotics Manual: A Guide to Commonly Used Antimicrobials, Second Edition is a unique, user-friendly guide made for all who prescribe antibiotics. It's the only book available that takes a 100% drug-listed approach to 200 of the most common antibiotics prescribed to patients each day. Presented in full color, it's also a convenient reference for every clinician to consult once the decision to use a particular antibiotic has been reached. This edition of Antibiotics Manual includes newer antibiotics that have been released since the publication of the First Edition and updates prescribing information for the older antibiotics. This all-new Second Edition: -Has a color-coded interior design which provides quick and easy point of care access for the user -Includes 200 of the most commonly prescribed antibiotics, listed by both brand and generic names -Features important recently-released antibiotics such as ceftaroline, tedizolid, and bedaquiline Antibiotics Manual: A Guide to Commonly Used Antimicrobials, Second Edition is a welcome book for physicians in all specialties of medicine who prescribe antibiotics. It is also a handy tool for pharmacists, nurses, nurse practitioners, and physician assistants who want more information on the drugs they administer.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Jason C. Gallagher, Conan MacDougall ; senior acquisitions editor, Katey Birtcher ; cover design, Michael O'Donnell.
    Contents:
    Part 1. Considerations with antibiotic therapy
    Part 2. Antibacterial drugs
    Part 3. Antimycobacterial drugs
    Part 4. Antifungal drugs
    Part 5. Antiviral drugs
    Part 6. Antiparasitic Drugs
    Appendix 1. Selected normal human flora
    Appendix 2. Spectrum of activity
    Appendix 3. Empiric regimens for common infections
    Index.
    Limited to 2 simultaneous users
  • Print
    edited by Maurizio Zanetti, J. Donald Capra.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QR186.7 .A573
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Kenneth J. Olivier Jr., Sara A. Hurvitz.
    Contents:
    Typical antibody-drug conjugates / John Lambert
    Selecting optimal ADC targets using indication-dependent or indication-independent approaches / Robert Hollingsworth and Jay Harper
    Antibody drug conjugates : an overview of the CMC and characterization process / Janet Wolfe and Phillip Ross
    Linker and conjugation technology and improvements / Riley Ennis and Sourav Sinha
    Formulation and stability / Kouhei Tsumoto, Anthony Young, and Satoshi Ohtake
    QC assay development / Xiao-Hong Chen and Mate Tolnay
    Occupational health and safety aspects of ADCs and their toxic payloads / Robert Sussman and John Farris
    Bioanalytical strategies enabling successful ADC translation / Xiaogang Han, Lindsay King, and Steve Hansel
    Nonclinical pharmacology and mechanistic modeling of antibody drug conjugates in support of human clinical trials / Brian J. Schmidt, Chin Pan, Heather E. Vezina, Huadong Sun, Douglas D. Leipold, and Manish Gupta
    Pharmacokinetics of antibody-drug conjugates / Amrita Kamath
    Path to market approval : regulatory perspective of ADC nonclinical safety assessments / Stacey Ricci and Natalie Simpson
    Antibody drug conjugates : clinical strategies and applications / Heather E. Vezina, Lucy Lee, Brian J. Schmidt, Manish Gupta
    Antibody-drug conjugates (ADCs) in clinical development / Patricia LoRusso and Joseph McLaughlin
    ADCs approved for use : Trastuzumab emtansine (Kadcyla, T-DM1) in patients with previously treated HER2-positive metastatic breast cancer / Gail Lewis Phillips, Sanne de Hass, Sandhya Girish, and Ellie Guardino
    ADCs approved for use : Brentuximab Vedotin / Sven DeVos and Monica Mead
    Radioimmunotherapy / Jeffrey Wong and Savita Dandapani
    Radiolabeled antibody-based imaging in clinical oncology / Bart Hendriks and Daniel Gaddy
    Antibody-drug conjugates : the next evolution in the cure for cancer
    William C. Olson and Amy Q. Han.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Jeffrey Wang, Wei-Chiang Shen, Jennica L. Zaro, editors.
    Summary: This authoritative volume provides a holistic picture of antibody-drug conjugates (ADCs). Fourteen comprehensive chapters are divided into six sections including an introduction to ADCs, the ADC construct, development issues, landscape, IP and pharmacoeconomics, case studies, and the future of the field. The book examines everything from the selection of the antibody, the drug, and the linker to a discussion of developmental issues such as formulations, bio-analysis, pharmacokinetic-pharmacodynamic relationships, and toxicological and regulatory challenges. It also explores pharmacoecomonics and intellectual properties, including recently issued patents and the cost analysis of drug therapy. Case studies are presented for the three ADCs that have received FDA approval: gemtuzumab ozogamicin (Mylotarg®), Brentuximab vedotin (Adcetris®), and ado-trastuzumab emtansine (Kadcyla®), as well as an ADC in late-stage clinical trials, glembatumumab vedotin (CDX-011). Finally, the volume presents a perspective by the editors on the future directions of ADC development and clinical applications. Antibody-Drug Conjugates is a practical and systematic resource for scientists, professors, and students interested in expanding their knowledge of cutting-edge research in this exciting field.

    Contents:
    1 Antibody-Drug Conjugates: A Historical Review
    2 Payloads of Antibody-Drug Conjugates
    3 Selecting an Optimal Antibody for Antibody-Drug Conjugate Therapy
    4 Linker Design for Antibody-Drug Conjugates
    5 Formulation Development for Antibody-Drug Conjugates
    6 Bioanalytical Assay for Characterization of Antibody Drug Conjugates
    7 Pharmacokinetics/Pharmacodynamics and Disposition of Antibody-Drug Conjugates
    8 Regulatory Considerations
    9 Major ADC Companies, Current Clinical Trials, Recent Patents Issued and Patent Applications, and Cost Analysis of Drug Therapy
    10 Mylotarg: Revisiting its Clinical Potential Post-Withdrawal
    11 ADCETRIS: A Regulatory Case Study of a New Generation Antibody Drug Conjugate
    12 Ado-Trastuzumab Emtansine
    13 The Antibody-Drug Conjugate Glembatumumab Vedotin (CDX-011) and its Use in Treatment of Breast Cancer
    14 Summary and Future Directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Stefan Grimm, editor.
    Summary: "This book discusses the emergence of a new class of genes with a specific anticancer activity. These genes, recently defined as "Anticancer Genes", are reviewed in individual chapters on their mode of action, the specific cell death signals they induce, and the status of attempts to translate them into clinical application. Anticancer Genes provides an overview of this nascent field, its genesis, current state, and prospect. It discusses how Anticancer Genes might lead to the identification of a repertoire of signaling pathways directed against cellular alterations that are specific for tumor cells."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction / Stefan Grimm
    Part I. Viral Anticancer Genes
    2. Signalling of Apoptin / Jessica Bullenkamp and Mahvash Tavassoli
    3. Apoptin Towards Safe and Efficient Anticancer Therapies / Claude Backendorf and Mathieu H.M. Noteborn
    4. Induction of Cancer-Specific Cell Death by the Adenovirus E4orf4 Protein / Tamar Kleinberger
    5. Tumor Suppressing Properties of Rodent Parvovirus NS1 Proteins and Their Derivatives / Jürg P.F. Nüesch and Jean Rommelaere
    Part II. Cellular Anticancer Genes
    6. MDA-7/IL-24: Multifunctional Cancer Killing Cytokine / Mitchell E. Menezes, Shilpa Bhatia, Praveen Bhoopathi, Swadesh K. Das, Luni Emdad, Santanu Dasgupta, Paul Dent, Xiang-Yang Wang, Devanand Sarkar, and Paul B. Fisher
    7. Cancer-Selective Apoptosis by Tumor Suppressor Par-4 / Nikhil Hebbar, Tripti Shrestha-Bhattarai, and Vivek M. Rangnekar
    8. Tumor-Necrosis-Factor-Related Apoptosis-Inducing Ligand (TRAIL) / Simone Fulda
    9. SIRT6: A Promising Target for Cancer Prevention and Therapy / Michael Van Meter, Vera Gorbunova, and Andrei Seluanov
    10. An Overview of Brevinin Superfamily: Structure, Function and Clinical Perspectives / Anna Savelyeva, Saeid Ghavami, Padideh Davoodpour, Ahmad Asoodeh, and Marek J. Łos
    11. Isolation and Characterization of the Anticancer Gene Organic Cation Transporter Like-3 (ORCTL3) / Ghada AbuAli and Stefan Grimm
    Part III. Anticancer Gene Therapy
    12. Introduction of Genes via Sonoporation and Electroporation / Christina Kalli, Wey Chyi Teoh, and Edward Leen
    13. Anticancer Gene Transfer for Cancer Gene Therapy / Evangelos Pazarentzos and Nicholas D. Mazarakis.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Mohd Sayeed Akhtar, Mallappa Kumara Swamy, editors.
    Summary: This book summarizes the application of plant derived anticancer compounds as chemopreventives to treat several cancer types, focusing on the molecular mechanisms of action of phytocompounds and providing an overview of the basic processes at the cellular and molecular level that are involved in the progression of the cancer and can be employed in targeted preventive therapies. In addition, it highlights the development of novel anticancer drugs from plant sources using bioinformatics approaches. The compiled chapter data aids readers understanding of issues related to bioavailability, toxic effects and mechanisms of action of phytocompounds, and helps them identify the leads and utilize them against various cancer types effectively. Furthermore, it promotes the use of bioinformatics tools in medicinal plants to expedite their use in plant breeding programs to develop molecular markers to distinguish disease subtypes and predicting mutation, which in turn improves cancer diagnosis and prognosis, and to develop new lead compounds computationally. Thebook provides scientific verifications of plant compounds mechanisms of action against various cancers and offers useful information for students, teachers, and healthcare professionals involved in drug discovery, and clinical and therapeutic research.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Omics- a holistic approach in cancer treatment
    Chapter 2. Plant miRNAs and phytomolecules as anticancer therapeutics
    Chapter 3. Potential of herbal medicines in colorectal carcinoma and their mechanism of action
    Chapter 4. Elucidation of mechanisms of anticancer plant compounds against the tumor cells
    Chapter 5. Computational approach towards exploring interaction of target protein-phytocompounds in drug development for breast cancer
    Chapter 6. Anticancer Potential of Andrographolide, a diterpenoid lactone from Andrographis paniculata: A nature's treasure for chemoprevention and therapeutics
    Chapter 7. Anticancer activity of herbal medicine: Mechanism of action
    Chapter 8. Metabolomic study of chemo-preventive phytochemicals and their therapeutic prospects
    Chapter 9. CADD studies applied to secondary metabolites in the anticancer drug research
    Chapter 10. Anticancerous plant compounds affecting the power house of cancerous cells: A possible herbal mitocan
    Chapter 11. Phytoestrogens as a natural source for the possible colon cancer treatment
    Chapter 12. Bioinformatics approaches for genomics and post genomics applications of anticancer plants
    Chapter 13. Fruits of Rosaceae family as a source of anticancer compounds and molecular innovations
    Chapter 14. Mechanism of action of anticancer herbal medicines.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Mohd Sayeed Akhtar, Mallappa Kumara Swamy, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides summarized scientific evidence of the different classes of plant-derived phytocompounds, their sources, chemical structures, anticancer properties, mechanisms of action, methods of extraction, and their applications in cancer therapy. It also discusses endophyte-derived compounds as chemopreventives to treat various cancer types. In addition, it provides detailed information on the enhanced production of therapeutically valuable anticancer metabolites using biotechnological interventions such as plant cell and tissue culture approaches, including in vitro-, hairy root- and cell-suspension culture; and metabolic engineering of biosynthetic pathways. Anticancer Plants: Natural Products and Biotechnological Implements - Volume 2 explores the natural bioactive compounds isolated from plants as well as fungal endophytes, their chemistry, and preventive effects to reduce the risk of cancer. Moreover, it highlights the genomics/proteomics approaches and biotechnological implementations. Providing solutions to deal with the challenges involved in cancer therapy, the book benefits a wide range of readers including academics, students, and industrial experts working in the area of natural products, medicinal plant chemistry, pharmacology, and biotechnology.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Fungal Endophytes as Novel Sources of Anticancer Compounds
    Chapter 2. Gastrointestinal Bezoar Stones: Current Knowledge and Future Pperspective on the Potential of Plant-derived Phytobezoar in Cancer Treatment
    Chapter 3. Potential of Natural Products for Prevention of Oral Cancer
    Chapter 4. Therapeutic Potential of Cardiac Glycosides Against Cancer
    Chapter 5. Conserving Biodiversity of a Potent Anticancer Plant, Catharanthus roseus Through In vitro Biotechnological Intercessions: Substantial Progress and Imminent Prospects
    Chapter 6. Medicinal Plants as a Potential Source of Chemopreventive Agents
    Chapter 7. Plant Metabolites as New Leads to Anticancer Drug Discovery: Approaches and Challenges
    Chapter 8. Terpenes of Genus Salvia: Cytotoxicity and Antitumoral Effects
    Chapter 9. Essential Oil with Anticancer Activity: An Overview
    Chapter 10. Fungal Endophytes from Anticancer Plants as Producers of the Anti-tumour Agent L-Asparaginase: A Look at Diversity, Ubiquity and Enzyme Production
    Chapter 11. Xylooligosaccharides and their Anticancer Potential: An Update
    Chapter 12. Phytochemicals Targeting Endoplasmic Reticulum Stress to Inhibit Cancer Cell Proliferation
    Chapter 13. Remedy of Targeting Cancer and Cancer Stem Cells with Botanicals
    Chapter 14. Therapeutic Strategies of Natural Agents and its Components on Triple-Negative Breast Cancer
    Chapter 15. Endophytic Microbes as a Novel Source for Producing Anticancer Compounds as Multidrug Resistance Modulators. Chapter 16. Traditional Medicinal Plants and their Therapeutic Potential Against Major Cancer Types
    Chapter 17. Platelet Derived Growth Factor Receptor (PDGF-R) as the Target for Herbal Based Anticancer Agents
    Chapter 18. Plant Cell and Organ Culture as an Alternative for the Production of Anticancer Compounds
    Chapter 19. Plant Derived Extracts and Compounds: An Alternative Therapy Against Breast Cancer
    Chapter 20. Micropropagation and Conservation of Selected Endangered Anticancer Medicinal Plants from the Western Ghats of India
    Chapter 21. Biotechnological Approaches for the Propagation of Anticancer Plants and the Production of Vital Compounds
    Chapter 22. An Alternative Approach for Anticancer Compounds Production Through Plant Tissue Culture Techniques
    Chapter 23. Biotechnological Intervention Through Tissue Culture in Hedychium coronarium: A Potential Anticancer Plant.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Mohd Sayeed Akhtar, Mallappa Kumara Swamy, editors.
    Summary: Cancer is one of the leading death cause of human population increasingly seen in recent times. Plants have been used for medicinal purposes since immemorial times. Though, several synthetic medicines are useful in treating cancer, they are inefficient and unsafe. However, plants have proved to be useful in cancer cure. Moreover, natural compounds from plants and their derivatives are safe and effective in treatment and management of several cancer types. The anticancer plants such as Catharanthus roseus, Podophyllum peltatum, Taxus brevifolia, Camptotheca acuminate, Andrographis paniculata, Crateva nurvala, Croton tonkinensis, Oplopanax horridus etc., are important source of chemotherapeutic compounds. These plants have proven their significance in the treatment of cancer and various other infectious diseases. Nowadays, several well-known anticancer compounds such as taxol, podophyllotoxins, camptothecin, vinblastine, vincristine, homoharringtonine etc. have been isolated and purified from these medicinal plants. Many of them are used effectively to combat cancer and other related diseases. The herbal medicine and their products are the most suitable and safe to be used as an alternative medicine. Based on their traditional uses and experimental evidences, the anticancer products or compounds are isolated or extracted from the medicinally important plants. Many of these anticancer plants have become endangered due to ruthless harvesting in nature. Hence, there is a need to conserve these species and to propagate them in large scale using plant tissue culture. Alternatively, plant cell tissue and organ culture biotechnology can be adopted to produce these anticancer compounds without cultivation. The proper knowledge and exploration of these isolated molecules or products could provide an alternative source to reduce cancer risk, anti-tumorigenic properties, and suppression of carcinogen activities. Anticancer plants: Volume 1, Properties and Application is a very timely effort in this direction. Discussing the various types of anticancer plants as a source of curative agent, their pharmacological and neutraceutical properties, cryo-preservations and recent trends to understand the basic cause and consequences involved in the diseases diagnosis. We acknowledge the publisher, Springer for their continuous inspiration and valuable suggestions to improvise the content of this book. We further extend our heartfelt gratitude to all our book contributors for their support, and assistance to complete this assignment. I am sure that these books will benefit the scientific communities including academics, pharmaceuticals, nutraceuticals and medical practitioners.

    Contents:
    Current practices and awareness of anticancer plants in the traditional healthcare system
    Phytochemical and biological properties of Lippia gracilis
    Use of Indian indigenous fruits in cancer prevention and treatment
    Potentiality of anticancer plant derived compounds of North-East India
    Plant-derived compounds in cancer therapy: Traditions of past and drugs of future
    Anticancer plant molecules for Improvement of immune system
    Fermented food derived bioactives compounds with anti-carcinogenic properties: Fermented Royal jelly as a novel source for compounds with health benefits
    Mass spectrometry based techniques for assessment of pharmacological responses of ayurvedic drugs
    Assessment of anticancer properties of betelvine
    Analysis of patents filed for the herbal therapeutics against cancer
    Appraisal of medicinal plants with anticancer properties in South America
    Scientific validation of the usefulness of Withania somnifera Dunal in the prevention and treatment of cancer
    Anticancer potential of mangrove plants: Neglected plant species of the marine ecosystem
    Piper betel Linn. in cancer: Past, Present and Future
    Anticancer properties of curcumin and its efficacy for treating central nervous system neoplasms
    Vitamin E: The Nature's Gift to Fight Cancer
    Use of plant secondary metabolites as nutraceuticals for treatment and management of cancer: Approaches and challenges
    Usefulness of Ocimum sanctum Linn. in cancer prevention: An Update
    Phytochemicals with anticancer potential: Methods of extraction, basic structure and chemotherapeutic action
    Anticancer plants and their conservation strategies
    Anticancer plants: Chemistry, pharmacology and potential applications
    Botany, chemistry and pharmaceutical significance of Sida cordifolia- A Traditional medicinal plant
    Anticancer properties of natural compounds on prostate cancer
    Phytochemicals against cancer stem cells.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Christopher M. Loftus, editor.
    Contents:
    Part 1. General Principles
    Physiology of Hemostasis
    Laboratory Assessment of Physiologic and Pathologic Hemostasis
    Current Anticoagulation Drugs and Mechanisms of Action
    Reversal of Target-Specific Oral Anticoagulants
    Overview, Treatment, Measurement, and Modification of Platelet Function
    Role of Antiplatelet Therapy in Neurosurgery: Efficacy and Safety Profiles
    Part 2. Coagulation Issues Across all Patient Spectrums
    Congenital Coagulation Disorders
    Acquired Coagulation Disorders
    Regulation and Dysregulation of Fibrinolysis
    Risks Associated with Administration of Allogeneic Blood Components
    Common Coagulation Disorders That May Arise Intraoperatively
    Evaluation and Management of Untoward Intraoperative Bleeding
    Treatment of Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation (DIC)
    Heparin-Induced Thrombocytopenia (HIT)
    Anticoagulation in Cardiovascular Diseases
    Workup and Treatment of Pulmonary Embolus
    Part 3. Coagulation Issues Specific to Neurosurgery
    Classes of Drugs and Blood Products for Acute Reversal of Anticoagulant Effect
    Rescue Strategies to Facilitate Emergency Neurosurgery in Patients on Antiplatelet or Anticoagulant Agents
    Considerations for Coagulation in the Multi-Trauma Patient
    Cerebral Venous Sinus Thrombosis
    Coagulation Studies in Preoperative Neurosurgery Patients
    Safe Strategies for Gradual Suspension and Re-institution of Anticoagulation to Permit Elective Surgery
    Spontaneous Intracerebral Hemorrhage due to Coagulation Disorders
    Prophylactic Screening for Venous Thromboembolism in Neurosurgical Patients
    Venous Thromboembolism Prophylaxis in Neurosurgery
    Can Patients with Known Intracranial and Intraspinal Vascular Lesions be Anticoagulated?
    Intrathecal Access and Devices in Patients on Antiplatelet or Anticoagulant Therapy
    Is it Safe to Shunt Anti-coagulated NPH Patients?
    Surgical Hemostasis in the Era of Anticoagulation: Guidelines and Recommendations Summary.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Joe F. Lau, Geoffrey D. Barnes, Michael B. Streiff, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the latest evidence and guidelines supporting the use of anticoagulant therapy for various clinical scenarios. The field of anticoagulation therapy is evolving rapidly, particularly since the arrival and widespread adoption of direct oral anticoagulants. Organized in two parts, this book reviews the pharmacologic properties of various anticoagulants and details the clinical applications of anticoagulant therapy. Drugs such as warfarin and unfractionated heparin, as well as parenteral and direct oral anticoagulants are discussed in terms of their pharmacokinetics, drug-disease interactions, dosing strategies, and risk considerations. Clinical applications of anticoagulant therapy in disorders such as acute coronary syndromes, atrial fibrillation, and thrombophilia and in special populations such as pregnant women, the elderly, and in the patient with cancer are highlighted. Clinical vignettes, algorithms, clinical pearls, and self-assessment questions are integrated throughout the book. Featuring contributions from authorities in the field, Anticoagulation Therapy is an essential resource for cardiologists, vascular medicine specialists, hematologists, internists, and all other healthcare professionals who prescribe anticoagulants.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Contributors: A. Benakis [and others.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    U322 .A62 1973
    2
  • Digital
    Matthew Macaluso, Sheldon H. Preskorn, editors.
    Summary: This volume reviews the known neurobiology of depression and combines classic data on antidepressant treatments with modern theory on the physiology of depression. It also discusses novel mechanism of action drugs.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Impact, Diagnosis, Phenomenology, and Biology; 1
    Section 1: Prevalence; 2 Impact; 2.1 Disability and Economic Impact; 2.2 Suicide; 3 Diagnosis; 3.1 History; 3.2 Operational Definitions; 3.3 Subtypes; 4 Measurement; 4.1 Self-Rated Scales; 4.2 Clinician-Rated Scales; 5 Phenomenology; 6 Diagnostic Boundaries; 7 Biology; References; Tricyclic Antidepressants and Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors: Are They Too Old for a New Look?; 1 Historical Background 2 Studies Comparing MAOI and TCA Antidepressants: Do Certain Subtypes of Depression Respond Selectively to One Class of Antide ... 3 More Recent Studies of Tricyclic Antidepressants and Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors; 4 The Under-Prescribing of Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors and Tricyclic Antidepressants: A Justifiable Phenomenon?; References; Clinical Implications of the STAR*D Trial; 1 Introduction and Overview of STAR*D; 1.1 Participants; 1.2 Treatment Outcomes; 1.3 Treatment Steps; 1.4 Treatment Delivery; 1.5 Continuation Phase Treatment; 2 Who Is Being Treated for Depression in Practice? 2.1 How Comparable Are Depressed Patients in Primary and Psychiatric Care Settings?2.2 Are FDA Registration Trial Participants Representative of Depressed Patients Treated in Practice?; 2.3 Clinical Implications; 3 Treatment Outcomes with the Initial Medication Treatment Step with a Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitor (SSRI); 3.1 When and How Often Does Response and Remission Occur with an SSRI; 3.2 Can Baseline Features Tell Us Who Will Respond or Remit with the Initial SSRI?; 3.3 What Are the Long-Term Outcomes Following a Successful First-Step SSRI? 3.4 Does the Prior Course of MDD Predict Acute or Longer-Term Treatment Outcomes with Citalopram?3.5 Clinical Implications; 4 Treatment Outcomes with the Second Medication Treatment Step; 4.1 Which Second-Step Treatment Options Are Preferred by Which Patients?; 4.2 When the Initial SSRI Fails and a Medication Switch Is Provided, Do Pharmacological Differences Matter?; 4.3 Which Augmentation Strategy Is More Effective, Bupropion-SR or Buspirone?; 4.4 How Did Augmentation with Cognitive Behavior Therapy Compare with Medication Augmentation? 4.5 How Did Switch to Cognitive Therapy Compare with Switch to Medication?; 4.6 Follow-Up After the Second Treatment Step; 4.7 Clinical Implications; 5 Selecting Among Switch Treatments at the Second Medication Treatment Step; 5.1 What Are the Overall and Differential Predictors of Remission (Baseline Sociodemographic, Clinical, and First-Step Treatme ... ; 5.2 What Are the Overall and Differential Predictors (Baseline Sociodemographic, Clinical, and First-Step Treatment Features) ... ; 5.3 Clinical Implications; 6 Treatment Outcomes with the Third Medication Treatment Step
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Mary L. Forsling.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QP572.V3 F67
    1
  • Digital
    MJ Eadie, FJE Vajda.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Antipileptic drugs and becoming pregnant
    3. Antiepileptic drug disposition in pregnancy
    4. The older antiepileptic drugs
    5. Commonly used newer antiepileptic drugs
    6. Antiepileptic drugs sometimes used in pregnancy
    7. Antiepileptic drugs, epileptic seizures and the foetus
    8. Antiepileptic drugs and foetal malformations: a possible class effect
    9. Particular antiepileptic drugs and foetal malformations
    10. Antiepileptic drugs, cognition and neurodevelopment
    11. Antiepileptic drug therapy: management issues and pregnancy
    12. Antiepileptic drugs and pregnancy: the future
    Appendix
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Hans Ramløv, Dennis Steven Friis, editors.
    Summary: This first volume provides a comprehensive overview on evolutionary, environmental and systematic aspects of antifreeze proteins. It shortly explains the physical properties of ice and further intelligibly describes the biology of the antifreeze proteins in different organisms. It offers a detailed insight into their history of evolution. In addition the book discusses the status of the current knowledge and ongoing research and highlights also those parts, where further investigation needs to be done. Together with the second volume on the biochemistry and molecular biology of antifreeze proteins, this book represents a unique, comprehensive work and a must-have for students and scientists in biochemistry, evolution, physiology and physical chemistry.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Ice and its formation
    Ice formation in living organisms
    Fish antifreeze proteins
    Insect antifreeze proteins
    Plant antifreeze proteins
    Antifreeze proteins in other species
    Molecular origins and mechanisms of fish antifreeze evolution.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Hans Ramløv, Dennis Steven Friis, editors.
    Summary: This second volume, written in four parts, offers the reader a thorough review on molecular, structural and applied aspects of antifreeze proteins. The first part treats the structure-function relationship and the physicochemical properties of antifreeze proteins; the second part provides insight into molecular mechanisms affected by antifreeze proteins; the third part presents some of the potential applications in various professional sectors and in the last part the book content is summarized and future research directions and ideas are discussed. Together with the first volume on the environment, systematic and evolution of antifreeze proteins, this book represents a unique, comprehensive work and a must-have for students and scientists in biochemistry, molecular biology, biotechnology and physical chemistry.

    Contents:
    Of volume 2 Antifreeze proteins: Biochemistry, molecular biology and applications
    Characteristics of antifreeze proteins
    Physicochemical properties of antifreeze proteins
    Structure-function of IBPs and their interactions with ice
    Interaction of antifreeze protein with water
    Thermal hysteresis
    Inhibition of recrystallization
    Other protective measures of antifreeze proteins
    Measuring antifreeze protein activity
    Antifreeze proteins in foods
    Cell, tissue and organ preservation with insect-derived antifreeze peptides
    Antifreeze proteins and gas hydrate inhibition
    Antifreeze protein-covered surfaces
    Mutational studies on antifreeze proteins
    Summary and future directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Summary: Includes information on antimicrobial therapy and alternative therapy when the drug of choice cannot be given. The resource delivers information via review articles, capsule summaries, mini-reviews, and a guided PubMed search to pick up post-publication research.
    Digital Access Database
    Canceled with 2015
  • Digital
    Peter Davey, Mark Wilcox, William Irving, Guy Thwaites.
    Summary: "A valuable resource for undergraduates and graduates providing a thorough grounding in the scientific basis and clinical application of antimicrobial drugs. The new edition has been thoroughly updated to include the most recently licensed agents, including the treatment of HIV and contains guidance on prescribing and infection control practices." -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part 1. General properties of antimicrobial agents. 1. Mechanisms of action and resistance to modern antibacterial with a history of their development ; 2. Inhibitors of bacterial cell wall synthesis ; 3. Inhibitors of bacterial protein synthesis ; 4. Synthetic antibacterial agents and miscellaneous antibiotics ; 5. Antiviral agents ; 6. Antiretroviral agents ; 7. Drugs used in the treatment of viral hepatitis ; 8. Antifungal agents ; 9. Antiprotozoal and anthelminthic agents
    Part 2. Resistance to antimicrobial agents. 10. The problem of resistance ; 11. The genetics and mechanisms of acquired resistance
    Part 3. General principles of usage of antimicrobial agents. 12. Laboratory investigations and the treatment of infection ; 13. General principles of the treatment of infection ; 14. Pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamics principles ; 15. Prescribing in special groups : effects of age, pregnancy, body weight, hepatic and renal impairment 16: Outpatient parenteral antimicrobial therapy ; 17. Adverse drug reactions and patient safety ; 18. Chemoprophylaxis and immunisation ; 19. Guidelines, formularies, and antimicrobial policies ; 20. Antimicrobial stewardship, surveillance of antimicrobial consumption and its consequences
    Part 4. Therapeutic use of antimicrobial agents. 21. Respiratory tract infections ; 22. Topical use of antimicrobial agents ; 23. Urinary tract infections ; 24. Sexually transmitted infections ; 25. Gastrointestinal infections ; 26. Serious bacterial bloodstream infections ; 27. Bone and joint infections ; 28. Infections of the central nervous system ; 29. Skin and soft tissue infections ; 30. Tuberculosis and other mycobacterial diseases ; 31. Infections in immunocompromised patients including HIV/AIDs ; 32. Viral infections ; 33. Management of HIV infection ; 34. Treatment of chronic viral hepatitis ; 35. Parasitic disease ; 36. The development and marketing of antimicrobial drugs.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    Tomás G. Villa, Patricia Veiga-Crespo, editors.
    Summary: Since penicillin and salvarsan were discovered, a number of new drugs to combat infectious diseases have been developed, but at the same time, the number of multi-resistant microorganism strains is increasing. Thus, the design of new and effective antibacterial, antiviral and antifungal agents will be a major challenge in the next years. This book reviews the current state-of-the-art in antimicrobial research and discusses new strategies for the design and discovery of novel therapies. Topics covered include the use of genetic engineering, genome mining, manipulation of gene clusters, X-ray and neutron scattering as well as the antimicrobial effects of essential oils, antimicrobial agents of plant origin, beta-lactam antibiotics, antimicrobial peptides, and cell-wall-affecting antifungal antibiotics.

    Contents:
    Strategies for the design and discovery of novel antibiotics using genetic engineering and genome mining
    X-ray and Neutron Scattering Foundations for the Research in Antimicrobials
    Antibacterial, Antiviral and Antifungal Activity of Essential Oils: Mechanisms and Applications
    New antimicrobial agents of plant origin
    Advances in beta-lactam antibiotics
    The Cornerstone of Nucleic Acid-affecting Antibiotics in Bacteria
    Genetic analysis and manipulation of polyene antibiotic gene clusters as a way to produce more effective antifungal compounds
    Enzybiotics: The rush towards prevention and control of multi-resistant bacteria (MRB)
    New cell wall-affecting antifungal antibiotics
    Perspectives in the research on Antimicrobial peptides
    Glycopeptides and bacterial cell walls.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Jürgen Harder, Jens-M. Schröder, editors.
    Contents:
    Antimicrobial peptides in cutaneous wound healing
    Antimicrobial peptides as endogenous antibacterials and antivirals at the ocular surface
    Function of antimicrobial peptides in lung innate immunity
    Role of antimicrobial peptides to prevent infections in the kidney and urinary tract
    Antimicrobial peptides in the gut
    Metal sequestration: An important contribution of antimicrobial peptides to nutritional immunity
    Regulation of antimicrobial peptide gene expression by vitamin D
    Dichotomous roles of cationic polypeptides targeting HIV
    Antimicrobial peptides in host-defense: functions beyond antimicrobial activity.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    editor: Sabu Thomas.
    Summary: Antimicrobial resistance is a major global public health problem. This book focuses on the clinical implications of multi-drug resistant pathogens; tracking AMR and its evolutionary significance; antifungal resistance; and current and alternative treatment strategies for AMR, including antivirulent, antibiofilm and antimicrobial resistance breakers, repurposing of drugs, and probiotic therapy. Advances in antimicrobial stewardship, antibiotic policies from a global perspective and their impacts are also discussed. The book also explores the use of omics approaches to gain insights into antibacterial resistance, and includes chapters on the potential benefits of a 'One Health approach describing the environmental and zoonotic sources of resistant genes and their effects on the global resistance pool.

    Contents:
    ntro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    About the Editor
    The Evolution of Microbial Defence Systems Against Antimicrobial Agents
    1 Introduction
    2 Bacteria
    2.1 The Non-specific Bacterial Defence System
    2.1.1 Intrinsic
    Outer Membrane of Gram-Negative Bacteria
    Porin Channels
    Capsular Defences
    Bacterial Innate Immunity to Bacteriophages
    Defences During Phage Attachment and Entry
    Defences During Replication
    Defences During Host Cell Lysis
    2.1.2 Acquired
    Multidrug-Resistant (MDR) Efflux Pumps
    Horizontal Gene Transfer; Transformation
    Conjugation
    2.2 The Specific Bacterial Defence System
    2.2.1 Intrinsic Active
    Quorum Sensing
    Indole
    CRISPR/Cas9
    Biofilm Formation and Persister Cells
    2.2.2 Intrinsic Passive
    Horizontal Gene Transfer
    Transduction
    2.2.3 Acquired Active
    Enzymatic Degradation/Destruction
    Target Protection by Obstruction/Alteration/Mutation
    2.2.4 Acquired Passive
    Co-pathogens Conferring Resistance
    3 Fungi
    3.1 Azoles
    3.2 Echinocandins
    3.3 Other Mechanisms of Resistance
    4 Viruses
    4.1 Hepatitis C
    4.2 Influenza; 5 Discussion and Therapeutic Strategies for the Future
    References
    Carbapenem Resistance in Gram-Negative Bacilli: Mechanisms and Challenges
    1 Introduction
    2 Structure of Carbapenems
    3 Mechanism and Epidemiology of Carbapenem Resistance
    3.1 Carbapenem-Resistant Enterobacteriaceae (CRE)
    3.2 Carbapenemase-Producing CRE (CP-CRE)
    3.2.1 Class A Carbapenemases
    3.2.2 Class B Carbapenemases
    3.2.3 Class D Carbapenemases
    4 Noncarbapenemase-Producing CRE (Non-CP-CRE)
    4.1 Carbapenem-Resistant Pseudomonas (CRP)
    4.2 Carbapenem-Resistant Acinetobacter baumannii (CRAB); 5 Current Resistance Status
    6 Antibiotic Resistance Drivers
    7 Usage and Side Effects of Carbapenems
    8 Laboratory Detection of Carbapenem-Resistant Organism
    8.1 Detection of Carbapenemase Activity Directly from the Clinical Specimen
    8.1.1 CDC Screening Criteria
    8.1.2 Chromogenic Plates
    8.2 Detection of Carbapenemase Activity in the Isolated Bacteria
    8.2.1 Phenotypic Tests
    8.2.2 Molecular Tests
    8.2.3 Molecular Test
    9 Treatment
    10 Role of Infection Control and Antibiotic Stewardship
    11 Conclusion
    References; Influence of Antimicrobials on the Gut Microbiota
    1 Introduction
    2 Human Gut Microbiota and Its Ecosystem
    3 Role of Gut Microbiota in Human Health
    4 Metagenomic Analysis of Gut Microbiota
    5 Influence of Antibiotics on Normal Gut Microbiota
    6 Human Gut Resistome
    7 Infant Gut Microbiota and Antibiotics
    8 Therapeutic Interventions of Post-antibiotic Gut Microbiome Reconstitution
    9 Conclusion
    References
    Influence of Abiotic Factors in the Emergence of Antibiotic Resistance
    1 Introduction
    2 Environmental Factors
    2.1 Heavy Metals
    2.2 Pesticides.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    World Health Organization.
    Summary: This report examines, for the first time, the current status of surveillance and information on antimicrobial resistance (AMR) at country level worldwide, with particularly attention to antibacterial resistance.
    Digital Access WHO 2014
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QR177 .W67 2014
    1
  • Digital
    editors, Chin-Yi Chen, Xianghe Yan, Charlene R. Jackson.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction to antimicrobial-resistant foodborne pathogens / Patrick Butaye, Maria Angeles Argudín and John Threlfall
    2. Antimicrobial resistance of Shiga toxin-producing Escherichia coli / Jinru Chen
    3. Antibiotic resistance in pathogenic Salmonella / Steven C. Ricke and Juliany Rivera Calo
    4. Antimicrobial resistance and Campylobacter jejuni and C. coli / Mirko Rossi, Satu Olkkola, Mati Roasto, Rauni Kivistö and Marja-Liisa-Hänninen
    5. Antimicrobial resistance in Yersinia enterocolitica / Anna Fabrega, Clara Ballesté-Delpierre and Jordi Vila
    6. Antimicrobial resistance in Vibrio species / Craig Baker-Austin
    7. Antimicrobial resistance in Shigella species / Keith A. Lampel
    8. Antimicrobial resistance in Listeria spp. / Nathan A. Jarvis, Philip G. Crandall, Corliss A. O'Bryan and Steven C. Ricke
    9. Antibiotic resistance in Enterococci : a food safety perspective / Anuradha Ghosh and Ludek Zurek
    10. Clostridium difficile: a food safety concern? / Jane W. Marsh and Lee H. Harrison
    11. Methods for the detection of antimicrobial resistance and the characterization of Staphylococcus aureus isolates from food-producing animals and food of animal origin / Kristina Kadlec, Sarah Wendlandt, Andrea T. Fessler and Stefan Schwarz
    12. Non-phenotypic tests to detect and characterize antibiotic resistance mechanisms in Enterobacteriaceae / Agnese Lupo, Krisztina M. Papp-Wallace, Robert A. Bonomo and Andrea Endimiani
    13. Monitoring and surveillance : the national antimicrobial resistance monitoring system / Emily Crarey, Claudine Kabera and Heather Tate
    14. Risk assessment of antimicrobial resistance / H. Gregg Claycamp
    15. Food microbial safety and animal antibiotics / Louis Anthony (Tony) Cox
    16. Antibiotic-resistant bacteria and resistance genes in the water-food nexus of the agricultural environment / Pei-Ying Hong
    17. Development and application of novel antimicrobials in food and food processing / Yangjin Jung and Karl R. Matthews
    18. Database resources dedicated to antimicrobial peptides / Guangshun Wang
    19. Metabolic network analysis-based identification of antimicrobial drug target in pathogenic bacteria / Vinayak Kapatral
    20. Application of metagenomic technologies for antimicrobial resistance and food safety research and beyond / Chin-Yi Chen, Xianghe Yan, Siyun Wang and Charlene R. Jackson.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    I.W. Fong, Karl Drlica, editors.
    Summary: Antimicrobial resistance is now a general problem. Many of us have elderly relatives who died from a drug-resistant infection, and some of us have suffered from a resistant urinary infection that likely came from intestinal bacteria following antibiotic consumption. Antimicrobial Resistance in the 21st Century provides a broad introduction to the subject in which the situation with problematic pathogens is detailed, the biology of resistance is described, and gaining approval for new antibiotics is discussed. Some topics are immediately practical, such as watching for resistant pathogen sub-populations in cultures taken from patients; other topics point to future research efforts that may lead to new antimicrobials and ways to stimulate the action of existing ones. Overall, Antimicrobial Resistance in the 21st Century provides an update for physicians, serves as a starting point for graduate students interested in solving the resistance problem, and may serve as a text for a course on resistance. Lay readers familiar with microbiology will gain an appreciation for a medical issue that promises to be one of the most important of our time. Ignatius Fong, Department of Medicine, University of Toronto Series Editor - Emerging Infectious Diseases of the 21st Century David Shlaes, Founder, Anti-Infectives Consulting Editor - Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy Karl Drlica, The Public Health Research Institute, New Jersey Medical School, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited] by Patricia L. Keen, Raphaël Fugère.
    Contents:
    Antimicrobial resistance genes and wastewater treatment / Mehrnoush Mohammadali and Julian Davies
    When pathogens and environmental organisms meet : consequences for antibiotic resistance / Jose Luis Martinez and Fernando Baquero
    One health : the role wastewater treatment plants play as reservoirs, amplifiers, and transmitters of antibiotic resistance genes and antibiotic resistant bacteria / Marilyn C. Roberts
    Assessing the impact of wastewater treatment plants on environmental levels of antibiotic resistance / Jessica Williams-Nguyen, Irene Bueno, and Randall S. Singer
    Navigating through the challenges associated with the analysis of antimicrobials and their transformation products in wastewater / Randolph R. Singh, Rachel A Mullen and Diana S. Aga
    Metagenomic approaches for antibiotic resistance gene detection in wastewater treatment plants / Ying Yang and Tong Zhang
    Antimicrobials and antimicrobial resistant bacteria in Australia / Andrew J. Watkinson and Simon D. Costanzo
    The mobile resistome in wastewater treatment facilities and downstream environments / Roberto B.M. Marano and Eddie Cytryn
    Bacterial diversity and antibiotic resistance genes in wastewater treatment plant influents and effluents / Veiko Voolaid, Erica Donner, Sotirios Vasileiadis, and Thomas U. Berendonk
    The effect of advanced treatment technologies on the removal of antibiotic resistance
    Popi karaolia, Stella Michael, and Despo Fatta-Kassinos
    Antimicrobial resistance spread mediated by wastewater irrigation: the Mezquital Valley case study / Melanie Broszat and Elisabeth Grohmann
    Antimicrobial resistance related to agricultural wastewater and biosolids / Lisa M. Durso and Amy Millmier Schmidt
    Environmental antibiotic resistance associated with land application of biosolids / Jean E. Mclain, Channah M. Rock, and Charles P. Gerba
    High throughput method for analyzing antibiotic resistance genes in wastewater treatment plants / Johanna Muurinen, Antti Karkman, and Marko Virta
    Antibiotic resistance and wastewater treatment process / Thi Thuy Do, Sinéad Murphy, and Fiona Walsh
    Antibiotic pollution and occurrence of bacterial antibiotic resistance genes in Latin American developing countries : case study of the Katari watershed in the Bolivian highlands / Denisse Archundia, Celine Duwig, Jean M.F. Martins, Frederic Lehembre, Marie-Christine Morel, and Gabriela Flores
    Antimicrobial resistance in hospital wastewaters / Judith Isaac-Renton and Patricia L. Keen
    Curbing the resistance movement : examining public perception of the spread of antibiotic resistant organisms / Agnes V. Macdonald and Patricia L. keen
    Public health consequences of antimicrobial resistance in the wastewater treatment process / Patricia L. Keen, Raphaël Fugère, and David M. Patrick.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Matthew Laundy, Mark Gilchrist, Laura Whitney.
    Contents:
    Section 1. Setting the scene and starting up
    Section 2. Components of an antimicrobial stewardship programme
    Section 3. Special areas in antimicrobial stewardship.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Céline Pulcini, Onder Ergonul, Füsun Can, Bojana Beović.
    Contents:
    Section 1: The global picture of antimicrobial use and resistance
    Section 2: AMS Strategies
    Section 3: AMS in specific clinical settings
    Section 4: AMS experience around the world
    Section 5: Research and perspectives.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Flavia Marinelli, Olga Genilloud, editors.
    Summary: Reports on the emergence and prevalence of resistant bacterial infections in hospitals and communities raise concerns that we may soon no longer be able to rely on antibiotics as a way to control infectious diseases. Effective medical care would require the constant introduction of novel antibiotics to keep up in the "arms race" with resistant pathogens. This book closely examines the latest developments in the field of antibacterial research and development. It starts with an overview of the growing prevalence of resistant Gram-positive and Gram-negative pathogens, including their various resistance mechanisms, prevalence, risk factors and therapeutic options. The focus then shifts to a comprehensive description of all major chemical classes with antibacterial properties, their chemistry, mode of action, and the generation of analogs; information that provides the basis for the design of improved molecules to defeat microbial infections and combat the emerging resistances. In closing, recently developed compounds already in clinical use, those in preclinical or first clinical studies, and a number of promising targets to be exploited in the discovery stage are discussed.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Daniel Lednicer.
    Summary: "Antineoplastic Drugs: Organic Syntheses is written to appeal to organic and medicinal chemists in industry and academia. It is beneficial to those composing grant proposals for NCI and related organizations"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    Dharmendra K. Gupta, José M. Palma, Francisco J. Corpas, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an overview of antioxidants and antioxidant enzymes and their role in the mechanisms of signaling and cellular tolerance under stress in plant systems. Major reactive oxygen species (ROS)-scavenging/modulating enzymes include the superoxide dismutase (SOD) that dismutates O2 into H2O2, which is followed by the coordinated action of a set of enzymes including catalase (CAT), ascorbate peroxidase (APX), glutathione peroxidase (GPX) and peroxiredoxins (Prx) that remove H2O2. In addition to the ROS scavenging enzymes, a number of other enzymes are found in various subcellular compartments, which are involved in maintaining such redox homeostasis either by directly scavenging particular ROS and ROS-byproducts or by replenishing antioxidants. In that respect, these enzymes can be also considered antioxidants. Such enzymes include monodehydroascorbate reductase (MDAR), dehydroascorbate reductase (DHAR), glutathione reductase (GR), alternative oxidases (AOXs), peroxidases (PODs) and glutathione S-transferases (GSTs). Some non-enzymatic antioxidants, such as ascorbic acid (vitamin C), carotenes (provitamin A), tocopherols (vitamin E), and glutathione (GSH), work in concert with antioxidant enzymes to sustain an intracellular steady-state level of ROS that promotes plant growth, development, cell cycles and hormone signaling, and reinforces the responses to abiotic and biotic environmental stressors. Offering a unique compilation of information on antioxidants and antioxidant enzymes, this is a valuable resource for advanced students and researchers working on plant biochemistry, physiology, biotechnology, and signaling in cell organelles, and those specializing in plant enzyme technology.

    Contents:
    Plant superoxide dismutases: Function under abiotic stress conditions
    Studies of catalase in plants under abiotic stress
    Ascorbate peroxidase functions in higher plants: The control of the balance between oxidative damage and signaling
    Glutathione reductase: Safeguarding plant cells against oxidant damage
    Function of the various MDAR isoforms in higher plants
    Peroxiredoxins: Types, characteristics and functions in higher plants
    Redox protein thioredoxins: Function under salinity, drought and extreme temperature conditions
    Biosynthesis and regulation of ascorbic acid in plants
    Glutathione metabolism and its function in higher plants adapting to stress
    Revisiting carotenoids and their role in plant stress responses: From biosynthesis to plant signaling mechanisms during stress. Abiotic stress response in plants
    the relevance of tocopherols
    Role of flavonoids in plant stress. Class III peroxidases: isoenzymes functions, localization and redox regulation.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Hordur G. Kristinsson and Sivakumar Raghavan.
    Contents:
    1. Oxidation in aquatic foods and analysis methods / Magnea G. Karlsdottir, Holly T. Petty, and Hordur G. Kristinsson
    2. Protein oxidation in aquatic foods / Caroline P. Baron
    3. Influence of processing on lipids and lipid oxidation in aquatic foods / Sivakumar Raghavan and Hordur G. Kristinsson
    4. Strategies to minimize lipid oxidation of aquatic food products post harvest / Huynh Nguyen Duy Bao and Toshiaki Ohshima
    5. Antioxidative strategies to minimize oxidation in formulated food systems containing fish oils and omega-3 fatty acids / Charlotte Jacobsen, Anna Frisenfeldt Horn, Ann-Dorit Moltke Sorensen, K.H. Sabeena Farvin, and Nina Skall Nielsen
    6. Methods for assessing the antioxidative activity of aquatic food compounds / Holmfridur Sveinsdottir, Patricia Y. Hamaguchi, Hilma Eidsdottir Bakken, and Hordur G. Kristinsson --7. Influence of fish consumption and some of its individual constituents on oxidative stress in cells, animals, and humans / Britt Gabrielsson, Niklas Andersson, and Ingrid Undeland
    8. Marine antioxidants: polyphenols and carotenoids from algae / Kazuo Miyashita
    9. Fish protein hydrolysates: production, bioactivities, and applications / Soottawat Benjakul, Suthasinee Yarnpakdee, Theeraphol Senphan, Sigrun M. Halldorsdottir, and Hordur G. Kristinsson
    10. Antioxidant properties of marine macroalgae / Tao Wang, Rosa Jonsdottir, Gudrun Olafsdottir, and Hordur G. Kristinsson.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Giancarlo Balercia, Loredana Gandini, Andrea Lenzi, Francesco Lombardo, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on the use of various molecules with antioxidant properties in the treatment of major male genital tract disorders, especially male infertility, erectile dysfunction, and accessory gland infection. The coverage also includes discussion of pathophysiology, the molecular basis of male infertility, and the rationale for use of antioxidants, with particular attention to coenzyme Q10 and carnitine. Oxidative stress occurs when the production of reactive oxygen species, including free radicals, exceeds the body's natural antioxidant defences, leading to cellular damage. Oxidative stress is present in about half of all infertile men, and reactive oxygen species can produce infertility both by damaging the sperm membrane, with consequences for sperm motility, and by altering the sperm DNA. There is consequently a clear rationale for the use of antioxidant treatments within andrology, and various in vitro and in vivo studies have indicated that many antioxidants indeed have beneficial impacts. In providing a detailed and up-to-date overview of the subject, this book will be of interest to both practitioners and researchers in andrology, endocrinology, and urology.

    Contents:
    Biochemistry of coenzyme Q10
    Coenzyme Q10 in male infertility
    Carnitine in male infertility
    Free radicals in andrology
    Antioxidants in male sexual disorders
    Antioxidants in major accessory gland infections.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Pier Luigi Meroni, editor.
    Summary: This book, part of the series Rare Diseases of the Immune System, offers comprehensive, up-to-date coverage of the pathophysiology and management of the antiphospholipid syndrome (APS). Immunologic and genetic aspects are discussed and the pathogenic mechanisms responsible for such phenomena as APS-mediated thrombosis and pregnancy loss or complications are explained. The main clinical manifestations and classification criteria are described and diagnostic tools, identified. Close attention is paid to the nature of the involvement of other organs or organ systems in APS, including the nervous, endocrine, hematologic, cardiovascular, and gastrointestinal systems, the kidney, the skin, and the eye. Specific chapters describe the treatment of the different symptoms, the preventive therapies of value in avoiding recurrences, and innovative treatment approaches. The authors are senior experts in the field who are aided by younger fellows, ensuring that the book is also educationally oriented. This handy volume will be a valuable tool for postgraduates in training and professionals wishing to extend their knowledge of this specific syndrome

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    1 APS: Introductory notes
    2 Immunology and Genetics of APS
    3 The paradox of the lupus anticoagulant
    4 The pathogenic mechanism(s) for APS-mediated thrombosis
    5 The pathogenic mechanism(s) for APS-mediated pregnancy loss
    6 Classification criteria
    7 Non-classification criteria
    8 Obstetric APS
    9 APS and the nervous system
    10 APS and renal involvement
    11 Non-thrombotic hematologic manifestations in APS
    12 Heart and APS
    13 Skin and APS
    14 Additional organs involved in APS (eye, ENT, GI, endocrine)
    15 Treatment of thrombosis
    16 Treatment of pregnancy complications
    17 Asymptomatic carries of APS
    18 New treatments
    19 Secondary APS
    20 Catastrophic APS.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Doruk Erkan, Michael D. Lockshin, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Historical aspects of antiphospholipid syndrome
    1. History of antiphospholipid antibody
    Part II. Basic Science Aspects of Antiphospholipid Syndrome
    2. Natural proteins involved in antiphospholipid syndrome
    3. Origin of antiphospholipid antibodies
    4. Recent advances in understanding of the genetics of antiphospholipid syndrome
    5. Mechanisms of antiphospholipid antibody-mediated thrombosis
    6. Mechanisms of antiphospholipid antibody-mediated prenancy morbidity
    Part III. Clinical and diagnostic aspects of antiphospholipid syndrome
    7. Definition and epidemiology of antiphospholipid syndrome
    8. Clinical and prognostic significance of non-criteria antiphospholipid antibody tests
    9. Disease and risk measurement criteria in antiphospholipid syndrome
    10. Neurophyschiatric manifestations of antiphospholipid syndrome
    Part IV. Therapeutic aspects of antiphospholipid syndrome
    11. Prevention and treatemnt of obstetric antiphospholipid syndrome
    13. Treatment of non-criteria manifestations in antiphospholipid syndrome
    14. Antiphospholipid syndrome alliance for clinical trials and international networking (APS ACTION)
    Part V. 15th International Congress on Antiphospholipiid Antibodies Task Force reports
    15. 15th International Congress on Antiphospholipid Antibodies Task Force on Antiphospholipid Syndreome Classification Report
    16. 15th International Congress on Antiphospholipid Antibodies Task Force on Pediatric Antiphospholipid Syndrome Report
    17. 15th International Congress on Antiphospholipid Antibodies Task Force on Catastrophic Antiphospholipid Syndrome Report
    18. 15th International Congress on Antiphospholipid Antibodies Task Force on Antiphospholipid Syndrome Treatment Trends Report
    Part VI. Antiphospholipid syndrome for patients
    19. Antiphospholipid syndrome: what should patients know?
    20. Obstetric antiphospholipid syndrome: what should patients know?
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Ron Waksman, Paul A. Gurbel, Michael A. Gaglia, Jr.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Peter Haddad, Tim Lambert, and John Lauriello.
    Summary: Antipsychotic Long-acting Injections (LAIs) were introduced in the 1960s to improve treatment adherence in schizophrenia. This work brings together clinical and research findings on second generation LAIs in a comprehensive volume with chapters written by international experts.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Thema Bryant, PhD, Edith G. Arrington, PhD.
    Summary: "An antiracist society starts with you. That's the message in this powerful-yet practical-handbook. Using evidence-based interventions and exercises, two psychologists and experts in race, identity, equity, and inclusion empower readers to make their own personal contribution to creating an antiracist society. By shifting thought patterns and behaviors to cultivate an antiracist mindset, readers can actively change their community-and the world-by changing themselves"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Laying the foundation for antiracism
    Chapter 1. Reflecting on race and racism as the first steps to antiracism
    Chapter 2. Educating yourself-taking responsibility
    Chapter 3. What's power (and privilege) got to do with it?
    Part 2. Addressing barriers, shifting perspectives, and liberating our minds
    Chapter 4. "I just can't think about it": overcoming avoidance
    Chapter 5. Freeing our minds from being stuck in guilt
    Chapter 6. Challenging victim-blaming and respectability politics: moving past stereotypes and biases
    Chapter 7. Confronting fear: just do it
    Part 3. Taking action to cultivate an antiracist life
    Chapter 8. Navigating people, places, and spaces from an antiracist perspective
    Chapter 9. Changing our communities through antiracist practices and policies
    Chapter 10. Antiracism parenting: cultivating courage and a love for justice
    Chapter 11. Faith works: cultivating antiracism in sacred spaces
    Part 4. Refilling your well: being antiracist is a long-term commitment
    Chapter 12. Sustainability: the marathon continues.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    HT1563 .B79 2022
    1
  • Digital
    Lee L. Swanstrom, Christy M. Dunst, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides a comprehensive, state-of-the-art overview of the major issues specific to the field of antireflux surgery. It provides exceptional instructional detail regarding performance of antireflux surgery from leading esophageal surgeons around the world. This volume represents the only resource of its kind dedicated specifically to the issues unique to antireflux surgery. It is rich in detail and helpful illustrations that instruct surgeons in proper technique as well as presenting the reasoning behind various techniques. Written by experts in the field, Antireflux Surgery is of great value to practicing surgeons who perform gastrointestinal surgery, medical students, surgical residents, and fellows.

    Contents:
    1. Surgical Anatomy of the Esophageal Hiatus
    2. Effects of Reflux on the Esophageal Mucosa.- 3. Epidemiology and Socioeconomics of Reflux Disease
    4. Medical Therapy for GERD.- 5. Indications for Antireflux Surgery. 6. The Relation of Hiatal Hernia to Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease.- 7. The Lower Esophageal Sphincter
    8. Preoperative Evaluation and Testing for GERD.- 9. Complete Fundoplications: Indications and Technique
    10. Posterior Partial Fundoplications: Indications and Technique
    11. Anterior Partial Fundoplications: Indications and Technique
    12. Paraesophageal Hernia: indications and technique
    13. The Hill Antireflux Operations Repair and its Variants
    4. Endoscopic Therapies for Reflux Disease
    15. Magnetic LES Augmentation: The LINX Procedure
    16. GERD Treatment in the Bariatric Population
    17. Perioperative Complications and their Management.- 18. The Use of Mesh in Hiatal Hernia Repair.- 19. The Short Esophagus
    20. Poor Esophageal Motility: A Tailored Approach?
    21. Delayed Gastric Emptying and Reflux Disease.- 22. Reoperative Antireflux Surgery
    23. Side Effects of Fundoplication and How to Deal with Them.- 24. Outcomes of Antireflux Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Philip N. Patsalos.
    Summary: This significantly revised fourth edition provides a practically orientated guide to interactions associated with antiseizure medications. It describes pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic antiseizure medication (ASM) interactions, including details of the magnitude and mechanism of interactions, and also of drug combinations that are not associated with interactions and therefore can be co-prescribed without undue concern. Presented in alphabetical order and by drug class, drug interactions that occur between ASMs and also between ASMs and non- ASMs are described in three sections: Drug interactions between ASMs; Drug interactions between ASMs and non- ASM Drugs: Interactions affecting ASMs; Drug interactions between ASMs and non ASM Drugs: Interactions affected by ASMs. The latest data on all drug interactions is presented. New agents discussed include cannabidiol, cenobamate, everolimus and fenfluramine,. Antiseizure Medication Interactions: A Clinical Guide, 4th Edition concisely presents the most recent developments and data available on the topic. Therefore, enabling physicians and allied health professionals to make more rational choices when ASM polytherapy regimens are required. It will be of interest to medical professionals in disciplines including neurology, psychiatry and pediatrics.

    Contents:
    Section 1. Introduction
    Section 2. Drug Interactions Between AEDs
    Acetazolamide
    Cannabidiol
    Carbamazepine
    Clobazam
    Clonazepam
    Ethosuximide
    Eslicarbazepine acetate
    Felbamate
    Fenfluramine
    Gabapentin
    Lacosamide
    Lamotrigine
    Levetiraceta
    Methsuximide
    Oxcarbazepine
    Perampanel
    Phenobarbital
    Phenytoin
    Piracetam
    Pregabalin
    Primidone
    Rufinamide
    Stiripentol
    Tiagabine
    Topiramate
    Valproic Acid
    Vigabatrin
    Zonisamide
    Section 3. Drug Interactions between AEDs and non-AED drugs: Interactions Affecting AEDs
    Acetazolamide
    Cannabidiol
    Carbamazepine
    Clobazam
    Clonazepam
    Ethosuximide
    Eslicarbazepine acetate
    Felbamate
    Fenfluramine
    Gabapentin
    Lacosamide
    Lamotrigine
    Levetiracetam
    Methsuximide
    Oxcarbazepine
    Perampanel
    Phenobarbital
    Phenytoin
    Piracetam
    Pregabalin
    Primidone
    Rufinamide
    Stiripentol
    Tiagabine
    Topiramate
    Valproic Acid
    Vigabatrin
    Zonisamide
    Section 4. Drug Interactions between AEDs and non-AED drugs: Interactions Affected by AEDS
    Analgesics
    Antimicrobials
    Antineoplastic agents
    Antiulcer drugs
    Cardiovascular drugs
    Immunosuppressants
    Neuromuscular Blocking Agents
    Psychotropic Drugs
    Steroids
    Miscellanea.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Gerald E. McDonnell.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Physical Disinfection
    Chemical Disinfection
    Antiseptics and antisepsis
    Physical sterilization
    Chemical sterilization
    Mechanisms of action
    Mechanisms of microbial resistance
    Digital Access Wiley [2017]
  • Digital
    Günter Kampf.
    Summary: "Various antiseptic agents, such as chlorhexidine, are used for different applications, e.g. in healthcare, veterinary medicine, animal production and household products, including cosmetics. However, not all antiseptic agents provide significant health benefits, especially in some products used in human medicine (alcohol-based hand rubs, antimicrobial soaps). While some products (antimicrobial soaps, surface disinfectants, instrument disinfectants, wound antiseptics) may contain one or more biocidal agents with a comparable antimicrobial efficacy but large differences in their potential for microbial adaptation and tolerance. An increased bacterial resistance has been described for various antimicrobial agents, sometimes including a cross-resistance to antibiotics. The book is the first comprehensive reference resource on antiseptic agents, including their efficacy, natural and acquired resistance, adaptation, and cross-resistance. It also discusses their and appropriate use in terms of a balance between their efficacy and the risk of acquired bacterial resistance / tolerance. Focusing on human and veterinary medicine and household products, it helps readers make informed decisions concerning against antiseptic products based on their composition. The book contributes to reduce any unnecessary selection pressure towards emerging pathogens and to keep the powerful antiseptic agents for all those applications that have a clear benefit (e.g. reduction of healthcare-associated infection)."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Ethanol
    Propan-1-ol
    Propan-2-ol
    Peracetic acid
    Hydrogen peroxide
    Glutaraldehyde
    Sodium hypochlorite
    Triclosan
    Benzalkonium chloride
    Didecyldimethylammonium chloride
    Polihexanide
    Chlorhexidine digluconate
    Octenidine dihydrochloride
    Silver
    povidone iodine
    Antiseptic stewardship for alcohol-based hand rubs
    Antiseptic stewardship for skin antiseptics
    Antiseptic stewardship for surface disinfectants
    Antiseptic stewardship for instrument disinfectants
    Antiseptic stewardship for antimicrobial soaps
    Antiseptic stewardship for wound and mucous membrane antiseptics.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Xinyong Liu, Peng Zhan, Luis Menéndez-Arias, Vasanthanathan Poongavanam, editors.
    Summary: This book summarizes state-of-the-art antiviral drug design and discovery approaches starting from natural products to de novo design, and provides a timely update on recently approved antiviral drugs and compounds in advanced clinical development. Special attention is paid to viral infections with a high impact on the world population or highly relevant from the public health perspective (HIV, hepatitis C, influenza virus, etc.). In these chapters, limitations associated with adverse effects and emergence of drug resistance are discussed in detail. In addition to classical antiviral strategies, chapters will be dedicated to discuss the non-classical drug development strategies to block viral infection, for instance, allosteric inhibitors, covalent antiviral agents, or antiviral compounds targeting proteinprotein interactions. Finally, current prospects for producing broad-spectrum antiviral inhibitors will be also addressed. The book is distinctive in providing the most recent update in the rapidly evolving field of antiviral therapeutics. Authoritative reviews are written by international scientists well known for their contributions in their topics of research, which makes this book suitable for researchers not only within the antiviral research community but also attractive to a broad audience in the drug discovery field. This book covers molecular structures and biochemical mechanisms mediating the antiviral effects, while discussing various ligand design strategies, which include traditional medicinal chemistry, computational chemistry, and chemical biology approaches. The book provides a comprehensive review of antiviral drug discovery and development approaches, particularly focusing on current innovations and future trends.

    Contents:
    1 Antiviral Drugs Against Herpesviruses
    2 An Update on Antiretroviral Therapy
    3 Structural Insights to Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV-1) Targets and their Inhibition
    4 LEDGINs, Inhibitors of the Interaction between HIV-1 Integrase and LEDGF/p75, are Potent Antivirals with a Potential to Cure HIV Infection
    5 Moving Fast Towards Hepatitis B Virus Elimination
    6 Discovery and Development of Antiviral Therapies for Chronic Hepatitis C Virus Infection
    7 Phytoconstituents as Lead Compounds for Anti-dengue Drug Discovery
    8 Anti-influenza Drug Discovery and Development: Targeting the Virus and its Host by all
    9 Search, Identification and Design of Effective Antiviral Drugs against Pandemic Human Coronaviruses
    10 Peptide Based Antiviral Drugs
    11 Covalent Antiviral Agents
    12 Safe-in-Man Broad Spectrum Antiviral Agents
    13 Exploiting Ubiquitin ligases for Induced Target Degradation as an Antiviral Strategy. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Yong-Ku Kim, editor.
    Summary: This book reviews all important aspects of anxiety disorders with the aim of shedding new light on these disorders through combined understanding of traditional and novel paradigms. The book is divided into five sections, the first of which reinterprets anxiety from a network science perspective, examining the altered topological properties of brain networks in anxiety disorders. The second section discusses recent advances in understanding of the neurobiology of anxiety disorders, covering, for example, gene-environmental interactions and the roles of neurotransmitter systems and the oxytocin system. A wide range of diagnostic and clinical issues in anxiety disorders are then addressed, before turning attention to contemporary treatment approaches in the context of novel bio-psychosocial-behavioral models, including bio- and neurofeedback, cognitive behavioral therapy, neurostimulation, virtual reality exposure therapy, pharmacological interventions, psychodynamic therapy, and CAM options. The final section is devoted to precision psychiatry in anxiety disorders, an increasingly important area as we move toward personalized treatment. Anxiety Disorders will be of interest for all researchers and clinicians in the field.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Brain network concepts
    Chapter 1. Task MRI-based functional brain network of anxiety
    Chapter 2. Phenotype network and brain structural covariance network of anxiety
    Chapter 3. linear/nonlinear micro-and-macro state EEG-based functional networks for anxiety
    Chapter 4. White matter-based structural brain network of anxiety
    Chapter 5. Resting state abnormalities in anxiety disorders and spatiotemporal psychopathology
    Part 2. Neurobiological Aspects
    Chapter 6. Gene-environmental interactions and role of epigenetics in anxiety disorders
    Chapter 7. The role of the oxytocin system in anxiety disorders
    Chapter 8. Translational studies in the complex roles of neurotransmitter systems in anxiety and anxiety disorders
    Chapter 9. The role of early life stress in HPA axis dysfunction in anxiety disorders
    Chapter 10. Immune-kynurenine pathways and the gut-microbiota-brain axis in anxiety disorders
    Chapter 11. Experimental anxiety model for anxiety disorders: relevance to drug discovery
    Part 3. Diagnostic and clinical Issues
    Chapter 12. Anxiety disorders in DSM-5: changes, controversies, and future directions
    Chapter 13. Biological markers to differentiate the type of anxiety disorders
    Chapter 14. Comorbid anxiety and depression: clinical and conceptual consideration, transdiagnostic treatment
    Chapter 15. Anxiety disorders and medical comorbidity: treatment implications
    Part 4. Therapeutic Issues
    Chapter 16. Biofeedback and Neurofeedback for Anxiety Disorders: A Quantitative and Qualitative Systematic Review
    Chapter 17. Cognitive Behavioral Therapy, Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy and Acceptance Commitment Therapy for Anxiety Disorders: Integrating Traditional with Digital Treatment Approaches
    Chapter 18. Neurostimulation in anxiety disorders, post-traumatic stress disorder and obsessive-compulsive disorder
    Chapter 19. Current and novel psychopharmacological drugs for anxiety disorders
    Chapter 20. Role of benzodiazepines in anxiety disorders
    Chapter 21. Virtual Reality for Anxiety Disorders: Rethinking a Field in Expansion
    Chapter 22. Current research on complementary and alternative medicine (CAM) in the treatments of anxiety disorders: evidence based review
    Chapter 23. Contemporary Psychodynamic Approaches to Treating Anxiety: Theory, Research, and Practice
    Chapter 24. Well-being therapy in anxiety disorders
    Part 5. Anxiety and precision psychiatry
    Chapter 25. Personalized clinical approaches to anxiety disorders
    Chapter 26. The role of hormonal and reproductive status in the treatment of anxiety disorders in women
    Chapter 27. Risk factors and prevention strategies for anxiety disorders in childhood and adolescence
    Chapter 28. Anxiety disorders in the elderly.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Dan J. Stein, Bavi Vythilingum, editors.
    Contents:
    Foreword by Donna Stewart (Toronto) and Helen Herman (Australia)
    Introduction
    Generalised Anxiety Disorder
    Panic Disorder
    Social Anxiety Disorder
    Obsessive-compulsive and Related Disorders
    Trauma and Stressor-Related Disorders
    Anxiety disorders during pregnancy and lactation
    Anxiety and related disorders in women
    Anxiety and related disorders in men.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Richard E. Buckley, Christopher G. Moran, Theerachai Apivatthakakul
    Contents:
    Vol. 1. Principles
    v. 2. Specific fractures.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2017
  • Digital
    Frank W. Sellke, editor-in-chief ; Joseph S. Coselli, Thoralf M. Sundt. Joseph E. Bavaria, Neel R. Sodha, editors.
    Summary: This book comprehensively covers aortic dissection and acute aortic syndromes. Topics covered include the pathology, genetics, diagnosis, medical treatment and surgical management of uncomplicated and complicated aortic dissection, including endovascular stenting. In addition, imaging and follow-up procedures after initial surgical treatment are reviewed along with acute and chronic type A and type B dissection. Potential complications that can be encountered at various treatment stages and management strategies are also detailed. Aortic Dissection and Acute Aortic Syndromes comprehensively reviews aortic dissection in an easy to read, illustration-rich book. It is therefore an essential resource for both trainee and experienced cardiologist, cardiac surgeon and any other medical professionals involved in the management of these patients. .

    Contents:
    Overview and History of Aortic Dissection and other Acute Aortic Syndromes
    Aortic anatomy and the pathophysiology of acute aortic syndromes
    Histopathology of Acute Aortic Syndromes
    Genetically-Triggered Aortic Dissections
    Presentation of Acute Aortic Syndromes
    Classification Systems of Acute Aortic Syndromes
    Medical conditions predisposing to aortic dissection and preventive strategies
    What do the Guidelines say for the Treatment of Acute Aortic Syndromes?
    Initial Medical Management of Acute Aortic Syndromes
    Imaging of Aortic Dissection: CT, MRI, and Angiography
    Imaging of Intramural Hematoma and Penetrating Atherosclerotic Ulcer by CT and MRI
    Echocardiography for the Diagnosis and Management of Acute Aortic Syndromes
    Long-term imaging of the aorta - considerations and comparison of modalities
    Blunt Traumatic Aortic Injury: Etiology, Diagnosis, and Management
    Catheter-Induced Aortic Dissection
    Aortic Intramural Hematoma
    Penetrating Atherosclerotic Ulcer: Presentation and Management
    Endovascular treatment of type A aortic dissections
    Valve Sparing Aortic Root Replacement for Aortic Valve Insufficiency in type A Aortic Dissection
    Basic Approaches for the Surgical Management of Acute Type A Aortic Dissection - Safe Management Strategies for the General Cardiac Surgeon
    Valve Repair for Aortic Valve Insufficiency in the Setting of Acute Aortic Dissection
    Management of the Aortic Arch in Acute Aortic Dissection Type A
    Frozen Elephant Trunk for Aortic Dissection
    One-stage Repair of Extensive Chronic Thoracic Aortic Dissection
    Management of Complicated Type A Aortic Dissection
    Management of Complicated Acute Type A Aortic Dissection
    Management of Type B Aortic Dissection
    Subacute and Chronic Type A Aortic Dissection
    Management of chronic descending thoracic and thoracoabdominal dissection and aneurysm-stent grafting, debranching
    Management of Chronic Dissection of the Descending Thoracic and Thoracoabdominal Aorta
    Diagnosis and Management of Ruptured Thoracic Aortic Aneurysms
    Monitoring and medical treatment of chronic thoracic, abdominal, and thoracoabdominal aortic aneurysms
    External Aortic Support and Other Alternative Strategies in the Management of Aortic Pathology of Patients with Connective Tissue Disorders
    Management of Operative Complications after Type A aortic dissection repair
    Neuroprotection during dissection repair
    Acute Type A Aortic Dissection: When Not to Operate
    Delayed Surgery for Acute Aortic Dissection
    Anesthetic Management of Acute Aortic Dissection
    Coagulopathy and bleeding management for aortic dissection surgery
    Monitoring After Surgery for Acute Aortic Syndromes
    Medical Management of Uncomplicated Type B Acute Aortic Syndromes
    Symptomatic Thoracic Aortic Aneurysms
    Future Considerations for Acute Aortic Syndromes.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Jan Vojacek, Pavel Zacek, Jan Dominik, editor.
    Summary: This title is a comprehensive resource of aortic regurgitation suitable for both the novice and experienced practitioner. Detailed attention is given to the recently growing field of aortic valve-sparing surgery and aortic valve repair. Guidelines are also provided for general practitioners on how to treat patients after various aortic procedures. Also included are many operative photos, original medical illustrations and schematics. Aortic Regurgitation synthesizes current knowledge of aortic valve repair into an easy-to-follow, illustration-rich text. It is therefore an indispensable guide suitable for use by cardiologists and trainees in cardiology, cardiac surgeons, echocardiographers, general practitioners and radiologists.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Terminology and list of abbreviations
    Intermezzo I: Leonardo
    Clinical and surgical anatomy of the aortic root
    Living anatomy of the aortic root
    Intermezzo II: Eponyms related to aortic regurgitation
    Functional anatomy of the aortic valve and dynamics of the aortic root
    Congenital anomalies of the aortic valve
    Intermezzo III: Dominic John Corrigan (1802-1880)
    Aortic regurgitation: from diagnosis towards indication
    Connective tissue disorders
    Echocardiography of the aortic valve
    Intermezzo IV: Alfred de Musset (1810-1857)
    Computed tomography and magnetic resonance of the aortic valve and ascending aorta
    Therapy
    Intermezzo V: Lincoln sign
    Longterm results of aortic valve replacement and repair
    Intermezzo VI: Taliesin Golesworthy, the inventor of treatment of his own disease
    Recommendations for out-patient care after aortic valve surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Amr E. Abbas, editor.
    Contents:
    1. General considerations and etiologies of aortic stenosis
    2. Clinical assessment of the severity of aortic stenosis
    3. Physiological basis for area and gradient assessment: hemodynamic principles of aortic stenosis
    4. Different classifications of aortic stenosis
    5. Invasive evaluation of aortic stenosis
    6. Echocardiographic evaluation of aortic valve stenosis
    7. Complimentary role of CT/MRI in the assessment of aortic stenosis
    8. Area and gradient mismatch: the discordance of a small valve area and low gradients
    9. Reverse area and gradient mismatch: the discordance of a large valve area and high gradients
    10. Prosthetic aortic valves and diagnostic challenges
    11. Risk prediction models, guidelines, special populations, outcomes
    12. Surgical management of aortic valve stenosis
    13. Balloon aortic valvuloplasty
    14. Imaging for transcatheter aortic valve replacement
    15. Transcatheter aortic valve replacement
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Takashi Kunihara, Shuichiro Takanashi, editors.
    Summary: This book provides comprehensive, state-of-the art insights into aortic valvuloplasty. Aortic valve repair is a relatively new procedure. Since first being successfully performed in the 1990s was objectively assessed in the 2000s, this procedure has now become standardized, reproducible, and popular around the globe. Written by experts in surgery and cardiology and richly illustrated, it discusses the aspects of anatomy, pathophysiology, diagnosis and surgical procedure that are essential for successful repair. Contributing to the popularization and development of aortic repair, it is a valuable resource for surgeons, cardiologists, cardio-anesthetists and paramedical staff interested in the field and will be good resource for popularizing and developing aortic valve repair.

    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction
    1. Anatomy of the Aortic Valve and its Morphological Characteristics
    2. Pathophysiology and Natural History of Aortic Regurgitation
    3. Ultrasound Measurement of Aortic Valves
    4. Computed Tomographic Measurements of Aortic Valves
    5. Optimizing Aortic Valve Repair Techniques with Computational Models
    6. Aortoscopy to Evaluate Cusp Configuration after Aortic Valvuloplasty
    7. Indications and Contraindications for Aortic Valve Repair
    8. ONE-POINT ADVICE: Significance of Aortic Valvuloplasty in the Valve-in-Valve Era
    9. Trends in Aortic Valve-sparing Surgery
    Part II. Concepts and Approaches
    10. Bicuspid Aortic Valve
    11. ONE-POINT ADVICE: Tricuspidization of a Bicuspid Valve
    12. Tricuspid Aortic Valve
    13. Others ? Unicuspid valve and Quadricuspid valve
    14. ONE-POINT ADVICE: The Limitations and Potential of MICS during Aortic Valvuloplasty
    15. Aortic Valve Reconstruction to Treat Aortic Stenosis Using Autologous Pericardium ? Ozaki Procedure
    16. ONE-POINT ADVICE: Creating a Morphological Template for Autologous Pericardial Cusps
    17. ONE-POINT ADVICE : Experimental Comparison Between the Reimplantation Method and Remodeling Method
    18. History, Techniques, and Outcomes of the Reimplantation Method
    19. History, Techniques, and Outcomes of the Remodeling Method
    20. Variations and Outcomes of Annuloplasty
    21. ONE-POINT ADVICE : Other Valve-sparing Aortic Root Replacement Techniques
    22. ONE-POINT ADVICE : The Advantages and Disadvantages of Valsalva Grafts
    23. Valve Surgery to Treat Connective Tissue Disease ? Comparison Between Valve Replacement and Aortic Root Replacement
    24. Significance of Aortic Valvuloplasty in the Elderly
    25. Valve-sparing Aortic Root Replacement to Treat Acute Type A Aortic Dissection
    26. Pediatric Valvuloplasty
    27. The Significance of Performing Aortic Valvuloplasty in Young Patients
    Part III. Case Study ? What to Do in Each Particular Case?
    28. How to Manage Patients with Low Geometric Cusp Height
    29. How to Manage a Stenosed Bicuspid Valve
    30. How do I Manage a Case with Borderline Dilatation of the Sinus of Valsalva?
    31. How do I Manage Perforation and Fenestration?
    32. How to Manage Moderate Aortic Regurgitation in the Context of Combined Valvular Disease
    33. When is Partial Rremodeling Possible?
    34. Aortic Valvuloplasty to Treat Aortic Regurgitation Accompanied by a Ruptured Sinus of Valsalva Aneurysm
    35. Valvuloplasty to Treat Aortic Regurgitation Associated with a Ventricular Septal Defect
    36. Valvuloplasty for Aortic Regurgitation Associated with Infective Endocarditis
    37. Valvuloplasty to Treat Traumatic Aortic Regurgitation
    38. How to Manage Aortic Regurgitation from an Allograft
    Part IV. Aortic Valve Repair: Specialists in the World
    39. Leaders in Valvuloplasty around the World
    Part V. Closing Remarks
    40. Cardiologists? Expectations of Aortic Valvuloplasty.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Marco Zimarino, Ron Waksman, Ignacio J. Amat-Santos, Corrado Tamburino.
    Contents:
    Cover
    Title Page
    Copyright Page
    Contents
    List of Contributors
    Foreword
    Chapter 1 Introduction
    References
    Part I General Complications
    Chapter 2 Vascular Complications
    Introduction
    Preventing and Managing Vascular Complications
    Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 3 Annular Rupture
    Introduction
    Anatomy of the Aortic Valvar Complex
    Pathophysiology of Annular Rupture
    Sites and Classification of Annular Rupture
    MDCT Assessment of the Aortic Annulus
    Management of Annular Rupture
    Prevention of Aortic Rupture
    Conclusions
    References Chapter 4 Coronary Obstruction
    Introduction
    Risk Factors and Mechanism
    Clinical Presentation
    Preventive Measures and Treatment
    Take Home Message
    References
    Chapter 5 Cerebrovascular Events
    Introduction
    Definition of Stroke and Epidemiology
    Silent Stroke
    Postprocedural Stroke Predictors
    Predictors of Stroke in the Acute Phase
    Predictors of Tardive Stroke
    Postprocedural Stroke Prevention
    Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 6 Ventricular Perforation
    Introduction
    General Mechanisms and Clinical Presentation of VP Risk Factors for Ventricular Perforation
    Clinical Factors
    Anatomical Factors
    Procedural Factors
    Aortic Valve Crossing
    Wire Exchange
    THV Pre-deployment and Deployment
    Right Ventricular Perforation
    Management of Ventricular Perforation
    LV Perforation and Surgical Repairing Techniques
    Outcomes of Ventricular Perforations
    Prevention of Ventricular Perforations
    Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 7 Valve Migration
    Introduction
    Clinical Relevance
    Monitoring
    Treatment
    Conclusion
    Acknowledgements
    References
    Chapter 8 Paravalvular Leaks Clinical Relevance
    Prevention
    Monitoring
    Treatment
    Valve-In-Valve Implantation (ViV)
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 9 Conduction Disturbances
    Introduction
    Mechanism
    Incidence
    Predictors
    Predictors of New-Onset LBBB
    Role of Electrophysiology Studies and Management of Conduction Disturbances After TAVI
    Summary
    References
    Chapter 10 Leaflet Thrombosis
    Background
    Diagnosis
    Incidence
    Predictors
    Clinical Consequences
    Management
    Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 11 Bleeding
    Introduction
    Clinical Relevance
    Prevention Treatment
    References
    Chapter 12 Renal Dysfunction
    Clinical Relevance
    Prevention
    Monitoring
    Treatment
    References
    Part II Specific Complications
    Chapter 13 Bicuspid Valve
    Clinical Relevance
    Prevention
    Monitoring
    Treatment
    References
    Chapter 14 Degenerated Aortic Bioprosthesis
    Introduction
    Definition of Structural Valve Degeneration
    Diagnosis of SVD
    Durability of Bioprosthesis
    Transcatheter Bioprosthesis
    Management of SVD
    References
    Chapter 15 Low-Flow Low-Gradient Aortic Stenosis
    Introduction
    References
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Koichiro Niwa, Harald Kaemmerer, editors.
    Summary: This is the first textbook to focus on Aortopathy, a new clinical concept for a form of vasculopathy. The first section of the book starts from discussing general concept and history of Aortopathy, and then deals with its pathophysiology, manifestation, intrinsic factor, clinical implication, management and prevention. The second part closely looks at various disorders of the Aortopathy such as bicuspid aortic valve and coarctation of aorta. The book editors have published a lot of works on the topic and have been collecting relating data in the field of congenital heart disease for the past 20 years, thus present the book with confidence. The topic - an association of aortic pathophysiological abnormality, aortic dilation and aorto-left ventricular interaction - is getting more and more attention among cardiovascular physicians. This is the first book to refer for cardiologists, pediatric cardiologists, surgeons, ACHD specialists, etc. to acquire thorough knowledge on Aortopathy.

    Contents:
    Part I Overview
    1 History of Aortopathy
    2 Pathological Background
    3 Physiological Background
    4 Aortopathies: Clinical Manifestation
    5 Genetics of Marfan Syndrome, Related Disorders and Bicuspid Aortic Valve
    Part II Diagnosis and Management
    6 Imaging in Aortopathy: Echo, CT and MRI
    7 Pulse Wave Velocity and Augmentation Index
    8 Comprehensive Assessment of Aortopathy Using Catheterization
    9 Aortopathy in Pregnancy and Delivery
    10 Medications
    11 Clinical Diagnosis and Surgical Therapy of the Ascending Aorta and the Aortic Arch
    12 Surgery (Bentall, Valve Sparing, Ross Procedure etc.)
    13 Stenting
    Part III Various Disorders That Represent Aortopathy
    14 The Marfan Syndrome.-15 Bicuspid aortic valve
    16 Aortic Coarctation.-17 Tetralogy of Fallot and pulmonary atresia with ventricular septal defect
    18 Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome
    19 Aortopathy in Transposition of the Great Arteries after Arterial Switch Operation
    20 Aortopathy in Patients after the Fontan Operation
    21 Future Research Project in Aortopathy.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    guest editors, Ziya Gokaslan, Charles Fisher, Stefano Boriani.
    Contents:
    Evaluation and decision making for metastatic spine tumors / Yan Michael Li, Michael S. Dirks, Claudio E. Tatsui, and Laurence D. Rhines
    Neoplastic spinal instability / Daryl R. Fourney and Charles G. Fisher
    Major complications associated with stereotactic ablative radiotherapy (SABR) for spinal metastasis / Simon S. Lo, Arjun Sahgal, and Eric L. Chang
    En bloc resection in the treatment of spinal metastases : technique and indications / Ilya Laufer, Jean-Paul Wolinksy, and Mark H. Bilsky
    Region specific approaches / Daniel Sciubba
    Spinal reconstruction and fixation/fusion / Rajiv Saigal and Dean Chou
    Minimally invasive surgery for metastatic spine disease / Meic H. Schmidt
    Vertebral augmentation for metastatic disease / Ehud Mendel, Eric Bourekas, and Paul Porensky
    Surgical complications and avoidance / Michelle J. Clarke.
  • Digital
    guest editors, Ziya Gokaslan, Charles Fisher, Stefano Boriani.
    Contents:
    Evaluation and decision making / Stefano Boriani and Charles Fisher
    Safety and efficacy of surgery for primary tumors of the spine / Daryl R. Fourney, Charles Fisher, and Stefano Boriani
    Interventional options for primary tumors / Sudhir Kathuria
    Radiation therapy for primary bone tumors / Brent Y. Kimball and Yoshiya Yamada
    Medical oncology principles for the spine oncology surgeon / Scott H. Okuno, Steven Robinson and Shreyaskumar Patel
    Spinal osteoid osteoma and osteoblastoma / Melissa Nadeau and Christian DiPaola
    ABC, giant cell / Stefano Boriani, Stefano Bandiera, Riccardo Ghermandi, Simone Colangeli, Luca Amendola, and Alessandro Gasbarrini
    Chordoma / Jackson Sui, Patricia L. Zadnik, Mari L. Groves, and Ziya L. Gokaslan
    Chondrosarcoma / Stefano Boriani, Stefano Bandiera, Riccardo Ghermandi, Simone Colangeli, Luca Amendola, and Alessandro Gasbarrini
    Osteogenic and ewing sarcomas of the spine / Derek G. Ju, Patricia L. Zadnik, and Daniel M. Sciubba
    Margins in spine tumor resection : how much is enough? is planned
    Transgression okay? / Ilya Laufer, Mari Groves, and Jean-Paul Wolinsky
    Principles behind determining the right approach / Nicolas Dea and Rowan Schouten
    Spino-pelvic reconstruction/fixation and fusion / Peter Paul Varga
    Structural graft selection and wound closure techniques
    Complications and avoidance: how to plan primary tumor resection to minimize complications and maximize outcome / Michael C. Oh, Vedat Deviren, and Christopher P. Ames.
  • Digital
    guest editors: Shanmuganathan Rajasekaran, Rishi M. Kanna, Giuseppe Barbagallo.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology, microbiology, and pathology of spinal infections / Abdulrazzaq Alobaid and Abdulaziz Al-Mutair
    Risk stratification and prevention of postoperative spinal infections / Hideyuki Arima, Leah Y. Carreon, and Steven D. Glassman
    Imaging in spinal infections / Anupama Maheswaran and Alberto Zerbi
    Instrumentation and spinal infections / Hisam Muhamad Ariffin, Yoshiharu Kawaguchi and ChungChek Wong
    Pyogenic spondylodiskitis : pathogenesis and clinical features / Mauro Antonio Fernandes, Luiz Roberto Vialle, and Phelipe de Souza Menegaz
    Pyogenic spondylodiskitis : diagnosis and management / Joost P.H.J. Rutges, Diederik Hendrik Ruth Kempen, and F. Cumhur Oner
    Spinal epidural abscess / Frank Kandziora, Klaus John Schnake, and Christoph-H. Hoffmann
    Spinal tuberculosis : pathogenesis, clinical features, and investigations / Rishi M. Kanna, Ajoy Prasad Shetty, and S. Rajasekaran
    Drug therapy for spinal tuberculosis / Mathew Varghese
    Surgical management of spinal tuberculosis / Ajoy Prasad Shetty, Rishi M. Kanna, and S. Rajasekaran
    Pediatric spinal infections / S. Rajasekaran, Rishi M. Kanna, and Ajoy Prasad Shetty
    Infectious lesions in the craniovertebral junction (suboccipital region) / Alexsander Yu Mushkin and Alexander V. Gubin
    Minimally invasive surgery in spinal infections / Moritz Perrech and Roger Hartl
    Human immunodeficiency virus and spinal infections / Robert Dunn
    Postoperative spondylodiskitis / Mayan Lendner, Jeffrey Green, Kris E. Radcliff, Joseph S. Butler, Hamadi Murphy, and Alexander R. Vaccaro
    Postoperative peri-implant infections / Claudio Lamartina, Alex Vesnaver, and Carlotta Martini
    Spinal infections in geriatric patients / Yoshiharu Kawaguchi
    Spinal infections and pseudoarthrosis / Sigurd Berven.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    editors: Luiz Roberto Vialle, K. Daniel Riew, and Manabu Ito.
    Contents:
    Laminoplasty for multilevel myelopathy and radiculomyelopathy / Kazuhiro Chiba
    Anterior cervical decompression and fusion techniques : anterior cervical decompression and fusion, corpectomy, and foraminotomy / Han Jo Kim, John M. Rhee, and K. Daniel Riew
    Indications and techniques of cervical pedicle screws c3-7 for degenerative conditions / Kuniyoshi Abumi and Manabu Ito
    Laminectomy and fusion for cervical spondylotic myelopathy / Kristian Dalzell, Aria Nouri, and Michael G. Fehlings
    Posterior cervical minimally invasive microendoscopic foraminotomy / Albert P. Wong, Tarek Y. El Ahmadieh, Zachary A. Smith, Nader S. Dahdaleh, and Richard G. Fessler
    Navigation for cervical reconstruction surgery / Shanmuganathan Rajasekaran and Ajoy Prasad Shetty
    Cervical disk arthroplasty / Justin W. Miller and Rick C. Sasso
    Cervical sagittal balance : what is normal and what is the effect on reconstruction outcomes / Peter L. Cohn, William Ryan Spiker, Kris E. Radcliff, and Alexander R. Vaccaro
    Complications of anterior surgery : vertebral artery injury, esophageal perforation, dysphagia / Luiz Roberto Vialle, Samuel Conrad, and Emiliano Vialle
    Adjacent segment pathology of the cervical spine / Babak Khamsi, Sandeep N. Gidvani, and Jeffrey C. Wang
    Upper cervical screw-fixation techniques : how to avoid complications / Han Jo Kim and Jin Sup Yeom.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    guest editors, Lawrence G. Lenke, Kenneth M.C. Cheung.
    Contents:
    Preoperative evaluation and optimization for surgery / Scott C. Wagner, Daniel G. Kang, Ronald A. Lehman, Jr., and Lawrence G. Lenke
    Decision making in adult deformity surgery : decompression versus short or long fusion / Kenneth M.C. Cheung and Jason P.Y. Cheung
    The use of osteotomies for rigid spinal deformities / Stephen J. Lewis and Simon A. Harris
    Indications and techniques for sacral-pelvic fixation in adult spinal deformity / Kristen E. Jones, Robert A. Morgan, and David W. Polly, Jr.
    Instrumentation strategies in osteoporotic spine : how to prevent failure? / Ahmet Alanay and Caglar Yilgor
    The incidence and management of acute neurologic complications following complex adult spinal deformity surgery / Joseph S. Butler and Lawrence G. Lenke
    Postoperative coronal decompensation in adult deformity / Yong Qiu
    Measuring outcome and value in adult deformity surgery / Robert Waldrop and Sigurd Berven
    Junctional issues following adult deformity surgery / Han Jo Kim, Sravisht Iyer, and Christopher I. Shaffrey, Sr.
    Biomechanics and material science for deformity correction / Manubu Ito, Yuichiro Abe, and Remel Alingalan Salmingo
    Pseudarthrosis and infection / Michael P. Kelly and Sigurd Berven.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    series editor, Luiz Roberto Vialle ; guest editors, F. Cumhur Oner, Alexander R. Vaccaro.
    Contents:
    Anatomy of the cervical spine / Ronald L.A.W. Bleys
    Biomechanics of the cervical spine : from the normal state to the injury state / Ahmer K. Ghori, Dana Leonard, and Thomas Cha
    Evaluation of an injured cervical spine / Richard Assaker, Fahed Zairi, and Xavier Demondion
    Nonoperative management of cervical spine trauma / Melvin D. Helgeson and Peter Formby
    Occipital condyle fractures and occipitocervical dissociation / Philipp Schleicher, Matti Scholz, and Frank Kandziora
    Atlas injuries / Matti Scholz, Philipp Schleicher, and Frank Kandziora
    Odontoid fractures, hangman's fractures, and C2 body fractures / Wilco C. Peul and Carmen L.A. Vleggeert-Lankamp
    Compression (AO type-A injuries) / Nuno Neves
    Subaxial cervical spine injuries : distraction (AO type-B injuries) / William A. Robinson, Kevin P. McCarthy, Alexander R. Vaccaro, and C. Chambliss Harrod
    Facet and lateral mass fractures / Maximo-Alberto Diez-Ulloa
    Cervical dislocations (AO type-C injuries) / William Munoz, Michael J. Vives, and Saad B. Chaudhary
    Cervicothoracic junction injuries / Ripul Rajen Panchal
    Cervical trauma in combination with ankylosing spondylitis or diffuse idiopathic skeletal hyperostosis / Jorrit-Jan Verlaan and F. Cumhur Oner
    Rheumatoid arthritis and osteoporosis / David T. Anderson
    Pediatric cervical spine / Ahmet Alanay and Caglar Yilgor.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    editors, Luiz Roberto Vialle, Carlo Bellabarba, Frank Kandziora.
    Contents:
    The AO spine thoracolumbar injury classification / Adam J. Bevevino, Alexander R. Vaccaro, and Robyn Rubenstein
    Radiographic assessment of thoracolumbar fractures / S. Rajasekaran, Rishi Mugesh Kanna, Anupama Maheswaran, and Ajoy P. Shetty
    Posterior minimally invasive surgery in thoracolumbar fractures / Matti Scholz, Philipp Schleicher, and Frank Kandziora
    Anterior minimally invasive surgery in thoracolumbar fractures / Phillipp Schleicher and Frank Kandziora
    Cervicothoracic spine fractures / Rod J. Oskouian and Jens R. Chapman
    Transpedicular and costotransversectomy approaches for trauma : indications and techniques / Richard Jackson Bransford, Alireza K. Anissipour, Zachary A. Child and Carlo Bellabarba
    Short or long posterior fusion : determining the extent of fixation / Luiz Roberto Vialle, Emiliano Vialle, Joana B.C .R. Guasque and Luiz Gustavo Dal Oglio Rocha
    Burst fracture treatment / F. Cumhur Oner and J.J. Verlaan
    Differentiating lumbar fractures from thoracolumbar fractures / Jonathan Belding, Darrel S. Brodke, and Brandon D. Lawrence
    Thoracolumbar fracture fixation in the osteoporotic patient / Theodore J. Choma
    Correction of posttraumatic deformity / Klaus John Schnake and Robert Morrison
    Fractures in ankylosing conditions / Zachary A. Child and Richard Jackson Bransford
    Spinopelvic fixation / Carlo Bellabarba and Richard Jackson Bransford.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    editors, Luiz Roberto Vialle, Michael G. Fehlings, Norbert Weidner.
    Contents:
    Pathobiology of spinal cord injury / Hiroaki Nakashima, Narihito Nagoshi, and Michael G. Fehlings
    Assessment of functional status and outcomes of individuals with traumatic spinal cord injury / Christian Schuld and Norbert Weidner
    Serum and CSF biomarkers to predict functional recovery after spinal cord injury / Seth S. Tigchelaar and Brian K. Kwon
    Magnetic resonance imaging of the injured spinal cord : the present and the future / Allan R. Martin, Julien Cohen-Adad, and Michael G. Fehlings
    Acute nonoperative management of traumatic spinal cord injury : state of the art / Joshua S. Catapano, Gregory W.J. Hawryluk, and Michael G. Fehlings
    Role and timing of surgery for traumatic spinal cord injury : what do we know and what should we do? / Christopher D. Witiw and Michael G. Fehlings
    Methylprednisolone as a valid option for acute spinal cord injury : a reassessment of the literature / Michael G. Fehlings and Newton Cho
    Neuroprotection of the injured spinal cord : what does the future hold? / Michael G. Fehlings and Christopher S. Ahuja
    Hydrogel biomaterials in spinal cord repair and regeneration / Manuel Ingo Gunther, Thomas Schackel, Norbert Weidner, and Armin Blesch
    Neural stem cell transplantation for spinal cord repair / Ina Simeonova, Beatrice Sandner, and Norbert Weidner
    Strategies to overcome the inhibitory environment of the spinal cord / Elizabeth J. Bradbury and Emily R. Burnside
    Functional electrical stimulation and neuromodulation approaches to enhance recovery after spinal cord injury / Cesar Marquez-Chin, Emilie Sagripanti, and Milos R. Popovic
    Advanced rehabilitation strategies for individuals with traumatic spinal cord injury / William Z. Rymer, Sheila Burt, and Arun Jayaraman
    Brain-computer interfaces to enhance function after spinal cord injury / Rudiger Rupp.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    guest editors, Jeffrey C. Wang, Claudio Lamartina.
    Contents:
    Economic issues, risk factors, and litigation / Marco Brayda-Bruno
    Decision making and flag systems / Gustavo Zanoli
    The supremacy of the clinical evaluation / Roberto Chapa Sosa and Neil N. Patel
    Imaging in back pain / Alberto Zerbi
    Myth and reality of sacroiliac joint pathology / Kristen E. Jones and David W. Polly, Jr.
    State of the art of biology, genetics, and mechanics of the disk / Mauro Alini, Sibylle Grad, Hans-Joachim Wilke, Fabio Galbusera, and Alessandra Colombini
    Neurologic back pain : myopathies, neuromuscular disease, Parkinson, and dystonia / Asdrubal Falavigna and Carlo Domenico Marrone
    Back pain in children and adolescents / Katherine M. Schroeder, Erica E. Gonzalez, and John P. Dormans
    Back pain in adults / Max Aebi
    Back pain in spinal infections / Rishi Mugesh Kanna, Ajoy Prasad Shetty, Emiliano Vialle, and Shanmuganathan Rajasekaran
    Conservative treatment : drugs, physiotherapy, and alternative medicine / Christopher C. Ornelas and Mona Zall
    Outcome evaluation in back pain patients / Martin H. Pham, Andre M. Jakoi, Neil N. Patel, and Jeffrey C. Wang
    Role of minimally invasive surgery in back pain for degenerative spine / Roberto Bassani and Elena Serchi
    Back pain and sagittal alignment / Pedro Berjano
    Patients with multiple surgeries / Claudio Lamartina and Carlotta Martini
    Chronic back pain, failed surgery, and what to do when all options are exhausted / Lawrence G. Lenke.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    edited by Argye Elizabeth Hillis, Julius Fridriksson.
    Summary: Aphasia, Volume 185 covers important advances in our understanding of how language is processed in the brain and how lesions or degeneration in the left hemisphere affect language processing. This new release reviews research regarding how language recovers from brain injury, along with new interventions developed to enhance recovery, including language rehabilitation, noninvasive brain stimulation and medications. Sections cover neuroanatomy and neurophysiology of language networks, focus on mechanisms of recovery (and decline) of language, and include chapters on intervention, including recently developed behavioral therapies, brain stimulation, medications, and a review of studies of treatment for both post-stroke aphasia and primary progressive aphasia.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2022
  • Print
    [edited by] Leonard L. LaPointe, Julie A.G. Stierwalt.
    Contents:
    Brain basics
    Humanistic basics : accommodation, adjustment, and aristos
    Aphasia theory, models, and classification
    Neuroimaging and brain-based communication disorders
    Care for people with aphasia and related neurogenic communication disorders in acute hospital settings
    Multicultural and multilinguistic issues
    General principles of assessment
    Naming and word retrieval impairments
    Comprehension
    Acquired impairments of reading and writing
    Syntax and linguistic-based approaches
    pragmatics and discourse
    Social and life participation approaches to aphasia intervention
    Assistive technology
    Treatment effectiveness and evidence-based practice
    Telepractice
    Digital and electronic advances in the management of aphasia and related neurogenic language disorders
    Resources for families and clinicians
    Funding and reimbursement of speech-language services
    Primary progressive aphasia
    Communication disorders associated with right hemisphere brain damage
    Dementia
    Traumatic brain injury, blast injuries, and multisystem injuries
    Communication and cognition.
  • Digital
    J. de Graaf, P. Couture and A.D. Sniderman.
    Contents:
    1. The life history of ApoB lipoprotein particles
    2. Diagnosis of the ApoB dyslipoproteinemias: the ApoB algorithm
    3. The primary ApoB dyslipoproteinemias
    4. Secondary ApoB dyslipoproteinemias
    5. ApoB in cardiovascular risk prediction
    6. ApoB lipoprotein particles: the preferred treatment target in primary and secondary prevention
    7. The future of ApoB: moving from the risk prediction paradigm to the casual exposure paradigm.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Christopher D. Gregory, editor.
    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    1. Molecular Cell Biology of Apoptosis and Necroptosis in Cancer
    2. Clearance of Dying Cells by Phagocytes: Mechanisms and Implications for Disease Pathogenesis
    3. Micro-environmental Effects of Cell Death in Malignant Disease
    4. Apoptotic Caspases in Promoting Cancer: Implications from Their Roles in Development and Tissue Homeostasis
    5. Axl and Mer Receptor Tyrosine Kinases: Distinct and Non-overlapping Roles in Inflammation and Cancer?
    6. Immunogenic Apoptotic Cell Death and Anti-cancer Immunity
    7. Cancer Cell Death-inducing Radiotherapy
    Impact on Local Tumour Control, Tumour Cell Proliferation and Induction of Systemic Anti-tumour Immunity
    8. Novel Approaches to Apoptosis-inducing Therapies
    9. Killing Is Not Enough: How Apoptosis Hijacks Tumor-associated Macrophages to Promote Cancer Progression
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    Shigekazu Nagata, Hiroyasu Nakano, editors.
    Summary: This volume focuses on apoptotic and non-apoptotic programmed cell death, including necroptosis, pyroptosis, and ferroptosis, and presents recent findings in the field. It discusses the crucial role that apoptotic and non-apoptotic cell death play in various pathological conditions, such as skin diseases, inflammatory bowel diseases, and virus infections. Further, it highlights the mechanisms underlying the recognition and clearance of dead cells, and the subsequent biological responses triggered by phagocytosed macrophages and factors released from dying cells. Offering insights into cell death, it is a valuable resource for researchers and clinicians developing novel strategies to treat various diseases that are closely associated with cell death.

    Contents:
    Prix fixe: Efferocytosis as a four-course meal
    Emerging roles for RIPKs in pathogen-induced cell death and host immunity
    Epithelial cell death and inflammation in skin
    IAPs and cell death
    Cellular FLICE-inhibitory protein regulates tissue homeostasis
    Lipid peroxidation dependent cell death regulated by GPx4 and ferroptosis
    Immune regulation by dead cell clearance.
  • Digital
    Nicola Brew-Sam.
    Summary: Patient empowerment is examined as a multi-dimensional factor influencing the use of diabetes self-management apps. The research design includes three studies conducted in Singapore. Study 1 examines how features of diabetes self-management apps correspond with theoretical indicators of empowerment, as well as app quality. Study 2 uses semi-structured face-to-face interviews with diabetes patients to draw first conclusions about the relevance of empowerment for diabetes app use. Study 3 includes an online patient survey, and uses cluster analytical methods to test the preliminary Study 2 results (typology of app use), as well as binary logistic regression to compare the strength of influence of various anteceding factors on the likelihood of diabetes app use. The studies show that especially the support by private social patient networks and the medical specialties of supervising physicians play a crucial role for technology-supported self-management. Contents Defining and Categorizing Diabetes Apps for Self-Management Anteceding Factors of Diabetes App Use Empowerment and its Relevance for Diabetes Management Target Groups Researchers, students and practitioners in the fields of Public Health, Medicine, Health Communication, Endocrinology, Diabetes Care, Epidemiology, Health Management The Author Dr. Nicola Brew-Sam holds an MA in health communication (UZH Zurich) and a Ph.D. from University of Erfurt (Germany) in cooperation with Nanyang Technological University (Singapore).

    Contents:
    Intro
    Acknowledgements
    Table of Contents
    Table of Contents
    List of Figures
    List of Tables
    List of Abbreviations
    Abstract
    1 Introduction
    1.1 The Urgency of Self-Management in Diabetes Care
    1.2 Research Interest: Empowerment as an Anteceding Factor of Diabetes App Use for Self-Management
    1.3 Chapter Overview
    2 Background on Diabetes Self-Management
    2.1 What is Diabetes?
    Types of Diabetes Mellitus
    2.2 Diabetes Self-Management
    Definition and Development
    2.3 Factors Influencing Diabetes Self-Management 3 Defining and Categorizing Diabetes Apps for Self-Management
    3.1 Diabetes Apps for Self-Management as Second Generation mHealth Tools
    3.2 Purpose, Types and Features of Diabetes Apps for Self-Management
    3.3 Shortcomings of Diabetes Apps and Diabetes App Quality
    4 Diabetes App Use
    Previous mHealth Research
    4.1 Defining Diabetes App "Use"
    4.2 Categorizing Studies on Diabetes App Use: The Inputs-Mechanisms-Outputs Pathway
    4.2.1 Input: Feasibility and Accessibility Studies
    4.2.2 Output: Diabetes App Usage Effect Studies 4.2.3 Mechanisms: Lacking Research on Antecedents of Health App Use
    5 Anteceding Factors of Diabetes App Use
    5.1 Defining "Antecedents" of mHealth Use
    5.2 The Relevance of Studies Looking into Antecedents of mHealth Use
    5.3 Previous Studies Looking into Antecedents of mHealth Use
    5.4 Antecedents of the Unified Theory of Acceptance and Use of Technology
    5.5 Shortcomings of the Unified Theory of Acceptance and Use
    6 Summarizing mHealth Research Gaps I: Alternative Theory is Needed
    7 Empowerment as an Antecedent of Diabetes App Use 7.1 The Empowerment Approach in Psychology and Management Research
    7.1.1 Psychological Empowerment
    7.1.2 Behavioral Empowerment
    7.1.3 Empowerment as a Motivational Approach
    7.1.4 Empowerment and Self-Determination
    7.2 Empowerment and its Relevance for Diabetes Self-Management
    7.3 Empowerment and Diabetes App Use
    7.3.1 Research on Empowerment and Diabetes App Use: Outcome Perspectives
    7.3.2 Understanding the Overall Process of Empowerment and Diabetes App Use
    7.3.3 Empowerment as an Antecedent of Diabetes App Use 8 Summarizing mHealth Research Gaps II: Empowerment and Diabetes App Use
    8.1 Empowerment as a Multi-Dimensional Antecedent of Diabetes App Use
    8.2 Two Research Perspectives on Empowerment as an Antecedent of Diabetes App Use
    9 Summarizing Model on Empowerment and Diabetes App Use
    10 Research Questions and Hypotheses
    11 Overview of the Research Design
    11.1 mHealth Research on Diabetes App Use in Singapore
    11.2 Research Procedure
    12 Study 1
    Diabetes App Features Corresponding to Indicators of Empowerment: An App Feature and Quality Analysis
    12.1 Method
    12.1.1 Operationalization
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Carl E. Zipper, Jeff Skousen, editors.
    Summary: This book collects and summarizes current scientific knowledge concerning coal-mined landscapes of the Appalachian region in eastern United States. Containing contributions from authors across disciplines, the book addresses topics relevant to the region's coal-mining history and its future; its human communities; and the soils, waters, plants, wildlife, and human-use potentials of Appalachia's coal-mined landscapes. The book provides a comprehensive overview of coal mining's legacy in Appalachia, USA. The book describes the resources of the Appalachian coalfield, its lands and waters, and its human communities - as they have been left in the aftermath of intensive mining, drawing upon peer-reviewed science and other regional data to provide clear and objective descriptions. By understanding the Appalachian experience, officials and planners in other resource extraction- affected world regions can gain knowledge and perspectives that will aid their own efforts to plan and manage for environmental quality and for human welfare. Appalachia's Coal-Mined Landscapes: Resources and Communities in a New Energy Era will be of use to natural resource managers and scientists within Appalachia and in other world regions experiencing widespread mining, researchers with interest in the region's disturbance legacy, and economic and community planners concerned with Appalachia's future.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Introduction to Appalachian Coalfield Landscape and Resources
    Appalachian coalfield landscapes, ecosystems, and economy
    Geology and mineral resources
    Coal Mining and Reclamation in Appalachia
    Part 2: Land
    Landscape Alteration
    Mine soils
    Hydrology
    Terrestrial plant communities
    Terrestrial wildlife
    Management options for mining-affected landscapes
    Underground mining
    Part 3: Water
    Acid drainage: Origins, effects, and treatment
    Other water contaminants
    Aquatic biota and response to mining
    Part 4: Human Ecology of Appalachian Mined Landscapes
    Cultural & Economic issues
    Human Health
    Concluding Chapter: Synthesis.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    V165.H3 U52 1972
    2
  • Digital
    Sudip Paul, editor.
    Summary: This book focuses on interdisciplinary research in the field of biomedical engineering and neuroscience. Biomedical engineering is a vast field, ranging from bioengineering to brain-computer interfaces. The book explores the system-level function and dysfunction of the nervous system from scientific and engineering perspectives. The initial sections introduce readers to the physiology of the brain, and to the biomedical tools needed for diagnostics and effective therapies for various neurodegenerative and regenerative disorders. In turn, the book summarizes the biomedical interventions that are used to understand the neural mechanisms underlying empathy disorders, and reviews recent advances in biomedical engineering for rehabilitation in connection with neurodevelopmental disorders and brain injuries. Lastly, the book discusses innovations in machine learning and artificial intelligence for computer-aided disease diagnosis and treatment, as well as applications of nanotechnology in therapeutic neurology.

    Contents:
    Module 1_ Introduction to Human Physiology
    Module 2_ Neural engineering
    Module 3_ Introduction to Neurodegenerative and regenerative Disorders
    Module 4_ Brain images and it`s classifications
    Module 5_ EEG, EOG and their significance
    Module 6_ Artificial Intelligence and Computer Aided diagnosis
    Module 7_ Nanomaterials involved in therapeutic strategy
    Module 8_ Emotion, Stress and other Neurological dysfunctions
    Module 9_ Emotion, Stress and other Neurological dysfunctions.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Xiangdong Wang, Christian Baumgartner, Denis C. Shields, Hong-Wen Deng, Jacques S Beckmann.
    Contents:
    The Era of Big Data: From Data-driven Research to Data-driven Clinical Care
    Biostatistics, data mining and computational modeling
    Gene expression and profiling
    The next generation sequencing and applications in clinical research
    Clinical epigenetics and epigenomics
    Proteomic profiling: Data mining and analyses
    Targeted metabolomics: the next generation of clinical chemistry!?
    Clinical bioinformatics for biomarker discovery in targeted metabolomics
    Metagenomic Profiling, Interaction of Genomics with Meta-genomics
    Clinical Epigenetics and Epigenomics
    Integrative Biological Databases
    Standards and Regulations for (Bio)Medical Software
    Clinical applications and systems biomedicine
    Key Law and Policy Considerations for Clinical Bioinformaticians
    Challenges and Opportunities in Clinical Bioinformatics
    Heterogeneity of Hepatocellular Carcinoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Helvi Kyngäs, Kristina Mikkonen, Maria Kääriäinen, editors.
    Summary: This book provides principles on content analysis and its application into development of nursing theory. It offers clear guidance to students, lecturers and researchers to gain a deeper understanding of the method of content analysis, its implementation into their own research and criteria of trustworthiness evaluation. The book is written in user-friendly language with provided research examples and cases, and the content is illustrated by figures and tables. The authors offer their expertise in providing a well thought through explanation of content analysis in didactical style, which will enhance university education. The book includes highly experienced researchers who have published articles on content analysis and the trustworthiness of the method with more than 10 000 citations. Divided into two parts, this book explores the application of content analysis into nursing science. The first part presents the philosophical position of content analysis, inductive and deductive methods of using content analysis, trustworthiness of the method, and ethical consideration of using content analysis. The second part informs on the theory development based on content analysis, conceptualization of the concepts of content analysis into generation of items and instrument development, and statistical testing of a hypothetical model. The last chapter shows a new approach to using content analysis in systematic reviews and quality evaluation of methodology within systematic review process. The book is an essential tool for nursing science, providing instruction on key methodological elements in order to provide rigorously conducted empirical research for clinical practice and nursing education.

    Contents:
    PART I. CONTENT ANALYSIS
    1. Qualitative research and content analysis
    2. Inductive content analysis
    3. Deductive content analysis
    4. Content analysis in mixed methods research
    5. The trustworthiness of content analysis
    6. Qualitative research
    ethical considerations
    PART II. INTEGRATING CONTENT ANALYSIS INTO THEORY DEVELOPMENT
    7. Theory development from the results of content analysis
    8. Instrument development based on content analysis
    9. Statistical testing of a theory
    10. Content analysis in systematic review.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Carolyn Sipes.
    Summary: Designed to provide a foundation for nursing informatics knowledge and skills required in today's data-driven healthcare environment, this text examines the impact and implementation of technology in nursing practice. "Application of Nursing Informatics" addresses the foundations of nursing informatics competencies, streamlined for the unique experience of practicing nurses. This text features numerous case scenarios of real-life applications to engage the reader and reinforce content. Chapters cover informatics competencies, knowledge, and skills in a concise manner that recognizes the value of prior nursing experience and builds upon the reader's existing knowledge base. -- From publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Informatics defined, evolution, guiding principles, expectations / Carolyn Sipes
    Roles, professional organizations, and theories / Carolyn Sipes
    First things first
    hardware / Carolyn Sipes
    First things first -software / James Sipes, Carolyn Sipes
    Project management / Carolyn Sipes
    Application and integration of research into practice / Carolyn Sipes
    Applications to support educational initiatives / Taryn Hill, Karen West
    Data standardization applications
    capturing data / Lisa Blair, Lynda Hardy
    Big data applications to inform practice / Lynda Hardy, Lisa Blair
    Maintaining quality of data and information, data and data quality / Toni Hebda, Kathleen (Kathy) Hunter
    Assessment and evaluating outcomes / Cheryl D. Parker, Melinda Hermanns, and Christy Gibson
    Ethics, privacy, security, other technology challenges / Cheryl D. Parker, Christine S. Gipson
    Life-long learning : advancing own education / Carolyn Sipes.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Michele Battle-Fisher.
    Summary: This book looks at health policy through the lens of public versus private: population health versus the somatic, social, or emotional experiences of a patient. Rather than presenting policy/ethics as overly technical, this book takes a novel approach of framing public and private health in terms of political philosophy, ethics, and popular examples. Each chapter ties back to the general ethics or political literature as applicable, which are not customarily parts of the current public health curriculum. The author's work on the Orgcomplexity blog has touched on this subject by systemically exploring public policy issues, and the tone of this book mimics the blog with an extension of the arguments.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    The Justice League of Health: Flexing Policy's Muscle
    Health Systems and Policy as the "Price is Right"
    Public versus Private: Stop Stepping on My Toes
    The Sting of Public Health
    Is it Yours, Mine and Ours?
    Building on What We've Started
    Conclusion. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Monica M. Taylor.
    Contents:
    Rural health disparities: the political economy
    Rural health disparities: the economic argument
    Social disorganization in rural communities
    Political economy in the era of Trump politics
    Conclusion : Political economy: an era of institutional cynicism?
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Neeta Raj Sharma, Karupppasamy Subburaj, Kamalpreet Sandhu, Vivek Sharma, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on applications of three-dimensional (3D) printing in healthcare. It first describes a range of biomaterials, including their physicochemical and biological properties. It then reviews the current state of the art in bioprinting techniques and the potential application of bioprinting, computer-aided additive manufacturing of cells, tissues, and scaffolds to create organs in regenerative medicine. Further, it discusses the orthopedic applications of 3D printing in the design and fabrication of dental implants, and the use of 3D bioprinting in oral and maxillofacial surgery and in tissue and organ engineering. Lastly, the book examines the 3D printing technologies that are used for the fabrication of the drug delivery system. It also explores the current challenges and the future of 3D bioprinting in medical sciences, as well as the market demand.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction to Biomaterials
    Chapter 2. Different approaches used for conversion of biomaterials to feedstock
    Chapter 3. Bioprinting
    Chapter 4. 3D Printed Implants for Joint Replacement
    Chapter 5. Design of Patient-Specific Maxillofacial Implants and Guides
    Chapter 6. Design and Development of surgical guide for dental implant surgery
    Chapter 7. Three Dimensional printed drugs and related technology : a potential review
    Chapter 8. Product Sustainability Assessment
    Chapter 9. Successful Stories of 3D Printing in Healthcare Applications: A Brief Review.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kewal K. Jain.
    Summary: Applications of Biotechnology in Oncology collects key writings by Kewal K. Jain on the most important contributions of biotechnology to cancer research, particularly to the molecular diagnosis of cancer and drug delivery in cancer for personalized management of patients. Basics of various -omics technologies and their application in oncology are described as oncogenomics and oncoproteomics. This detailed volume also explores molecular diagnostics, nanobiotechnology, cell and gene therapies, as well as personalized oncology. With approximately one thousand selected references from recent literature on this topic and numerous tables and figures, Applications of Biotechnology in Oncology serves as an ideal reference for oncologists, scientists involved in research on cancer biology, and physicians in various specialties who deal with cancer.

    Contents:
    1. Molecular biology of cancer
    2. Oncogenomics
    3. Sequencing in cancer
    4. Oncoproteomics
    5. Biomarkers of cancer
    6. Molecular diagnosis of cancer
    7. Cancer immunotherapy : vaccines
    8. Monoclonal antibodies and cancer
    9. Nanooncology
    10. Cell therapy of cancer
    11. Gene therapy of cancer
    12. Role of RNAi in cancer
    13. Role of microRNAs in cancer
    14. Biotechnology in drug discovery and development for cancer
    15. Role of biotechnology in drug delivery for cancer
    16. Personalized cancer therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Hirofumi Fujii, Hiroyuki Nakamura, Seiei Yasuda, editors.
    Summary: This book provides up-to-date guidance on the use of FDG PET to assess the biological activity and treatment response of a wide range of malignancies, including, for example, lung cancer, breast cancer, head and neck cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, and malignant lymphoma. In the era of precision medicine, numerous new anticancer agents, such as molecular targeted agents and immune checkpoint inhibitors, have been developed to improve outcomes in cancer patients. FDG PET plays a key role in evaluating the effects of these novel treatments because it can detect changes in the metabolic activity of tumors before any reduction in their size is visible on other imaging modalities. Accordingly, FDG PET is of prognostic as well as diagnostic value, and allows prompt changes in patient management. The book is written by expert clinicians from Japan, where the universal public health insurance system ensures that FDG PET is widely used in routine oncological practice and cancer screening. It represents an unrivaled and comprehensive resource that will be of value for all healthcare professionals in the field of clinical oncology.

    Contents:
    1 Overview.-2 Lung cancer.-3 Breast cancer
    4 Head and neck cancer.-5 Gastrointestinal cancer including GIST
    6 Pancreatic cancer
    7 Urological cancer
    8 Malignant bone and soft tissue tumors
    9 Skin cancer including malignant melanoma
    10 Malignant lymphoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Inamuddin, editor.
    Summary: This book presents the applications of ion-exchange materials in the biomedical industries. It includes topics related to the application of ion exchange chromatography in determination, extraction and separation of various compounds such as amino acids, morphine, antibiotics, nucleotides, penicillin and many more. This title is a highly valuable source of knowledge on ion-exchange materials and their applications suitable for postgraduate students and researchers but also to industrial R & D specialists in chemistry, chemical, and biochemical technology. Additionally, this book will provide an in-depth knowledge of ion-exchange column and operations suitable for engineers and industrialists.

    Contents:
    Separation and Purification of Amino acids
    Ion exchange chromatography for enzyme immobilization
    Determination of morphine in urine
    Chromatographic Separation of Amino Acids
    Applications of ion exchange chromatography in pharmaceutical analysis
    Thermodynamic Kinetics and Sorption of Bovine Serum Albumin with Different Clay materials
    Sorbitol demineralization by ion exchange
    Separation and purification of nucleotides, nucleosides, purine and pyrimidine bases by ion exchange
    Separation and purification of vitamins: vitamin B1, B2, B6, C, and K1
    Colour removal from sugar syrups.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Richard R. Drake and Liam A. McDonnell.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Inamuddin, Abdullah M. Asiri, editors.
    Summary: Traditional methods in synthetic chemistry produce chemical waste and byproducts, yield smaller desired products, and generate toxic chemical substances, but the past two centuries have seen consistent, greener improvements in organic synthesis and transformations. These improvements have contributed to substance handling efficiency by using green-engineered forerunners like sustainable techniques, green processes, eco-friendly catalysis, and have minimized energy consumption, reduced potential waste, improved desired product yields, and avoided toxic organic precursors or solvents in organic synthesis. Green synthesis has the potential to have a major ecological and monetary impact on modern pharmaceutical R&D and organic chemistry fields. This book presents a broad scope of green techniques for medicinal, analytical, environmental, and organic chemistry applications. It presents an accessible overview of new innovations in the field, dissecting the highlights and green chemistry attributes of approaches to green synthesis, and provides cases to exhibit applications to pharmaceutical and organic chemistry. Although daily chemical processes are a major part of the sustainable development of pharmaceuticals and industrial products, the resulting environmental pollution of these processes is of worldwide concern. This edition discusses green chemistry techniques and sustainable processes involved in synthetic organic chemistry, natural products, drug syntheses, as well various useful industrial applications.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Sustainable Organic Synthesis in Ionic Liquids
    Industrial Applications of Green Solvents in Organic and Drug Synthesis for Sustainable Development of Chemical Process and Technologies
    Applications of Ionic Liquids in Organic Synthesis
    Water-Mediated Catalyst-Free Organic Transformations
    Modifications on Polymeric Membranes for Isopropanol Dehydration Using Pervaporation: A Review
    Environmentally Benign Organic Synthesis
    Green Aspects of Scale-Up Synthesis of some APIs, Drug Candidates Under Development, or Their Critical Intermediates
    Green Approaches to Synthesize Organic Compounds and Drugs
    Selective Conversion of Glycerol to Lactic Acid Using Porous Multi-Functional Mixed Oxide Catalysts Under Alkaline Environment
    Green Biological Synthesis of Nanoparticles and their Biomedical Applications
    Silver Nanostructures, Chemical Synthesis Methods, and Biomedical Applications
    The Role of Heterogenous Catalysts in Converting Cellulose to Platform Chemicals
    Production of Reduced Graphene Oxide (rGO) from Battery Waste: Green and Sustainable Synthesis and Reduction
    Bio-Catalysis as a Green Approach for Industrial Waste Treatment
    Green Synthesis of Biodiesel Using Microbial Lipases
    Industrial Applications of Green Solvents for Sustainable Development of Technologies in Organic Synthesis
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Erick Suárez, Cynthia M. Pérez, Roberto Rivera, and Melissa N. Martínez.
    Contents:
    Basic Concepts for Statistical Modeling
    Introduction to Simple Linear Regression Models
    Matrix Representation of the Linear Regression Model
    Evaluation of Partial Tests of Hypotheses in a MLRM
    Selection of Variables in a Multiple Linear Regression Model
    Correlation Analysis
    Strategies for Assessing the Adequacy of the Linear Regression Model
    Weighted Least-Squares Linear Regression
    Generalized Linear Models
    Poisson Regression Models for Cohort Studies
    Logistic Regression in Case-Control Studies
    Regression Models in a Cross-Sectional Study
    Solutions to Practice Exercises.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by David H. Barlow and Todd Farchione.
    Contents:
    The unified protocol for transdiagnostic treatment of emotional disorders : an introduction / Katherine A. Kennedy and David H. Barlow
    Transdiagnostic assessment and case formulation : rationale and application with the unified protocol / Hannah Boettcher and Laren R. Conklin
    The unified protocol for anxiety disorders / Laren R. Conklin, Todd J Farchione, and Steven Dufour
    The unified protocol for obsessive-compulsive and related disorders / Johanna Thompson-Hollands
    The unified protocol for major depressive disorder / James F. Boswell, Laren R. Conklin, Jennifer M. Oswald, and Matteo Bugatti
    The unified protocol for bipolar and comorbid disorders / Kristen K. Ellard, Emily Bernstein, Andrew A. Nierenberg, and Thilo Deckersbac
    The unified protocol for posttraumatic stress disorder / Matthew W. Gallagher
    The unified protocol for comorbid alcohol use and anxiety disorders / Todd J Farchione, Tracie M. Goodness, and Katelyn M.E. Williams
    The unified protocol for eating disorders / Christina L. Boisseau and James F. Boswell
    The unified protocol for insomnia disorder / Jacqueline R. Bullis and Shannon Sauer-Zavala
    The unified protocol for nonsuicidal and suicidal self-injury / Kate H. Bentley, Shannon Sauer-Zavala, Clair Cassiello-Robbins, and Stephanie Vento
    The unified protocol for borderline personality disorder / Shannon Sauer-Zavala, Kate H. Bentley and Julianne G. Wilner
    The unified protocol for chronic pain / Laura A. Payne
    The unified protocol for complex, highly comorbid cases / Heather Murray Latin and Clair Cassiello-Robbins
    Group treatment applications of the unified protocol / Jacqueline R. Bullis, Kate H. Bentley and Katherine A. Kennedy
    Cross-cultural applications of the unified protocol : examples from japan and colombia / Amantia Ametaj, Nina Wong Sarver, Obianujunwa Anakwenze, Masaya Ito, Michel Ratner and Ramya Potluri
    The unified protocol : future directions / Clair Cassiello-Robbins, Heather Murray Latin, and Shannon Sauer-Zavala.
    Digital Access Oxford [2018]
  • Digital
    W.Y. Lau.
    Summary: This book has 20 chapters which cover a full range of knowledge about liver anatomy before one embarks on carrying out a liver operation on a patient. The knowledge ranges from external to internal anatomy of the liver, from pure anatomy to its application in liver operations, from vascular infiow/outflow of the liver to techniques used in reducing intraoperative blood loss, from Couinaud's liver segments to segment- based liver resection, and from the different approaches to liver resectional techniques to the different types of liver transplantation. The particular feature of this book is the heavy use of diagrams which makes reading easier. Surgeons in liver resection and liver transplantation in will find this book of value as a reference book. Editor W.Y. Lau is a surgeon and professor of surgery at the Chinese University of Hong Kong, and an Academician of Chinese Academy of Sciences, China. Professor Lau was President of the International Hepato-Pancreato-Biliary Association from 2002 to 2004. He is also the book editor of Hilar Cholangiocarcinoma, Springer 2013, ISBN 978-94-007-6472-9.

    Contents:
    Applied Anatomy of the Liver
    Hemi-livers, Sections (Sectors), Segments
    Caudate Lobe
    Hepatic Hilar Plate System
    Anatomy of the Hepatic Hilar Region
    Intrahepatic Glissonian Triad: Anatomy Relevant to Liver Resection and Liver Transplantation
    Anatomy of the Abdominal Inferior Vena Cava and Its Suprarenal Branches
    Five Important Anatomical Structures in Right or Left Hepatectomy
    Anatomy Relevant to Liver -Transplantation
    Defining the Couinaud's Liver Segments Clinically
    The 3-Dimensional Body Visible System in Liver Surgery
    Low Central Venous Pressure in Liver Resection Surgery
    Hepatic Vascular Inflow and Outflow Occlusions
    Liver Transection Techniques and Haemostasis on the Raw Surface of the Remnant Liver
    Different Approaches to Liver Resection
    Laparoscopic Liver Surgery
    Laparoscopic Liver Resection Using the Lowering of Hilar Plate Approach
    Robotic Liver Surgery
    Liver Transplantation
    Associating Liver Partition and Portal Vein Ligation for Staged Hepatectomy (ALPPS).
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by James K. Luiselli.
    Contents:
    Section I: Supervision, Training, and Service Delivery
    1. Behavior Analytic Supervision
    2. Competency-Based Staff Training
    3. Functional Behavior Assessment (FBA)
    4. Social Validity Assessment
    5. Behavoral Risk Assessment
    6. Incentive-Based Performance Improvement
    7. Technology and Telehealth Applications
    Section II: Consultation Practices
    8. Consultation Practices: School-Based Instructional Support
    9. Consultation Practices: School-Based Behavior Support
    10. Consultation Practices: Training to Parents and Families
    11. Consultaton Practices: Organizations
    12. Consultation Practices: Multidisciplinary Settings
    Section III: Professional Development
    13. Continuing Education: Accessing the Peer-Reviewed Literature
    14. Practice Dissemination: Writing for Publication
    15. Practice Dissemination: Public Speaking
    16. Licensure and Certification
    17. Ethical and Competent Practices in Applied Behavior Analysis: Perspective, Requirements, and Dilemmas.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    by Paul M. Selzer, Richard J. Marhöfer, Oliver Koch.
    Summary: This book introduces readers to the basic principles of bioinformatics and the practical application and utilization of computational tools, without assuming any prior background in programming or informatics. It provides a coherent overview of the complex field and focuses on the implementation of online tools, genome databases and software that can benefit scientists and students in the life sciences. Training tutorials with practical bioinformatics exercises and solutions facilitate the understanding and application of such tools and interpretation of results. In addition, a glossary explains terminology that is widely used in the field. This straightforward introduction to applied bioinformatics offers an essential resource for students, as well as scientists seeking to understand the basis of sequencing analysis, functional genomics and protein structure predictions.

    Contents:
    The Biological Foundations of Bioinformatics
    Biological databases
    Sequence Comparisons and Sequence-Based Database Searches
    The decoding of eukaryotic genomes
    Protein Structures and Structure-Based Rational Drug Design
    The Functional Analysis of Genomes
    Comparative genome analyses.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Leon Shargel, Andrew B.C. Yu.
    Summary: The landmark textbook on the theoretical and practical applications of biopharmaceutics and pharmacokinetics-now fully updated.

    Contents:
    Introduction to biopharmaceutics and pharmacokinetics
    Mathematical fundamentals in pharmacokinetics
    Biostatistics
    One-compartment open model : intravenous bolus administration
    Multicompartment models : intravenous bolus administration
    Intravenous infusion
    Drug elimination, clearance, and renal clearance
    Pharmacokinetics of oral absorption
    Multiple-dosage regimens
    Nonlinear pharmacokinetics
    Physiologic drug distribution and protein binding
    Drug elimination and hepatic clearance
    Pharmacogenetics and drug metabolism
    Physiologic factors related to drug absorption
    Biopharmaceutic considerations in drug product design and in vitro drug product performance
    Drug product performance, in vivo : bioavailability and bioequivalence
    Biopharmaceutical aspects of the active pharmaceutical ingredient and pharmaceutical equivalence
    Impact of biopharmaceutics on drug product quality and clinical efficacy
    Modified-release drug products and drug devices
    Targeted drug delivery systems and biotechnological products
    Relationship between pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics
    Application of pharmacokinetics to clinical situations
    Application of pharmacokinetics to specific populations : geriatric, obese, and pediatric patients
    Dose adjustment in renal and hepatic disease
    Empirical models, mechanistic models, statistical moments, and noncompartmental analysis.
    Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Donald Huddler, Edward R. Zartler.
    Summary: "This book is a guide to new techniques and approaches to identifying and characterizing small molecules in early drug discovery. Biophysical methods are reasserting their utility in drug discovery and through a combination of the rise of fragment-based drug discovery and an increased focus on more nuanced characterisation of small molecule binding, these methods are playing an increasing role in discovery campaigns"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Thermodynamics in drug discovery
    Tailoring hit identification and qualification methods for targeting protein-protein interactions
    Hydrogen-deuterium exchange mass spectrometry in drug discovery - theory, practice and future
    Microscale thermophoresis in drug discovery
    SPR screening: applying the new generation of SPR hardware
    Weak affinity chromatography (WAC)
    1D NMR methods for hit identification
    Protein-based NMR methods applied to drug discovery
    Applications of ligand and protein-observed NMR in ligand discovery
    Using biophysical methods to optimize compound residence time
    Applying biophysical and biochemical methods to the discovery of allosteric modulators of the AAA ATPase p97
    Driving drug discovery with biophysical information: application to Staphylococcus aureus Dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR)
    Assembly of fragment screening libraries: property and diversity analysis.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Larry A. Bauer, Professor, Department of Pharmacy School of Pharmacy, Adjunct Professor, Department of Laboratory Medicine School of Medicine, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington.
    Contents:
    Clinical pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic concepts
    Clinical pharmacokinetic calculations and equations
    Drug dosing in special populations : renal and hepatic disease, dialysis, heart failure, obesity, and drug interactions
    Aminoglycoside antibiotics
    Vancomycin
    Digoxin
    Lidocaine
    Procainamide/N-acetyl procainamide (NAPA)
    Quinidine
    Phenytoin/fosphenytoin
    Carbamazepine
    Valproic acid
    Phenobarbital/primidone
    Ethosuximide
    Lamotrigine
    Levetiracetam
    Oxcarbazepine/eslicarbazepine
    Cyclosporine
    Tacrolimus
    Sirolimus
    Lithium
    Theophylline.
    Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2014
  • Digital
    Michael W. Jann, Scott R. Penzak, Lawrence J. Cohen, editors.
    Contents:
    Section 1. General Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Principles of Psychopharmacological Agents
    1. Pharmacokinetic Properties
    2. Pharmacodynamic Properties
    3. PET Scan and Other Biomarkers
    4. Population Pharmacokinetics
    5. Drug Transporters (esp. Blood Brain Barrier)
    6. Pharmacogenomics
    Section 2. Clinical Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics of Psychopharmacological Drug Classes
    7. Antipsychotics
    oral typical agents, oral atypical agents, and long-acting injectable (LAI) antipsychotics
    8. Mood Stabilizers
    9. Antidepressants
    tricyclics, selective serotonergic reuptake inhibitors, serotonergic noradrenergic reuptake inhibitors, monoamine oxidase inhibitors, and other antidepressants
    10. Benzodiazepines and Other Sedative Hypnotics/Anxiolytics
    11. Opioid Analgesics
    12. Stimulants and Other Non-Stimulants for ADHD
    13. Cholinesterase Inhibitors and Other Antidementa Agents
    14. Anti-Addiction Agents
    15. Anesthetics
    Section 3. Clinically Significant Drug Interactions With Psychopharmacological Agents
    16. Antipsychotics
    17. Mood Stabilizers
    18. Antidepressants
    19. Benzodiazepines and Other Sedative Hypnotics/Anxiolytics
    20. Opioid Analgesics
    21. Stimulants and Other Non-Stimulants for ADHD
    22. Cholinesterase Inhibitors and Other Antidementa Agents
    23. Anti-Addiction Agents
    24. Anesthetics.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Guilherme Carvalhal Ribas.
    Summary: This book is the first to offer a comprehensive guide to understanding the brain's architecture from a topographical viewpoint. Authored by a leading expert in surgical neuroanatomy, this practical text provides tri-dimensional understanding of the cerebral hemispheres, and the relationships between cerebral surfaces and the skull's outer surfaces through detailed brain dissections and actual clinical cases with operative photographs and correlative neuroimaging. For neurosurgeons, neuroradiologists and neurologists at all levels, this book emphasises the anatomy of the sulci and gyri of the cerebral surface. It is an essential resource for the general neurosurgery practice, and more particularly for planning surgical access routes for intracranial tumors.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Elie M. Ferneini, Michael T. Goupil, Margaret A. McNulty, Christine E. Niekrash, editors.
    Summary: In an era of high demand for aesthetic procedures, this text provides a practical and comprehensive look at facial cosmetic surgery to ensure practitioners have the best information available for treating their patients. The editors have extensive academic experience and have authored multiple scientific publications, while the contributions included in the text have been written by experts and leaders in the field. Applied Head and Neck Anatomy for the Facial Cosmetic Surgeon is for a multi-disciplinary audience including oral & maxillofacial surgeons, plastic surgeons, otolaryngologists, cosmetic surgeons, and dentists. Divided into three distinct sections for ease of use, the first section focuses exclusively on localized anesthesia for each region of the head and neck. Chapters focus on the techniques that best affect these regions with a chapter closing the first section, on managing potential anesthetic complications. The second section covers the regional anatomy of the face by offering high definition photos of cadaver dissections and anatomic illustrations to highlight pertinent muscle and bone structures. The third and final section combines the skills detailed in the first two sections and applies them to a variety of surgical, cosmetic procedures.

    Contents:
    Section One: Local Anesthesia for Cosmetic Procedures
    Chapter 1: Overview of Local Anesthesia
    Chapter 2: Intraoral Maxillary Local Anesthetic Techniques
    Chapter 3: Intraoral Mandibular Techniques
    Chapter 4: Extraoral Facial Techniques
    Chapter 5: Cervical Techniques
    Chapter 6: Management of Local Anesthetic Complications
    Section Two: Regional Anatomy
    Chapter 7: Anatomy of the Integumentary System
    Chapter 8: Anatomy of the Periorbit
    Chapter 9: Anatomy of the Nose and Paranasal Sinuses
    Chapter 10: Anatomy of the Auricle
    Chapter 11: Anatomy of the Neck
    Chapter 12: Anatomy of the Chin and Neck
    Chapter 13: Anatomy of the Superficial Face: Muscles of Face and Scalp, Superficial Vessels and Nerves, Major Salivary Glands
    Chapter 14: Muscles of Mastication and the Temporomandibular Joint
    Section Three: Surgical Anatomy
    Chapter 15: Neuromodulators
    Chapter 16: Facial Fillers
    Chapter 17: Facial Resurfacing
    Chapter 18: Forehead and Eyebrow Lift Techniques
    Chapter 19: Facelift
    Chapter 20: Applied Anatomy in Blepharoplasty
    Chapter 21: Otoplasty
    Chapter 22: Chin Augmentation
    Chapter 23: Neck Lift
    Chapter 24: Hair Restoration.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Martin Hewitt and Roshan Adappa.
    Summary: Closely aligned to the Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health (RCPCH) theory examination syllabus and also reflective of current UK practice. Applied Knowledge in Paediatrics will leave the reader with a sound knowledge of all the core topics relevant to paediatrics and child health. It will also provide a useful study aid for those undertaking the MRCPCH Applied Knowledge in Practice examination. The book covers how and why illnesses develop in children and young people, the appropriate investigations and treatment required, the urgency of implementation and the impact of the disease process on the child and their family.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Victor G. Carrión, and John Rettger.
    Summary: Applied Mindfulness: Approaches in Mental Health for Children and Adolescents starts from the premise that mental health clinicians must have their own mindfulness practice before teaching the tenets and techniques of mindfulness to others, including young people. To that end, the book offers readers clear instructions on how to first practice mindfulness in their own lives and then extend their personal practice outward to others. Once this knowledge is internalized, the clinician can focus on mindfulness in terms of its application to specific clinical diagnoses, such as anxiety and depression, attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder, and substance abuse. Because many mental health professionals work in multiple settings, such as in schools, in clinics, and online, the contributors, representing a wide range of creative and authoritative voices, explain how to skillfully tailor mindfulness interventions for effective application across diverse contexts. Drs. Carrion and Rettger, as Director of the Stanford Early Life Stress and Pediatric Anxiety Program (SELSPAP) and Director of SELSPAP's Mindfulness Program, respectively, have been engaged in ongoing community-based work delivering mindfulness and yoga programming to underserved youth and their helpers.

    Contents:
    Developing a personal mindfulness practice / John P. Rettger
    Mindful self-compassion / Karen Bluth, Christine Lathren, Lorraine Hobbs
    State of the research on youth mindfulness / Sarah Zoogman, Eleni Vousoouram, Mari Janikian
    Measuring mindfulness / Matthew S. Goodman, Laila A. Madni, Randye J. Semple
    Anxiety and depression / Laila A. Madni, Matthew S. Goodman, Randye J. Semple
    Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder / Mari Kurahashi
    Grief and loss / Susan Delaney
    Substance abuse / Sam Himelstein, Alejandro Nunez
    Autism spectrum disorders / Allison Morgan, Erik Jacobson
    Immigrant youth / Kristina C. Mendez, Celeste H. Poe, Sita G. Patel
    Mindfulness with incarcerated youth / Sharon Simpson, Stewart Mercer, Sally Wyke, Michael Bready
    Trauma-informed yoga with incarcerated youth / Pamela Lozoff
    Mindfulness at home / Amy Saltzman, Celeste H. Poe
    Mindfulness in schools / Lisa Flook, Meena Srinivasan
    Mindful nature practices / Nicole Ward
    Mindful movement in schools / Catherine Cook-Cottone
    Mindfulness online / Tara Cousineau, Bridget Key, Zev Schuman-Olivier
    Mindfulness and creativity / Sayyed Mohsen Fatemi, Ellen J. Langer.
  • Digital
    edited by Kewal K. Jain.
    Contents:
    An Overview of Methods Used in Neurogenomics and Their Applications
    Gene Expression-Based Approaches to Understanding Huntington{u2019}s Disease and New Tools for the Interpretation of Expression Datasets
    Location Analysis and Expression Profiling Using Next Generation Sequencing for Research in Neurodegenerative Diseases
    RNA Sequencing from Laser Capture Microdissected Brain Tissue to Study Normal Aging and Alzheimer{u2019}s Disease
    Targeted Re-Sequencing in Psychiatric Disorders
    Role of Neurogenomics in the Development of Personalized Neurology.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Robin Wilding.
    Summary: "Applied Oral Physiology: The Integration of Sciences in Clinical Dentistry by prosthodontist, biologist, and educator Robin Wilding integrates basic science topics traditionally taught separately, enabling readers to understand the interconnected relationship between the scientific and clinical aspects of dentistry. On the broadest level, this well-researched, readable, and easy-to-study book brings together related elements of anatomy, physiology, microbiology, and biochemistry. Integration of these areas helps students comprehend the different elements of dental science, thereby improving their ability to understand and treat patient problems. For example, understanding how saliva influences oral health is vital information every dentist needs to know"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The Origins of Teeth
    Dental Hard Tissues
    Oral Mucosa and Periodontium
    The Ecology of the Oral Cavity
    Cell Differentiation in Embryology and Repair
    The Extracellular Matrix
    The Physiology of Bone
    Eruption, Occlusion, and Wear
    The Temporomandibular Joint
    Oral Sensations and Functions
    Aging.
  • Digital
    Anjay Rastogi, Edgar V. Lerma, Joanne M. Bargman, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive guide to peritoneal dialysis (PD). Home dialysis, and more specifically PD, is growing in popularity in the US. By conservative estimates, experts suggest that 45 percent of dialysis patients in the US can be on home dialysis. However, the current penetration rate is only 10 percent. This is changing with an expected major increase in the next 5 years. One of the reasons for the low uptake is that many nephrologists lack comfort and confidence in using PD as a dialysis modality. This book addresses those concerns by covering all aspects of PD. Chapters include its history, patient selection, implementation options, comorbidities, quality of life concerns, and developing approaches to treatment. This comprehensive resource fills the unmet need for a practical, hands-on book that is both detailed and can work as a quick reference. This is an ideal guide for academic nephrologists, private practice nephrologists, NPs, PAs, nurses, fellows, and residents.

    Contents:
    History of peritoneal dialysis
    Physiology of peritoneal dialysis
    Patient selection and training for PD
    Peritoneal dialysis solutions
    Peritoneal dialysis equipment/machines
    PD catheters
    Adequacy of peritoneal dialysis
    Techniques of peritoneal dialysis
    Peritoneal dialysis in acute kidney injury: prescribing acute peritoneal dialysis therapy
    Prescribing chronic peritoneal dialysis therapy
    Urgent Start PD
    Infectious complications related to peritoneal dialysis
    Non- infectious complications during peritoneal dialysis
    Common ESRD complication in PD, and the differences with HD
    Peritoneal dialysis in the diabetic patients
    Peritoneal dialysis in special situations
    Survival in peritoneal dialysis population
    Quality of life in PD patients
    Continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis vs. automated dialysis: are there differences in the outcome?
    Peritoneal dialysis in children
    Intraperitoneal chemotherapy
    Commonly asked questions
    How to build a successful PD program
    Peritoneal dialysis in developing countries.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Stephan Schmidt, Hartmut Derendorf, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive volume provides an update on the current state of pharmacometrics in drug development. It consists of nineteen chapters all written by leading scientists from the pharmaceutical industry, regulatory agencies and academia. After an introduction of the basic pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic concepts of pharmacometrics in drug development, the book presents numerous examples of specific applications that utilize pharmacometrics with modeling and simulations over a variety of therapeutic areas, including pediatrics, diabetes, obesity, infections, psychiatrics, Alzheimer?s disease, and dermatology, among others. The examples illustrate how results from all phases of drug development can be integrated in a more timely and cost-effective process. Applying pharmacometric decision tools during drug development can allow objective, data-based decision making. At the same time, the process can identify redundant or unnecessary experiments as well as some costly clinical trials that can be avoided. In addition to cost saving by expedited development of successful drug candidates, pharmacometrics has an important economic impact in drug product selection. Unsuccessful drug candidates can be identified early and discontinued without expending efforts required for additional studies and allocating limited resources. Hence, pharmacometric modeling and simulation has become a powerful tool to bring new and better medications to the patient at a faster pace and with greater probability of success.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction to Pharmacometrics and Quantitative Pharmacology with an Emphasis on Physiologically Based Pharmacokinetics
    2 Personalized Medicine ? Integrating Individual Exposure and Response Information at the Bedside
    3 Pharmacometrics in Pediatrics
    4 Pharmacometrics in Chronic Kidney Disease
    5 Drug-Disease Model-Based Development of Therapeutic Agents for Treatment of Diabetes
    6 Applied Pharmacometrics in the Obese Population
    7 Pharmacometrics in Cardiovascular Safety
    8 Pharmacometrics in Bacterial Infections
    9 Pharmacometrics in Viral Infections
    10 Applied Antifungal Pharmacometrics: Fluconazole and Echinocandins in the Treatment of Candidemia and Invasive Candidiasis
    11 Pharmacometrics and Tuberculosis
    12 Pharmacometrics in Pulmonary Diseases
    13 State-of-the-Art Pharmacometric Models in Osteoporosis
    14 Pharmacometrics in Psychiatric Diseases
    15 Clinical Trial Simulation in Alzheimer?s Disease
    16 Pharmacometric Applications in Inflammation
    17 Pharmacometrics in Dermatology
    18 Pharmacometrics in Pain Management
    19 Pharmacometrics of Hyperlipidemia.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    editors, Mansoor M. Amiji, PhD, RPh, Distinguished Professor and Chairman, Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences, Director, Laboratory of Biomaterials and Advanced Nano-Delivery Systems (BANDS), School of Pharmacy, Bouve College of Health Sciences, Northeastern University, Boston, Massachusetts, Thomas J. Cook, PhD, RPh, Director of Program Assessment, Associate Professor, Department of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Sciences Touro College of Pharmacy, New York, New York, W. Cary Mobley, PhD, RPh, Clinical Associate Professor, Department of Pharmaceuticals, University of Florida, College of Pharmacy, Gainesville, Florida.
    Summary: This book explores the fundamental physicochemical properties and processes important for understanding how drugs are transformed into usable and stable drug products that release their drug upon administration, and for understanding the different processes that the released drug may encounter on its way to its pharmacological target prior to being eliminated by the body.... The book concludes with an overview of the principles of kinetics that are essential to understanding the rates at which many of the processes discussed in previous chapters occur.

    Contents:
    States of matter related to pharmacuetical formulations / Beverly J. Sandmann, Ann Newman, and Gregory T. Knipp
    Physical properties of solutions / Beverly Sandmann, Antoine Al-Achi, Robert Greenwood
    Ionic equilibria and buffers / Beverly Sandmann, Alekha K. Dash, Antoine Al-Achi, Robert Greenwood
    Solubility, dissolution, and partitioning/ Beverly J. Sandmann and Mansoor M. Amiji
    Mass transport / Mansoor M. Amiji
    Complexation and protein binding / Mansoor M. Amiji
    Dispersed systems / W. Cary Mobley
    Interfacial phenomena / Maria Polikandritou Lambros and Shihong Li Nocolaou
    Rheology / Maria Polikandritou Lambros
    Chemical kinetics of pharmaceuticals / Thomas J. Cook.
    Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2014
  • Print
    editors, W. Cary Mobley, PhD, RPh, Clinical Associate Professor, Department of Pharmaceutics, College of Pharmacy, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida, Mansoor M. Amiji, PhD, RPh, Distinguished Professor and Chairman, Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences, School of Pharmacy, Bouve College of Health Sciences, Northeastern University, Boston, Massachusetts, Thomas J. Cook, PhD, RPh, Freelance Medical and Scientific Writer, New York, New York.
    Summary: "Designed as the core textbook for the required physical pharmacy or pharmaceutics course within the pharmacy school curriculum. With a focus on examples from pharmacy practice, this book presents the chemical and physical chemical principles fundamental to the development of medication dosage forms. Numerous case studies present relevant examples of physical chemical principles in current pharmacy practice.

    Contents:
    Introduction to biopharmaceutics
    States of matter related to pharmaceutical formulations
    Physical properties of solutions
    Ionic equilibria and buffers
    Solubility, dissolution, and partitioning
    Mass transport
    Complexation and protein binding
    Dispersed systems
    Interfacial phenomena
    Rheology
    Chemical kinetics of pharmaceuticals
    Appendix : basic mathematical concepts.
    Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2019
  • Digital
    Seiji Masuda, Shingo Izawa, editors.
    Summary: The focus of this book is to introduce up-to-date information on applications and practical use of RNA for agriculture, biotechnology and medicine. It provides unique ideas, tools, and methods in detail from a variety of scientific and technical disciplines. RNA science has progressed enormously in recent decades, and vast amounts of information on RNA functions and their regulatory mechanisms are becoming available. Such a progress opened the door to an age of practical application of RNA in many fields including agriculture, plant science, medical science, brewing and fermentation technology, and material production. This book inspires its readership and contributes to not only expansion in application of RNA but also to basic research.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Improvement of Yeast Fermentation Efficiency Utilizing mRNAs Preferentially Translated Under Translational Repression; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Translational Repression and Formation of Cytoplasmic mRNP Granules; 1.3 HSP26 Is Preferentially Translated Under Glucose Depletion; 1.4 Translational Repression and Induction of mRNP Granule Formation Due to Ethanol Stress; 1.5 BTN2 Is Preferentially Translated Under Translation Repression Due to High Concentrations of Ethanol; 1.6 Improve Ethanol Tolerance and Fermentability by BTN2 Promoter. 1.7 ADH7 and BDH2 Are Preferentially Translated Under Translational Repression Due to Vanillin1.8 Improvement of Tolerance Against Biomass Conversion Inhibitors Using ADH7 Promoter; 1.9 Characteristics of the Promoters that Enable the Preferential Translation Under the Repression of Overall Protein Synthesis; 1.10 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 2: Constructing Mutant Ribosomes Containing Mutant Ribosomal RNAs; 2.1 Function and Structure of the Ribosome; 2.2 Constructing Mutant Ribosomes Containing Modified rRNAs; 2.2.1 The Use of Non-model Microorganisms. 5.2.5 In Vitro Selection for Structure-Switching Signaling Aptamers5.2.6 Other Types of Modified SELEX; 5.2.6.1 Modified SELEX Using Improved Libraries; 5.2.6.2 Modified SELEX with Improved Aptamer Separation Process; 5.2.6.3 Modified SELEX for Cell Surface or Whole-Cell Targets; 5.3 Biosensor Application of Aptamers for Natural Toxins; 5.3.1 Sensor Types; 5.3.2 Aptasensors for Natural Toxins; 5.4 Conclusions and Future Prospects; References;
    Chapter 6: Rational Design of Artificial Riboswitches; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Research Initiation; 6.3 Bacterial ON-Riboswitches Modulating mRNA Cleavage.
    Chapter 4: Reprogramming of Cells by Lactic Acid Bacteria4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Microbial Communities; 4.3 Modulation of Cellular Homeostasis, Cell Lineage Fate, and Stem Cell Development by Endosymbiotic Microbial Community; 4.4 Cell Reprogramming by Lactic Acid Bacteria (LAB); 4.5 Cell Reprogramming by Members of Mycobacteriaceae; 4.6 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 5: Generation of Aptamers Against Natural Toxins and Their Application as Biosensors; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Strategies for Aptamer Generation; 5.2.1 Classic SELEX; 5.2.2 Allosteric Selection; 5.2.3 CE-SELEX; 5.2.4 GO-SELEX.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    David Culliford.
    Summary: This essential book details intermediate-level statistical methods and frameworks for the clinician and medical researcher with an elementary grasp of health statistics and focuses on selecting the appropriate statistical method for many scenarios. Detailed evaluation of various methodologies familiarizes readers with the available techniques and equips them with the tools to select the best from a range of options. The inclusion of a hypothetical case study between a clinician and statistician charting the conception of the research idea through to results dissemination enables the reader to understand how to apply the concepts covered into their day-to-day clinical practice. Applied Statistical Considerations for Clinical Researchers focuses on how clinicians can approach statistical issues when confronted with a medical research problem by considering the data structure, how this relates to their study's aims and any potential knock-on effects relating to the evidence required to make correct clinical decisions. It covers the application of intermediate-level techniques in health statistics making it an ideal resource for the clinician seeking an up-to-date resource on the topic.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Preliminaries
    Design
    Planning
    Data Acquisition
    Data Manipulation Analysis
    Inferencesty
    Dissemination
    A Case Study
    Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ariel Alonso, Theophile Bigirumurame, Tomasz Burzykowski, Marc Buyse, Geert Molenberghs, Leacky Muchene, Nolen Joy Perualila, Ziv Shkedy, Wim Van der Elst.
    Contents:
    I. Introductory material
    II. Contemporary surrogate endpoint evaluation methods : multiple-trial methods
    III. Software tools
    IV. Additional considerations and further topics.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Applied virology research to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Carl V. Asche, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction to Comparative Effectiveness Research
    2. Randomized Controlled Trials
    3. Observational Studies
    4. Evaluating Published CER Evidence
    5. Epidemiological Principles Applied to CER
    6. The Question of Value
    7. Medical Decision Making: When Evidence and Medical Culture Clash
    8. The Value of Prevention.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by David Hui, Alexander A. Leung, Raj Padwal ; with assistance from Christopher Ma.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by David Hui, Alexander A. Leung, Christopher Ma ; assisted by Anwar Saifal, Caitlyn Collins.
    Summary: The fully updated fifth edition of this highly successful textbook provides an integrated symptom- and issue-based approach to internal medicine with easily accessible, high-yield clinical information. For each topic, carefully organized sections on different diagnoses, investigations, and treatments are designed to facilitate patient care and examination preparation. Numerous clinical pearls and comparison tables are provided to help enhance learning, and international units (US and metric) are used to facilitate application in everyday clinical practice. In addition to the central tenets of internal medicine, the book covers many highly important, rarely discussed topics in medicine, including: palliative care, obstetrical medicine, transfusion reactions, needle stick injuries, interpretation of gram stain, depression and code status discussion. This fifth edition additionally includes new coverage of the coronavirus-19 and cancer survivorship while being fully updated throughout. Authors present this information in a streamlined fashion, preserving the books pocket-sized, quick reference format. Approach to Internal Medicine continues to serve as an essential reference primarily for medical students, residents, and fellows -- with practicing physicians, nurses, and advanced practice providers also finding the text of value as a point of care reference. .

    Contents:
    Pulmonary Medicine
    Cardiology
    Nephrology
    Critical Care
    Gastroenterology
    Hematology
    Oncology
    Infectious Diseases
    Rheumatology
    Neurology
    Endocrinology
    Dermatology
    Geriatrics
    Palliative Care
    Nutrition
    Toxicology and Addiction
    Obstetric Medicine
    General Internal Medicine
    Common Drug Classes
    Appendix I. Advanced Cardiac Life Support
    Appendix II. List of Common Abbreviations
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Satyendra K. Tiwary, editor.
    Summary: The book covers all aspects of lower limb oedema including aetiology, pathophysiology, clinical approach, investigations, differential diagnosis and management. It presents all the medical and surgical aspects of lower limb oedema in a well-illustrated manner for better understanding. It covers the lower limb oedema of different origins separately to highlight the different spectrums in their presentation and management. Separate chapters include special conditions like pregnancy, trauma and vascular malformations. The book augments the learning and knowledge for lower limb oedema management by illustrating all aspects of it. It suggests proceeding with every possible aetiology with a better understanding of pathophysiology and adequate designated investigations. It also includes clinical guidelines that help to solve the diagnostic dilemma in lower limb oedema management with infused points to reach a consensus in each and every possible cause. The book includes recent scientific literature and accepted guidelines adopted from the publications during the last ten years to provide latest knowledge in the field. The approaches discussed in the book with specific importance to clinical workup and meticulous investigation protocols will help the surgeons, physicians, primary care workers as well as surgical resident trainees to reach the correct diagnosis and proper management.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    1: Introduction of Lower Limb Edema
    1.1 Background
    1.2 Introduction
    1.3 Etiology and Classification
    1.4 Pathophysiology
    1.5 Diagnosis
    1.6 Management and Outcome
    1.7 Deep Vein Thrombosis
    1.8 Lymphedema
    1.9 Conclusion
    References
    2: Anatomy of Lower Limb
    2.1 Anatomy of Venous System of the Lower Extremity
    2.2 Embryological Development of Veins of the Lower Extremity: Clinical Aspects of Atypical Anatomy
    2.3 Anatomical Routes Connecting Pelvic Veins with Those of the Lower Extremity 2.4 Anatomy of Lymphatic System of Lower Extremity
    References
    3: Physiological Basis of Lower Limb Edema
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Architecture of Microcirculation Unit
    3.3 Myogenic Autoregulation of Capillary Microcirculation
    3.4 Capillary Endothelium as Regulator of Microcirculation
    3.5 Transcapillary Exchange Across Endothelium
    3.6 Diffusion Across Capillary Endothelium
    3.7 Capillary Filtration as Regulated by Pressure Gradients
    3.8 Lymphatic Circulation
    3.9 Pathophysiology of Edema
    3.10 Thermodynamical Considerations in Edema Therapeutics 3.11 Various Physiological Conditions Affecting Edema Formation
    3.11.1 Effect of Gravity
    3.11.2 Effect of Diet and Nutrition
    3.11.3 Effect of Physical Activity and Posture
    3.11.4 Edema in Pregnancy
    3.11.5 Effect of Altitude Changes
    3.12 Pathological Conditions Presenting with Edema
    3.12.1 Heart Failure
    3.12.2 Hepatic Cirrhosis
    3.12.3 Constrictive Pericarditis and Restrictive Cardiomyopathy
    3.12.4 Renal Diseases
    3.12.5 Medications
    3.12.6 Thyroid Disease
    3.12.7 Lymphatic Obstruction
    3.12.8 Venous Incompetence or Deep Vein Thrombosis 3.12.9 Dermatitis and Lipedema
    3.13 Conclusion
    References
    4: Aetiopathogenesis in Lower Limb Oedema
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Pathogenesis
    4.3 Starling Forces
    4.4 Etiology
    4.5 Heart Diseases
    4.6 Liver Diseases
    4.7 Renal Diseases
    4.8 Venous (or Lymphatic) Drainage Obstruction
    4.9 Deep Vein Thrombosis
    4.10 Chronic Vein Insufficiency
    4.11 Reflex Sympathetic Dystrophy
    4.12 Lymphedema
    4.13 Inflammatory Edema
    4.14 Summary and Conclusion
    References
    5: Clinical Examination in Lower Limb Edema
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Clinical History 5.3 Physical Examination
    5.3.1 Distribution
    5.3.2 Tenderness
    5.3.3 Pitting
    5.3.4 Skin changes
    5.4 Diagnostic Studies
    5.4.1 Laboratory Tests
    5.4.2 Noninvasive Quantitative Methods to Assess Lower Limb Edema
    5.4.3 Water Displacement (Volume Measurements) [16]
    5.4.4 Perometer [17]
    5.4.5 Circumferential Method (with a Tape Measure) [18]
    5.4.6 Bioimpedance (BIA)
    References
    6: Investigations of Lower Limb Edema
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Static Leg Circumference Measurements
    6.3 Static Leg Volume Measurements
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Jerry McCauley, Seyed Mehrdad Hamrahian, Omar H. Maarouf, editors.
    Summary: Chronic kidney disease (CKD) is a major global public health problem, affecting nearly one in seven adults in the United States alone. It is a disease that integrates chronic illness at several levels, and the progressive condition is associated with high rates of co-morbidity. This text provides a comprehensive, current state-of-the art review of this field, serving as a valuable resource for primary care providers and non-nephrology clinicians that treat patients with CKD. It is comprised of 24 chapters focused on specific aspects of the disease. The first 2 chapters provide a bit of background on the disease, describing the anatomy and physiology of the kidney as well as the definition and epidemiology of the disease. The following 3 chapters discuss the detection, prevention and progression of the disease. The next 6 chapters describe the relationship of the disease with other conditions and most common co-morbidities such as diabetes and hypertension. The chapters, that follow focus on the CKD associated complications and the CKD within special populations such as the elderly and minorities as well as dietary restrictions and drug dosing. The book concludes with discussion on preparation for renal replacement therapy and preemptive organ transplantation as an alternative to dialysis in the management of the advanced CKD. Written by experts in the field, Approach to Chronic Kidney Disease is a comprehensive guide for clinicians, especially primary care providers including residents and fellows in training, who take care of chronic kidney disease patients. It is also a useful tool for researchers dealing with this challenging field. .

    Contents:
    Renal Physiology for Primary Care Clinicians
    State of the Care Definition and Epidemiology of CKD
    Screening Tests for CKD Detection
    Prevention of CKD and Retarding the Progression of CKD
    Progression of CKD and Uremic Symptoms
    Diabetic Kidney Disease
    Hypertensive Kidney Disease
    Infection Related Kidney Disease
    Hepatorenal Syndrome
    Lupus Nephritis
    Onco-Nephrology
    Complications of Chronic Kidney Disease: Electrolyte and Acid Base Disorders
    Anemia in chronic kidney disease
    CKD Mineral and Bone Disorder
    Hypertension and Cardiovascular Disease in Patients with Chronic Kidney Disease
    CKD in Elderly: Do old kidneys behave differently
    CKD in Non-Renal Solid Organ Transplantation
    CKD and Pregnancy
    CKD in Minorities: Non-Hispanic blacks, Hispanics Asians Indian Americans
    Nutrition in CKD
    Drug Dosing in CKD: Polypharmacy and Nephrotoxicity
    Use of Iodinated and Gadolinium Containing Contrast Media in CKD
    Preparation for Renal Replacement Therapy
    Pre-emptive Kidney Transplant: An Alternative to Dialysis.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    editors, Manish Srivastava, Neha Srivastava, Pramod W. Ramteke and Pradeep Kumar Mishra.
    Summary: Cellulase is a key enzyme of industrial interest and plays a crucial role in the hydrolysis of cellulose, a prime component of plant cell walls. Cellulase covers a broad area in the global market of industrially important enzymes and it is considered as the third largest industrial enzyme globally. Additionally, cellulase contributes about 20% of the total enzyme market globally because of its massive demand in various industries such as in biofuel production, pulp, paper, textile, food, and beverages, as well as in detergent industries. Among these, the demand of cellulase may become frequently selected in the commercial production of biofuels in the future and thus will further increase demand of cellulase in the biofuel industry. Because biofuel production is still not realized in a cost-effective, practical implementation due to its high cost (the higher cost of biofuels is due to higher production costs of enzymes), there is a need to introduce these types of approaches, which will help to lower the cost of enzyme production for developing overall economic biofuel production.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; About the Editors;
    Chapter 1: Fungal Cellulases: New Avenues in Biofuel Production; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Classification, Production, and Mode of Action; 1.3 Cellulase as Biofuels; 1.3.1 Bioethanol; 1.3.1.1 Stages/Processing Route; Pretreatment; Hydrolysis; Fermentation; 1.3.1.2 Factors Affecting Bioethanol Manufacturing; Temperature; Inoculum; Agitation Rate; Fermentation Time; 1.3.1.3 Bioethanol-Based Economy; 1.3.1.4 Recent Status of Bioethanol Production; 1.4 Advantages of Fungal Cellulase; 1.5 Industrial Application 1.5.1 Function of Cellulase in Several Industries1.5.1.1 Biofuels; 1.5.1.2 Textile Industry; 1.5.1.3 Pulp and Paper Industry; 1.5.1.4 Agriculture Industries; 1.5.1.5 Animal Feed Industries; 1.5.1.6 Other Applications; 1.6 Current Status; 1.7 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 2: An Insight into Fungal Cellulases and Their Industrial Applications; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Fungal Cellulases; 2.2.1 Cellulases from Aspergillus; 2.2.2 Cellulases from Trichoderma; 2.2.3 Cellulases from Penicillium; 2.2.4 Cellulases from Other Genera; 2.3 Conclusion; References 4.3.2 Optimization Process for Enhanced Cellulose Production4.4 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 5: Role of Solid-State Fermentation to Improve Cost Economy of Cellulase Production; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 SSF Mode of Cellulase Production; 5.3 SmF Versus SSF; 5.4 Microbes and Other Conditions in SSF; 5.5 Role of Inducer/Accessory Proteins in Cellulase Production; 5.6 Cellulase Optimization Strategies; 5.7 Microbial Consortia Applications; 5.8 Process Economy of Production and Extraction in SSF Mode; 5.9 Pilot-Scale Production Strategies; 5.10 Conclusion; References
    Chapter 3: Comparative Study of Cellulase Production Using Submerged and Solid-State Fermentation3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Cellulase Production by Submerged Fermentation; 3.3 Cellulase Production by Solid-State Fermentation; 3.4 Summary; 3.5 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 4: Microorganisms for Cellulase Production: Availability, Diversity, and Efficiency; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Identification of New Strains with Potential for Cellulose Production; 4.3 Microorganisms as Tools for Efficient Cellulase Production; 4.3.1 Fermentative Process Parameters
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Robin Canuel and Chad Crichton.
    Summary: "Liaison librarianship is a well-established system for framing the work and organizational structures of an academic library to effectively meet the needs of faculty and students. But despite its rich history, the precise meaning of liaison librarianship remains somewhat fluid--the size and nature of an academic institution, the library's financial and human resources, and the diversity and size of local programs are only some of the variables that librarians must take into consideration when evaluating a specific liaison model for their library, how to implement it, and how its success will be assessed. Approaches to Liaison Librarianship showcases a number of different implementations of the liaison model, across a range of institutions, and describes in detail many of the tailored programs and services that liaison librarians are so well-positioned to provide"-- Publisher's description

    Contents:
    The establishment and evolution of a liaison librarian program / Angela D. Hamilton
    Creating and managing a new liaison organizational model: strategies for success / Gary W. White and Yelena Luckert
    Getting on the change train: facilitating a reframing of the liaison model / Jeannie Bail and Marc Bragdon
    Cultivating liaison leadership: pathways to management / Kerry M. Creelman, Andrea R. Malone, Lisa Martin, and Veronica Arellano Douglas
    A delicate balance: fostering a collaborative work environment in the life of a merged library / Natalie Waters
    Building bridges beyond the library: outreach activities for liaison librarians / Lisa M. Woznicki
    Move out and move in: an embedded approach to liaison roles / Helen Power and Sharon Munro
    The embedded instruction liaison librarian: creating a workshop series for future professionals / Lindsay McNiff
    Better together: collaboratively designing and teaching a problem-based public health course / Lana Mariko Wood
    Research in the studio, artists in the stacks: mapping information literacy and the library in a studio arts program / Larissa Garcia and Jessica Labatte
    Telling a compelling story: using the guidelines for primary source literacy to teach students how to critically use original library documents / Sandy Hervieux
    The more we work together: supporting student research through librarian-faculty collaboration in an online graduate course / Jenny Harris and Catherine Gatewood-Keim
    Extending our reach: collaborating and creating an e-learning resource for social science graduate students / Christena A. McKillop
    Best of both worlds: transitioning roles for a liaison librarian to an embedded librarian by becoming an adjunct instructor / Melissa E. Johnson
    Working with faculty development groups: building mutually beneficial relationships to deepen liaison librarian-faculty collaborations / Theresa McDevitt, Stephanie Taylor-Davis, and Carrie Bishop
    Uncovering indigenous knowledge at the cultural interface: liaison-led initiatives to decolonize academic library collections / Michael Dudley and April Blackbird
    Speaking across silos: understanding the commonalities between subject and functional roles / Pamella R. Lach, Amanda Lanthorne, and Laurel Bliss
    Liaison and scholarly communication librarians collaborating to support faculty and students / Sarah A. Norris, Sandra Avila, and Buenaventura Basco
    Entrepreneurship unbound: liaison librarians supporting entrepreneurship in the university environment / Jordan M. Nielsen
    Beyond the looking glass: applying a futures thinking perspective for managing liaison roles / Cinthya Ippoliti.
  • Digital
    Mirza Hasanuzzaman, editor.
    Summary: In this comprehensive book, plant biologists and environmental scientists present the latest information on different approaches to the remediation of inorganic pollutants. Highlighting remediation techniques for a broad range of pollutants, the book offers a timely compilation to help readers understand injury and tolerance mechanisms, and the subsequent improvements that can be achieved by plant-based remediation. Gathering contributions by respected experts in the field, the book represents a valuable asset for students and researchers, particularly plant physiologists, environmental scientists, biotechnologists, botanists, soil chemists and agronomists.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Ion homeostasis and its role in salt remediation by halophytes
    Chapter 2. Role of Transporters in Accumulating Salt Ions by Halophytes
    Chapter 3. Dual Role of Nitrogen: Essential Plant Mineral Element and Source of Inorganic Pollution
    Chapter 4. Synthesis and regulation of secondary metabolites in plants in conferring tolerance to toxic metals and inorganic pollutants
    Chapter 5. Bicarbonate toxicity and elevated pH in plants: Metabolism, regulation and tolerance
    Chapter 6. Antioxidant defense systems and remediation of metal toxicity in plants
    Chapter 7. Current Research on the Role of Plant Primary and Secondary Metabolites in Response to Cadmium Stress
    Chapter 8. The current scenario and prospects of immobilization remediation technique for the management of heavy metals contaminated soils
    Chapter 9. Inhibition of donor and acceptor side of Photosystem II by cadmium ions
    Chapter 10. Physiological and Molecular Mechanism of Metalloid Tolerance in Plants
    Chapter 11. Heavy metals-induced morphophysiological and biochemical changes in Mentha piperita L.
    Chapter 12. Heavy Metals-induced Physiological and Biochemical changes in Fenugreek (Trigonella foenum-graceum L.)
    Chapter 13. Copper-induced responses in different plant species
    Chapter 14. Concept and types of phytoremediation
    Chapter 15. Bioremediation of Heavy Metals Using the Symbiosis Between Leguminous Plants and Genetically Engineered Rhizobia
    Chapter 16. Metallothionein- and Phytochelatin-assisted mechanism of heavy metal detoxification in microalgae
    Chapter 17. Efficacy of Duckweeds for phytoremediation: Morpho-physiological and biochemical alterations
    Chapter 18. Metals Phytoextraction by Brassica species
    Chapter 19. Molecular Basis of Plant-Microbes Interaction in Remediating Metals and Inorganic Pollutants.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Mariano Bizzarri, editors.
    Summary: This volume - for pharmacologists, systems biologists, philosophers and historians of medicine - points to investigate new avenues in pharmacology research, by providing a full assessment of the premises underlying a radical shift in the pharmacology paradigm. The pharmaceutical industry is currently facing unparalleled challenges in developing innovative drugs. While drug-developing scientists in the 1990s mostly welcomed the transformation into a target-based approach, two decades of experience shows that this model is failing to boost both drug discovery and efficiency. Selected targets were often not druggable and with poor disease linkage, leading to either high toxicity or poor efficacy. Therefore, a profound rethinking of the current paradigm is needed. Advances in systems biology are revealing a phenotypic robustness and a network structure that strongly suggest that exquisitely selective compounds, compared with multitarget drugs, may exhibit lower than desired clinical efficacy. This appreciation of the role of polypharmacology has significant implications for tackling the two major sources of attrition in drug development, efficacy and toxicity. Integrating network biology and polypharmacology holds the promise of expanding the current opportunity space for druggable targets.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Revisiting the concept of human disease (Mariano Bizzarri, Mirko Minini, and Noemi Monti)
    Chapter 2. Dynamical aspects of pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamics and quantitative systems pharmacology models (Ioannis Loisios-Konstantinidis, Panteleimon D. Mavroudis, Panos Macheras)
    Chapter 3. The efficiency of multi-target drugs: a network approach (Lucas N. Alberca, Alan Talevi)
    Chapter 4. Mining Complex Biomedical Literature for Actionable Knowledge on Rare Diseases (Vinicius M. Alvesa, Stephen J. Capuzzia, Nancy Baker, Eugene N. Muratov, Alexander Trospsha, and Anthony J. Hickey)
    Chapter 5. Big Data, Personalized Medicine and Network Pharmacology: beyond the current paradigms (Alessandro Giuliani and Virginia Todde)
    Chapter 6. Epigenetic Control Using Small Molecules in Cancer (Tomohiro Kozako, Yukihiro Itoh, Shinichiro Honda, Takayoshi Suzuki)
    Chapter 7. Multiscale Modelling of Cancer: Micro-, Meso- and Macro-scales of Growth and Spread (Mark AJ Chaplain)
    Chapter 8. Precision Oncology vs Phenotypic approaches in the management of cancer: a case for the postmitotic state (Armando Aranda-Anzaldo and Myrna A.R. Dent)
    Chapter 9. Migrastatics
    anti-metastatic drugs targeting cancer cell invasion (Aneta Gandalovičová , Daniel Rosel , Jan Brábek)
    Chapter 10. Critical steps in Epithelial-Mesenchymal transition as target for cancer treatment (Evgeny V. Denisov, Mohit Kumar Jolly, Vitaly P. Shubin, Alexey S. Tsukanov, Nadezhda V. Cherdyntseva)
    Chapter 11. Targeting the tumor-associated macrophages for 'normalizing' cancer (Julia Kzhyshkowska)
    Chapter 12. Tumor Reversion induced by embryo and oocyte extracts (Sara Proietti, Andrea Pensotti and Alessandra Cucina)
    Chapter 13. Trabectedin, a drug acting on both cancer cells and the tumor microenvironment (Paola Allavena, Manuela Liguori, Cristina Belgiovine)
    Chapter 14. Advances in Characterizing Recently-identified Molecular Actions of Melatonin: Clinical Implications (Russel J. Reiter, Ramaswamy Sharma, Sergio A. Rosales-Corral, Ana Coto-Montes, Jose Antonio Boga, Jerry Vriend)
    Chapter 15. Multitarget activities of Inositol and Inositol Hexakisphosphate (Ivana Vucenik)
    Chapter 16. Integration of Phytochemicals and Phytotherapy into Cancer Precision Medicine (Nadire Özenver and Thomas Efferth)
    Chapter 17. Synergistic Effects of Chinese Herbal Medicine and Biological Networks (Deep Jyoti Bhuyan, Saumya Perera1, Kirandeep Kaur, Muhammad A. Alsherbiny, Mitchell Low, Sai-Wang Seto, Chun-Guang Li, Xian Zhou)
    Chapter 18. Medicinal herbs: its therapeutic use in obstetrics and gynaecology (Irene Orbe, Daniel Paz, Leyre Pejenaute, Andrea Puente, Laura Diaz de Alda, Sandra Yague, Iñaki Lete)
    Chapter 19. Overcoming Antibiotic Resistance: New Perspectives (Matteo Bassetti, Elda Righi).
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Gulab Singh Yadav, Vikas Kumar, Neeraj K. Aggarwal, editors.
    Summary: The book discusses the basics of aptamers and the advent of aptamer-based technology in recent times. The book covers the diverse applications of aptamers, such as in detection of animal and plant pathogens, disease diagnosis and therapeutics, environmental contamination detection etc. Besides these applications, the book also describes the use of these synthetic or modified DNA, as drug delivery vehicles. The different chapters describe how the binding capacity and specificity of aptamers can be exploited in various ways. The book also discusses how these attributes of aptamers can outdo the antibody technology in biomedical and diagnostic solutions. This crisp and concise book gives the readers an insight into the most recent biotechnological applications of aptamers.

    Contents:
    Aptamer: The Science of Synthetic DNA
    Recent updates for isolation of aptamers for various biothreat agents using different strategies and their role in detection applications
    Aptamer: A Futuristic Approach in Diagnosis Rivaling Antibodies
    Aptamer: Apt System for Target-specific Drug Delivery
    Aptamers: Novel therapeutic and diagnostic molecules
    Different approaches for aptamer conjugated drugs preparation
    Nucleic acid guided molecular tool for in-vivo theranostic applications
    Current development and future prospects of aptamer based protein targeting
    Aptasensor- Possible design and strategy for aptamer based sensor
    Aptamer-based biosensors for detection of environmental pollutants
    Role of aptamers in plant defense mechanism against viral diseases
    Aptamer- a next generation tool for application in agricultural industry for food safety.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Simon Goddek, Alyssa Joyce, Benz Kotzen, Gavin M. Burnell, editors.
    OAPEN (Open Access Publishing in European Networks).. OAPEN
    Summary: This open access book, written by world experts in aquaponics and related technologies, provides the authoritative and comprehensive overview of the key aquaculture and hydroponic and other integrated systems, socio-economic and environmental aspects. Aquaponic systems, which combine aquaculture and vegetable food production offer alternative technology solutions for a world that is increasingly under stress through population growth, urbanisation, water shortages, land and soil degradation, environmental pollution, world hunger and climate change.

    Contents:
    PART 1: FRAMEWORK CONDITIONS IN A RESOURCE LIMITED WORLD 1: Aquaponics and Global Food Challenges 2: Aquaponics: closing the cycle on limited water, land and nutrient resources 3: Recirculating Aquaculture Technology 4: Hydroponic Technology PART 2: SPECIFIC AQUAPONIC TECHNOLOGY 5: Aquaponics: The Basics 6: Bacterial Relationships in Aquaponics: New Research Directions 7: Coupled Aquaponic Systems 8: Decoupled Aquaponic Systems 9: Nutrient Cycling 10: Aerobic & Anaerobic Treatments for Aquaponic Sludge Reduction and Mineralisation 11: Systems Modelling 12: Aquaponics: Alternative Types and Approaches PART 3: PERSPECTIVE FOR SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT 13: Fish Diets in Aquaponics 14: Plant Pathogens and Control Strategies in Aquaponics 15: Smarthoods: Aquaponics Integrated Microgrids 16: Aquaponics for the Anthropocene: Towards a 'sustainable first' Agenda PART 4: MANAGEMENT & MARKETING 17: Insight into Risk in Aquatic Animal Health in Aquaponics 18: Commercial Aquaponics
    A Long Road Ahead 19: Aquaponics: The Ugly Duckling in Organic Regulation 20: Regulatory Frameworks for Aquaponics within the EU 21: Aquaponics in the Built Environment PART 5: AQUAPONICS AND EDUCATION 22: Aquaponics as an Educational Tool 23: Opportunities and challenges in using aquaponics among young people at school
    a Danish perspective 24: Aquaponics and Social Enterprise.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Baoxue Yang, editor.
    Contents:
    Molecular biology of aquaporins / Chunling Li, Weidong Wang
    The evolutionary aspects of aquaporin family / Kenichi Ishibashi, Yoshiyuki Morishita, Yasuko Tanaka
    Transport characteristics of aquaporins / Xiaoqiang Geng, Baoxue Yang
    Aquaporins and gland secretion / Christine Delporte
    Aquaporins in nervous system / Mengmeng Xu, Ming Xiao, Shao Li, Baoxue Yang
    Aquaporins in cardiovascular system / Lu Tie, Di Wang, Yundi Shi, Xuejun Li
    Aquaporins in respiratory system / Yuanlin Song, Linlin Wang, Jian Wang, Chunxue Bai
    Aquaporins in digestive system / Shuai Zhu Bachelor, Jianhua Ran, Baoxue Yang, Zhechuan Mei
    Aquaporins in urinary system / Yingjie Li, Weiling Wang, Tao Jiang, Baoxue Yang
    The physiological role and regulation of aquaporins in teleost germ cells / Joan Cerdà, Fraṅçois Chauvigné, Roderick Nigel Finn
    Aquaporins in the skin / Ravi Patel, L. Kevin Heard, Xunsheng Chen, Wendy B. Bollag
    Aquaporins in the eye / Thuy Linh Tran, Steffen Hamann, Steffen Heegaard
    Aquaporins in fetal development / Nora Martínez, Alicia E. Damiano
    Diabetes insipidus / H.A. Jenny Lu
    Aquaporins in obesity / Inês Vieira da Silva, Graça Soveral
    Aquaporin-targeted therapeutics: state-of-the-field / Lukmanee Tradtrantip, Bjung-Ju Jin, Xiaoming Yao [and others]
    Water transport mediated by other membrane proteins / Boyue Huang, Hongkai Wang, Baoxue Yang
    Methods to measure water permeability / Evgeniy I. Solenov, Galina S. Baturina, Liubov E. Katkova [and others].
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Christian E.W. Steinberg.
    Summary: This book is a unique cross fertilization of aquatic ecology and aquaculture. It shows how diets structure the digestive tract and its microbiota and, in turn, the microbiota influences life history traits of its host, including behavior. Short-term starvation can have beneficial effects on individuals themselves and succeeding generations which may acquire multiple stress resistances - a mechanism strengthening the persistence of populations. From terrestrial, but not yet from aquatic animals, it is understood that circadian the rhythmicity makes toxins or good food. On the long-term, the dietary basis impacts succeeding generations and can trigger a sympatric speciation by (epi)-genetics. This volume defines gaps in nutritional research and practice of farmed fishes and invertebrates by referring to knowledge from marine and freshwater biology. It also points out that dietary benefits and deficiencies have effects on several succeeding generations, indicating that well designed diets may have the potential to successfully improve broodstock and breeding effort.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Abbreviations and Glossary; Chapter 1: Introduction
    'You Are What You Eat'; Appendix; Technical Note; References; Chapter 2: Diets and Digestive Tracts
    'Your Food Determines Your Intestine'; 2.1 Digestive Tract; 2.2 Digestion; 2.2.1 Protein Digestion; 2.2.2 Lipid Digestion; 2.2.3 Carbohydrate Digestion; 2.3 Ontogenesis and the Intestine; 2.3.1 Fishes; 2.3.2 Invertebrates; 2.3.2.1 Echinoderms; 2.3.2.2 Crustaceans; 2.4 Herbivory, a Disadvantageous Acquization Strategy?; 2.4.1 Fishes; 2.4.2 Invertebrates; 2.5 Starvation and Gut Morphology. 2.6 Trophic Positions: An Omnivores' Dilemma?2.7 Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 3: The Intestinal Microbiota
    'Your Eating Feeds a Plethora of Guests' and 'This Plethora of Guests Determines Who You Are and How Well You Do'; 3.1 Invertebrates; 3.1.1 Hydrozoa; 3.1.2 Mollusks; 3.1.3 Echinoderms; 3.1.4 Crustaceans; 3.2 Fishes; 3.2.1 Microbiome Ontogenesis; 3.2.2 Does a Core Microbiome Exist?; 3.2.2.1 Microbiome and Starvation; 3.2.2.2 Host's Impact on Microbiota; 3.2.2.3 Environmental Impact on Microbiota; 3.2.2.4 Diet; 3.2.3 Zebrafish as Witness of Microbiome Development. 3.2.4 Control Functions by Gut Microbiota3.2.4.1 Circadian Clock; 3.2.4.2 Behavior; 3.2.4.3 Development and Health; 3.3 Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 4: Dietary Restriction, Starvation, Compensatory Growth
    'Short-Term Fasting Does Not Kill You: It Can Make You Stronger'; 4.1 Indicators of Starvation; 4.2 Starvation Tolerance and Starvation Impact; 4.2.1 Cnidarians; 4.2.2 Rotifers; 4.2.3 Mollusks; 4.2.4 Echinoderms; 4.2.5 Crustaceans; 4.2.5.1 Ostracods; 4.2.5.2 Cladocerans; 4.2.5.3 Copepods; 4.2.5.4 Amphipods and Isopods; 4.2.5.5 Euphausiids; 4.2.5.6 Decapods; 4.2.6 Fishes. 4.2.6.1 Livebearers4.2.6.2 Cavefish; 4.2.6.3 Killifishes; 4.2.7 Summary of Starvation Effects; 4.2.8 Starvation: Point-of-no-Return; 4.3 Compensatory Growth; 4.3.1 Invertebrates; 4.3.1.1 Mollusks; 4.3.1.2 Crustaceans; 4.3.1.3 Insects; 4.3.2 Fishes; 4.3.2.1 Overcompensatory Growth; 4.3.2.2 Costs of Compensatory Growth; 4.4 Compensatory Growth in Populations; 4.5 Regulation of Compensatory Growth; 4.5.1 Appetite-Regulating Hormones; 4.5.2 Neuropeptides; 4.5.3 Transcription of Growth Regulators; 4.5.3.1 Information from Transgenic Animals; 4.6 Concluding remarks; References. Chapter 5: Chrononutrition
    'The Clock Makes Good Food'5.1 How Does a Biological Clock Work?; 5.1.1 Fishes; 5.1.2 Invertebrates; 5.2 Food and Circadian Gene Transcription; 5.2.1 Major Nutrients; 5.2.2 Xenobiotic or Antinutritional Compounds; 5.3 Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 6: Transgenerational Effects
    'Your Offspring Will Become What You Eat'; 6.1 Parental Effects; 6.1.1 Maternal Effects; 6.1.1.1 Invertebrates; 6.1.1.2 Fishes; Egg and Embryo Quality; Transgenerational Metabolic Programming; Offspring Immunity and Fecundity; 6.1.2 Paternal Effects; 6.1.2.1 Male Pregnancy.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Domenico Bonamonte, Gianni Angelini, editors.
    Contents:
    Preface
    1 Introduction and general principles
    2 The aquatic environment and its biotoxins: Toxic aquatic animals
    3 The aquatic environment and the function of biotoxins
    4 Biochemistry of biotoxins in the aquatic environment
    5 Dermatitis caused by Coelenterates: Coelenterates nematocysts
    6 Dermatitis caused by Coelenterates: Nematocyst poison
    7 Dermatitis caused by Coelenterates: Reactions to jellyfish
    8 Dermatitis caused by Coelenterates: Reactions to sea anemones
    9 Seabather eruption
    10 Dermatitis caused by Coelenterates: Reactions to physaliae (Skin and systemic reactions)
    11 Dermatitis caused by Echinoderms
    12 Dermatitis caused by Molluscs
    13 Lesions caused by Arthropods
    14 Dermatitis caused by sponges
    15 Dermatitis caused by algae and Bryozoans
    16 Dermatitis caused by aquatic worms
    17 Dermatitis caused by fish
    18 Dermatitis caused by aquatic bacteria
    19 Aquatic skin diseases from physical and chemical causes.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Kleber Del-Claro, Rhainer Guillermo, editors.
    Summary: This book presents a broad view of the ecology and behavior of aquatic insects, raising awareness of this conspicuous and yet little known fauna that inhabits inland waterbodies such as rivers, lakes and streams, and is particularly abundant and diverse in tropical ecosystems. The chapters address topics such as distribution, dispersal, territoriality, mating behavior, parental care and the role of sensory systems in the response to external and internal cues. In the context of ecology, it discusses aquatic insects as bio indicators that may be used to assess environmental disturbances, either in protected or urban areas, and provides insights into how genetic connectivity can support the development of novel conservation strategies. It also explores how aquatic insects can inspire solutions for various problems faced by modern society, presenting examples in the fields of material science, optics, sensorics and robotics.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Aquatic Insects
    why it is important to dedicate our time on their study?
    Distribution and Habitats of Aquatic Insects
    Dispersal by Aquatic Insects
    Effects of Abiotic Factors and Ecogeographic Patterns on the Ecology, Distribution and Behavior of Aquatic Insects
    The Biotic Environment: Multiple Interactions in an Aquatic World
    Drumming for Love: Mating Behavior in Stoneflies
    Aquatic Insect Sensilla: Morphology and Function
    Territoriality in Aquatic Insects
    Defenses of Water Insects
    Reproductive Behavior and Sexual Selection
    Sexual Conflict in Water Striders, Dragonflies and Diving Beetles
    Paternal Care in Giant Water Bugs
    The Aquatic Lepidopterans: A Mysterious and Unknown Fauna
    Urban Aquatic Insects
    The Tinbergen Shortfall: Developments on Aquatic Insect Behavior that are Critical for Freshwater Conservation
    Genetic Connectivity in Conservation of Freshwater Insects
    Aquatic Insects as a Source for Biomimetics
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Laith A. Jawad, editor.
    Summary: The Arabian Seas Marine Region encompasses marine areas from Djibouti to Pakistan, including the northern part of Somalia, the Red Sea, the Arabian/Persian Gulf, and parts of the Arabian Sea. Human pressures on the coastal and marine environments are evident throughout the region, and have resulted in harmful environmental effects. Oil and domestic, urban and industrial pollutants in several areas of this part of the world have caused local habitat degradation, eutrophication and algal blooms. Further, coastal landfill, dredging, and sedimentation, as well as nutrient and sediment runoff from phosphate mining, agriculture and grazing, and reduction in freshwater seepage due to groundwater extraction are all contributing to the degradation of coastal environments. This book discusses aspects not covered in other books on the region, which largely focus on marine biodiversity, and examines several environmental challenges that are often ignored, but which have a significant impact on the environment. Evaluating the status quo, it also recommends conservation measures and examines the abiotic factors that play a major main role in the environmental changes. Lastly, the book addresses the biodiversity of the area, providing a general context for the conservation and management measures discussed.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Editor and Contributors
    Introduction
    1 The Name of the Studied Area
    2 The Geographical and Geological Settings
    3 Biodiversity
    4 Faunal Domains
    References
    Part I: Historical Perspectives
    History and Geography of the Arabian Gulf
    1 Introduction
    2 The Arabian Gulf in General
    2.1 Names of the Gulf
    2.2 History of the Arabian Gulf Before Christ
    2.3 History of the Arabian Gulf After Christ
    2.4 The Ottomans and the Desired World Powers
    3 History of Arabian Gulf Countries
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Kuwait 3.1 Tidal Variation off Kuwaiti Territorial Waters
    3.2 Tide-Induced Current in the Kuwaiti Territorial Waters
    3.3 Maximum Significant Wave Heights in the Kuwaiti Territorial Waters
    3.4 Wave Period in Kuwaiti Territorial Waters
    3.5 Water Transparency in Kuwaiti Territorial Waters
    3.6 Seawater Turbidity Around Boubyan Island in Kuwait Based on Field Measurements
    4 Conclusions
    References
    Low Oxygen Zones Predict Future Condition of Fish Under Climate Change
    1 Introduction
    2 Data Resources and Analysis
    3 Results Obtained
    4 Discussion
    Appendix
    References 3.3 Bahrain
    3.4 Qatar
    3.5 The United Arab Emirates
    3.6 Sultanate of Oman
    3.7 Saudi Arabia
    References
    Documents
    Periodicals
    Books
    Map
    The Prehistoric Fishers and Gatherers of the Northern and Western Coasts of the Arabian Sea
    1 Introduction
    2 Environmental Conditions, Natural Resources, and Coastal Constraints
    3 History of the Research
    4 Resources Exploitation
    5 Seafaring
    6 Social Aspects of the Exploitation of Marine Resources
    7 Inferring Fishing Gears and Methods from Material Culture Remains
    8 Discussion
    References Part II: Environmental Aspects
    The Biogeochemical Features of Kuwaiti Water in the Northwestern Arabian Gulf: Current State of Knowledge and Future
    1 Introduction and Background
    2 Hydrography: The Physical Settings
    3 Climatically Important Gases and Their Components
    4 Biogeochemistry of Bio-essential Macronutrients and Trace Elements
    5 Chlorophyll a and Productivity
    6 Impact of Anthropogenic Perturbations and Climate Change in Kuwaiti Waters
    7 Concluding Remarks and Future Recommendations
    References Some Physical Oceanographic Aspects of Kuwait and Arabian Gulf Marine Environment
    1 Introduction
    2 Some Physical Oceanographic Aspects of Arabian Gulf
    2.1 Precipitation, Evaporation, and Flow of Seawater in and out of Arabian Gulf
    2.2 General Topography of the Countries Around Arabian Gulf
    2.3 Bathymetry of Arabian Gulf
    2.4 Tidal Variation in the Arabian Gulf
    2.5 Wind Speed and Direction
    2.6 Maximum Tidal Current in the Arabian Gulf
    2.7 Maximum Wave Heights and Periods Inside the Arabian Gulf
    3 Some Physical Oceanographic Aspects of Kuwaiti Territorial Waters
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Zengxiang Ge.
    Summary: This book summarizes the latest studies on plant reproduction and multiple aspects of signaling in reproductive development. It also presents the most advanced processes in CrRLK1L receptor and RALF peptide studies during plant development. Focusing on signaling in pollen tube integrity and sperm release regulation, it provides significant insights into the BUPS-ANX receptor complex and the corresponding ligands RALF4/19 to promote pollen tube growth with proper cell integrity. It also proposes a working model of female tissue-derived RALF34 competing with RALF4/19 from the BUPS-ANX to trigger pollen tube rupture and sperm release. Offering a detailed overview of the spatiotemporal regulation mechanism underlying the control of pollen tube integrity and sperm release, the book fills a major gap in our understanding of plant reproductive processes, and as such is a valuable resource for those working in the area of plant signaling.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Supervisor's Foreword
    Abstract
    Parts of this book have been published in the following articles:Ge, Z., Bergonci, T., Zhao, Y.L., Zou, Y.J., Du, S., Liu, M.C., Luo, X.J., Ruan, H., Garcia-Valencia, L.E., Zhong, S., et al. (2017). Arabidopsis pollen tube integrity and sperm release are regulated by RALF-mediated signaling. Science 358, 1596-1599.Ge, Z., Cheung, A.Y., and Qu, L-J. (2019). Pollen tube integrity regulation in flowering plants: insights from molecular assemblies on the pollen tube surface. New Phytol. 222, 687-693
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Abbreviations 1 Review of Cell-Cell Communication in Plant Reproduction
    1.1 Overview of Plant Reproduction
    1.1.1 Interaction Between Pollen and the Stigma
    1.1.2 Pollen Tube Growth in the Transmitting Tract
    1.1.3 Pollen Tube Guidance
    1.1.4 Pollen Tube Reception
    1.1.5 Male and Female Gametophyte Fusion
    1.2 Plant Peptides and RLKs-Mediated Signaling in Plant Fertilization
    1.3 Summary and Perspective
    References
    2 Receptor-Like Kinases BUPS1/2 are Involved in Pollen Tubes Integrity Maintenance in Arabidopsis
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Materials and Methods
    2.2.1 Plant Material 2.2.2 Strains and Plasmids
    2.2.3 Chemicals and Reagents
    2.2.4 Methods
    2.3 Results
    2.3.1 Expression Pattern and Subcellular Localization of BUPS1/2
    2.3.2 Using CRISPR/Cas9 Technology to Knock Out BUPS1/2
    2.3.3 bups1 and bups1 bups2 Mutant Show Fertility Defect
    2.3.4 bups1 and bups1 bups2 are Male Sterile
    2.3.5 Pollen Development of bups1 or bups1 bups2 is Normal
    2.3.6 The Pollen Tube of bups1 and bups1 bups2 Rupture Prematurely
    2.3.7 BUPS1/2 Interact with ANX1/2 to Form a Receptor Complex
    2.4 Discussion
    References 3 RALF4/19 are Autocrine Signals to Maintain Pollen Tubes Integrity
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Materials and Methods
    3.2.1 Plant Material
    3.2.2 Strains and Plasmids
    3.2.3 Chemicals and Reagents
    3.2.4 Methods
    3.3 Results
    3.3.1 Expression Pattern and Subcellular Localization of RALF4/19
    3.3.2 Using CRISPR/Cas9 Technology to Knock Out RALF4/19
    3.3.3 ralf4 ralf19 Double Mutants are Male Sterile
    3.3.4 ralf4 ralf19 Exhibits bups1 bups2-like Phenotypes
    3.3.5 RALF4/19 Interact with BUPS1/2 Ectodomains
    3.3.6 RALF4/19 Show High Affinity to ANX1/2
    3.4 Discussion
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Knut Wester.
    Contents:
    1. Intracranial arachnoid cysts and headache
    2. Clinical presentation, symptoms, and complaints: dizziness/vertigo
    3. Intracranial arachnoid cysts and epilepsy
    4. Arachnoid cyst and visual function
    5. Clinical presentation, symptoms, and complaints- what matters: size, location, or intracystic pressure?
    6. Intracranial arachnoid cysts and mental function
    7. Controversies in the management of intracranial arachnoid cysts
    8. Clinical, radiological, and neuropsychological evidence in favor of surgical decompression
    9. Surgical techniques, results, and complications: microsurgical techniques- traditional craniotomy
    10. Microsurgical techniques- the keyhole approach
    11. Endoscopic techniques in arachnoid cyst surgery
    12. Shunt techniques- cystoperitoneal shunt
    13. Surgical techniques, results, and complications: shunt techniques- cystosubdural shunt, cystoventiricular shunt/stent
    14. Overdrainage syndromes in shunted arachnoid cysts
    15. Arachnoid cyst- anesthesia and postoperative management
    16. Pre- and postoperative quality of life in arachnoid cyst patients
    17. Pediatric spinal arachnoid cysts
    18. Pediatric cranial arachnoid cysts
    19. Spinal arachnoid cysts
    20. Arahnoid cysts and risk of sport-related brain injury
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Knut Wester.
    Contents:
    1. Arachnoid cysts- historical perspectives and controversial aspects
    2. Arachnoid cysts- intracranial locations, gender, and sidedness
    3. Molecular biology and genetics: gene expression, twin studies and familial occurrence, and syndromes associated with AC
    4. Arachnoic cysts in glutaric aciduria type I (GA-I)
    5. Ultrastructure of arachnoid cysts
    6. Pathophysiology of intracranial arachnoid cysts: hypoperfusion of adjacent cortex
    7. Biochemistry- composition of and possible mechanisms for production of arachnoid cyst fluid
    8. The "valve mechanism"
    9. The prevalence of intracranial arachnoid cysts
    10. Classification and location of arachnoid cysts
    11. Growth and disapperance of arachnoid cysts
    12. Arachnoid cysts and subdural and intracystic hematomas
    13. Hydrocephalus associated with arachnoid cysts
    14. Radiological workup, CT, MRI
    15. Arachnoid cyst- prenatal detection, management, and perinatal outcome
    16. SPECT studies in patients with arachnoid cysts
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Print
    Bilikiewicz, Tadeusz; Irsay, Stephen d'.
    Contents:
    v. 1: Albrecht von Haller: Eine Studie zur Geistesgeschichte der Aufklärung / Stephen d'Irsay
    v. 2: Die Embyologie im Zeitalterdes Barock und des Rokoko / Tadeusz Bilikiewicz.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    R132 .L53
    2
  • Digital/Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    5
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Springer v. 20, 2008.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    1
  • Digital
    Yoo Kyung Lee.
    Summary: The Arctic is a special world. The Arctic Ocean is covered by white sea ice, and its margins are surrounded by bare terrestrial regions, known as tundra. Tundra is a cold and dry environment without trees, but even in the absence of trees, tundra plants such as dwarf shrubs, grasses, herbs and moss support the harsh environment by providing sustenance and shelter. This book introduces representative arctic plants and their function in Svalbard, revealing the unique tundra ecosystem, and discussing the direct and indirect effects of climate change in the Arctic.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Arctic Tundra: Where There Are No Trees
    Chapter 2. Arctic Is Not One
    Chapter 3. Arctic Plants in Different Tundras
    Chapter 4. Arctic Plants in Svalbard- Who are they and what do they do?/Svalbard, cold shore
    Chapter 5. The Past Shows the Future.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Nancy Berlinger.
    Summary: How work gets done in complex health care systems is ethically important. When health care professionals and other staff are pressured to improvise, fix structural problems, or comply with competing policies, the uncertainty and distress they experience have potential consequences for patients, families, colleagues, and the system itself. This book presents a new theory of health care ethics that is grounded in the nature of health care work and how it is shaped by the ever-changing conditions of complex systems, in particular, problems of safety and harm. By exploring workarounds and other improvised practices in complex health care systems that are difficult for professionals to talk about openly, yet have unclear effects, including their value or risk to patients, this book offers a realistic look at our changing health care system and how we can improve the way we manage moral problems arising in the care of the sick. Berlinger argues that health care ethics in complex and changing health care systems should reflect the moral complexity of health care work, analyze common ethical challenges with reference to behaviors and pressures driven by the system itself, and support opportunities for health care professionals and staff at all levels to reflect on the problems they face and to take part in social change. The book's chapters include frameworks for looking at ethical challenges in health care as problems of safety and harm with consequences for patients. Are Workarounds Ethical? is designed to support clinician education in medicine, nursing, and interdisciplinary contexts and recommend methods for integrating ethics, safety, and justice in practice. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Should you wash your hands?
    Are workarounds ethical?
    Turfing, bending, and gaming
    Dirty hands and the semiclear conscience
    Problems of humanity
    Ethics without heroics : foreseeing moral problems in complex systems.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Vsevolod V. Gurevich, editor.
    Summary: This volume describes our current understanding of the biological role of visual and non-visual arrestins in different cells and tissues, focusing on the mechanisms of arrestin-mediated regulation of GPCRs and non-receptor signaling proteins in health and disease. The book covers wide range of arrestin functions, emphasizing therapeutic potential of targeting arrestin interactions with individual partners.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Brian Olshansky, Mina K. Chung, Steven M. Pogwizd, Nora Goldschlager.
    Contents:
    Sinus node : normal and abnormal rhythms
    Bradyarrhythmias : conduction system abnormalities
    Ectopic complexes and rhythms
    Tachycardia
    Supraventricular tachyarrhythmias
    Ventricular tachyarrhythmias
    Cardiac pacing and pacemaker rhythms
    Implantable cardioverter defibrillators
    Drug effects and electrolyte disorders
    Athletes and arrhythmias
    Evaluation of the patient with suspected arrhythmias
    Treatment of arrhythmias
    Management of arrhythmias in pregnancy.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Seshadri Balaji, Ravi Mandapati, Gary D. Webb.
    Contents:
    Sudden death risk in congentially corrected transposition with ventricular dysfunction
    Complex transposition with risk of sudden death while awaiting transplant
    Atrial flutter in a repaired Tetralogy of Fallot patient with unusual venous anatomy
    Unrepaired primum atrial septal defect with atrial fibrillation and broad complex tachycardia
    Ebstein's Anomaly after tricuspid valve replacement needing pacemaker implantation
    Transposition with atrial switch and risk of sudden death
    Ebstein's anomaly with atrial tachycardia
    Resynchronization therapy and sudden death management in congentially corrected transposition
    Post-Maze atrial tachcyardia
    Fontan patient with brady and tachyarrhythmia issues
    Transposition with Mustard operation patient with risk of sudden death
    Complex congenital heart disease with brady-tachy syndrome and anti-tachycardia pacing
    Tetralogy of Fallot and Biventricular Heart Failure
    Transposition patient with Mustard's operation and brady-tachy issues
    A criss-cross heart with brady-tachy issues
    Repaired complete atrio-ventricular septal defect patient with late bradyarrhythmia
    Post Ventricular septal defect repair with bradyarrhythmias and sudden death
    Atrial fibrillation and thrombus in a patient with a Fontan circulation.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Vincent C. Thomas, Seshadri Balaji.
    Summary: Pediatric arrhythmias present numerous challenges to pediatric cardiologists and other practitioners who see pediatric patients, including pediatricians, family physicians, emergency physicians, residents, fellows, and other clinicians. Arrhythmias in Children: A Case-Based Approach features practical methods for diagnosing and treating arrhythmias in these patients across all settings. Nearly three dozen real-world scenarios are presented, followed by a discussion of the diagnosis, clinical thinking process involved, treatment options, expected outcomes, and how to manage anticipated and unanticipated outcomes. These practical, realistic cases provide a unique and engaging way of approaching these challenging patient scenarios. Uses a case-based approach for a full spectrum of pediatric arrythmias in the newborn, child, pre-teen, and teenager. Presents history and physical, differential diagnoses, tests to order, and practical plans of action. Includes a section on arrythmias in special circumstances. Models clinical thinking skills for a wide number of real-world patient situations. Reviews pertinent clinical guidelines, treatment, and follow up.

    Contents:
    Newborn nursery infant that has bradycardia
    NICU infant noted to have extrasystoles on cardiac monitor
    Full-term infant noted to have persistent tachycardia
    2-month-old presenting to the ER with tachycardia, fussy, unable to eat
    4-month-old with extrasystoles on auscultation at pediatrician's office
    9-month-old with recurrent episodes of supraventricular tachycardia despite medical therapy
    2-year-old presents to ER with an episode of “passing out” and “turning blue”
    3-year-old is noted by pediatrician to have a low resting heart rate
    7-year-old presents to ER with recurrent SVT
    6-year-old presents with mildly elevated heart rate that is persistent
    8-year-old presents with ADHD presents to cardiology office with ECG in hand for “cardiac clearance” to start stimulants
    11-year-old whose father recently died at the age of 40
    7-year-old, asymptomatic, with ECG obtained for physical demonstrating WPW
    15-year-old with intentional ingestion of grandparent's heart rhythm medication
    16-Year-old with premature ventricular contractions noted during athletic participation physical
    13-Year-old with syncope while standing in line for lunch
    14-Year-old cross country runner presents with syncope during a race
    16-year-old athlete who has syncope during athletic competition
    17-year-old presents to emergency room with “irregularly irregular” rhythm
    Maternal fetal evaluation reveals fetus with abnormal rhythm
    A 3-month old child with complete heart block after surgery for AV canal defect
    A 4-month-old postoperative ventricular septal defect with junctional ectopic tachycardia
    A 10-year old child with a pacemaker who is dizzy and had a syncope episode
    An 11-year-old child resuscitated from sudden collapse, found to have a long QT on ECG
    A 12-year old with hypertrophic cardiomyopathy presents to the emergency room with syncope
    A 13-year old with repaired tetralogy of Fallot with frequent PVCs
    A 15-year old presents after successful resuscitation with an AED
    A 16-year-old teen with a defibrillator who received a shock
    A 22-year old with history of Fontan palliation presents with mildly elevated heart rate.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Nitish Kumar, editor.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: Arsenic (As) is a widely distributed element in the environment having no known useful physiological function in plants or animals. Historically, this metalloid has been known to be used widely as a poison. Effects of arsenic have come to light in the past few decades due to its increasing contamination in several parts of world, with the worst situation being in Bangladesh and West Bengal in India. This edited volume brings together diverse group of environmental science, sustainability and health researchers to address the challenges posed by global mass poisoning caused by arsenic water contamination. The book covers sources of arsenic contamination, and its impact on human health and on prospective remediation both by bioremediation and phytoremediation. Applications of advance techniques such as genetic engineering and nanotechnology are also discussed to resolve the issue of arsenic contamination in ground water and river basins. The book sheds light on this global environmental issue, and proposes solutions to remove contamination through a multi-disciplinary lens and case studies from Bangladesh and India. The book may serve as a reference to environment and sustainability researchers, students and policy makers. It delivers an outline to graduate, undergraduate students and researchers, as well as academicians who are working on arsenic toxicity with respect to remediation and health issues.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Predicting the outcome of Arsenic Toxicity on exposed juvenile male-humans: a shift to infertility
    Chapter 2. Arsenic and oxidative stress: an overview
    Chapter 3. Arsenic in seafood: current status, analysis and toxicity
    Chapter 4. Dietary Arsenic Exposure: Sources and Risks
    Chapter 5. Effects of arsenic: neurological and cellular perspective
    Chapter 6. Arsenic Toxicity: Source, Distribution and Bioremediation
    Chapter 7. Assessment of Arsenic contamination in groundwater and affected population of Bihar
    Chapter 8. Current scenario of groundwater arsenic contamination in West Bengal and its mitigation approach
    Chapter 9. Low Cost Nanoparticles for Remediation of Arsenic Contaminated Water and Soils
    Chapter 10. Biological Means of Arsenic Minimisation with Special Reference to Siderophore
    Chaper 11. Mechanisms of arsenic transport, accumulation and distribution in rice grains
    Chapter 12. The healing art of arsenic in various malignancies
    Chapter 13. Removal of arsenic from contaminated water using nanoadsorbents
    Chapter 14. Understanding the bioaccumulation and biosorption of arsenic [As(III)] in plants and biotechnological approaches for its bioremediation
    Chapter 15. Genes and Biochemical Pathways involved in Microbial Transformation of Arsenic.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Joe Niamtu, III.
    Contents:
    What is a facelift? history and semantics
    The aging face
    Evaluating the cosmetic facial surgery patient: the art of the consult and the office patient experience
    Facelift instrumenttation and surgery center
    Facelift anatomy
    Facelift Surgery (Cervicofacial rhytidectomy)
    Case presentations
    Modified facelift procedures
    Complications of face and neck lift: recognition, treatment and prevention.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Mary Elaine Southard, Barbara M. Dossey, Linda Bark, Bonney Gulino Schaub.
    Summary: The Art and Science of Nurse Coaching: The Provider's Guide to Coaching Scope and Competencies, Second Edition is an essential resource for nurses seeking to support clients on their healthcare journey to achieve desired goals for health and healing or transition for peaceful dying. Includes competencies for nurse coaches which have been reviewed and approved as part of ANA's Affirmation of Focused Practice Competencies program.*

    Contents:
    Cover
    Title Page
    About the Authors
    Copyright
    Contents
    Authors and Peer Reviewers
    Professional Nurse Coaching Author Workgroup
    Professional Nurse Coaching Review Committee
    Acknowledgments
    Preamble
    Overview of Content
    Essential Documents of Professional Nurse Coaching
    Audience for This Publication
    Function of Professional Nurse Coaching's Scope and Competencies of Practice
    Function of the Scope of Practice Statement of Professional Nurse Coaching
    Function of the ANA Standards of Professional Practice
    Function of the Nurse Coaching Competencies Professional Nurse Coaching Scope of Practice
    Definition of a Professional Nurse Coach
    Definition of Professional Nurse Coaching
    Overview of Professional Nurse Coaching Scope of Practice
    Evolution of Professional Nurse Coaching
    Integrating the Art and Science of Professional Nurse Coaching
    The Who, What, and How of Professional Nurse Coaching
    Who is a Professional Nurse Coach?
    What is Professional Nurse Coaching?
    Tenets Characteristic of Professional Nurse Coaching Practice
    The How of Professional Nurse Coaching
    The Art of Professional Nurse Coaching The Science of Professional Nurse Coaching
    Philosophical Principles of Professional Nurse Coaching
    Professional Nurse Coach Core Values: Integrating the Art and Science
    Core Value 1. Nurse Coach Philosophy, Theories, and Ethics
    Nurse Coach Philosophy
    Nursing Theories
    Conceptual Models and Grand Theories in the Integrative-Interactive Paradigm
    Conceptual Models and Grand Theories in the Unitary-Transformative Paradigm
    Grand Theories About Care or Caring Paradigm
    Middle-Range Theories
    Social Science Theories
    Nurse Coaching Ethics Core Value 2. Nurse Coach Self-Reflection, Self-Development, and Self-Care
    Self-Reflection
    Self-Development
    Self-Care
    Core Value 3. Nurse Coaching Process
    The Nursing Process
    Nurse Coaching Process
    Core Value 4. Nurse Coach Communication, Therapeutic Relationships, Healing Environments, and Cultural Care
    Nurse Coach Communication
    Therapeutic Relationships
    Healing Environments
    Cultural Care
    Core Value 5. Nurse Coach Education and Research
    Nurse Coach Education
    Nurse Coach Research
    The Where of Professional Nurse Coaching: Settings for Practice The Relevance of Nurse Coaching
    Nurse Coaches in Clinical Settings
    Nurse Coaches in Education
    Nurse Coaches in Private Practice
    Nurse Coaches Working in Communities and Groups
    Group Health Coaching
    Faith-Based Communities
    Community Health Programs
    Transforming Unhealthy Work Environments
    Workplace Violence and Incivility
    Using Coaching Principles to Create a Healthy Culture
    Support for Healthy Work Environments
    High-Performing Interprofessional Teams
    Current Landscape of Nurse Coaching Education
    Independent Certificate and Academic Nurse Coach Programs
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
  • Digital
    Trisha Dunning.
    Summary: "This unique book is intended for all health professionals caring for older people with diabetes such as specialist and general nurses, doctors, primary care practioners and dieteticians. Although there is an increasing body of work about personalised care, no publications were identified that encompass the focus and scope of the proposed book. The global population is ageing and increasing age is a key risk factor for diabetes. Older people with diabetes are often vulnerable, have complex care needs and often have cognitive changes, which makes personalising care challenging for health professionals. Thus, this is an internationally relevant book filling a gap in the current literature. This is a practical and updated book that will use an engaging and easy to read narrative style. It challenges readers to reflect in and on their practice. It encompasses people with diabetes' and authors' stories, which are known to have a special interest to readers, make it easier to apply the information to practice, enhance learning, and hence the relevance and value of the book. It is relevant to advocacy organisations as well as managers and service planners. Researchers and scientists may find relevant information on grant and ethics applications, research protocols, plain language statements for potential participants and operationalising research protocols."-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Laura Weiss Roberts, Mickey Trockel, editors.
    Summary: This thoughtful and timely book offers physicians and trainees a wide range of insights and strategies to help ensure not only a healthy lifestyle and sense of wellbeing but the best possible career in medicine as well. With evidence and evidence-informed practices provided by experts, this title affirms the culture of medicine while embracing the fundamental, enduring sense of physicians calling and affirming the importance of physicians as individuals whose health and wellbeing has intrinsic value and value to others. Organized in three parts, the first part focuses on the nature of the health professions and on advancing a culture of wellbeing in medicine. The second part focuses on threats to physician wellbeing, including mistreatment during training and burnout, to name just a few. The third part outlines approaches to strengthening physician resilience, such as the sustenance drawn from healthy relationships, mindfulness approaches, and optimal approaches to exercise, nutrition and sleep. The Handbook of Personal Health and Wellbeing for Physicians and Trainees is an invaluable, handy resource for physicians and trainees. Physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical psychologists, and social workers will also find the work of great interest.

    Contents:
    Calling, Compassionate Self, and Cultural Norms in Medicine
    Creating a Culture of Wellness
    Compassion Cultivation
    Mistreatment
    Burnout
    The Electronic Health Record
    Financial Anxiety
    Legal Issues
    Mental Illness
    Substance Use Disorders
    Relationships
    Mindfulness
    Exercise
    Nutrition
    Sleep. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editor, Foad Nahai ; section editors, Farzad R. Nahai, Jeffrey M. Kenkel, John G. Hunter, W. Grant Stevens, William P. Adams, Jr.
    Summary: "Today, nonsurgical cosmetic treatments, such as injectables, continue to gain in popularity, whereas the decline we had seen in some surgical approaches to facial rejuvenation seems to be reversing. Nowhere is this change more dramatic than in the area of brow rejuvenation. Another important trend has been the emphasis on volume enhancement in periorbital and facial rejuvenation, as well as surgery of the breast. In keeping with these trends, we have increased coverage of nonsurgical treatments and injectables and have added new sections and chapters dealing with volume and its role in facial rejuvenation and the role of fat grafting in breast surgery"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    [edited by] Al S. Aly, Fabio X. Nahas.
    Contents:
    Anatomic and physiologic changes of the abdominal wall / Fabio X. Nahas
    Abdominoplasty overview / Fabio X. Nahas, Al S. Aly
    Tensioned reverse abdominoplasty / Mauro Deos, Ricardo Arnt, Eduardo Gus
    Lipoabdominoplasty : the Saldanha technique / Osvaldo Saldanha, Osvaldo Saldanha Filho, Cristianna Saldanha, Sabina Aparecida Alvarez de Paiva, Paulo R. Sanjuan, Andrés Fernando Cánchica Cano
    Lipoabdominoplasty associated with mammaplasty / Carlos Oscar Uebel
    Full abdominoplasty with circumferential truncal SAFELipo and subscarpal fat excision / Simeon Wall, Jr., Michael R. Lee
    High-tension abdominoplasty / Lorne King Rosenfield
    Mini-abdominoplasty : classification and treatment / Antonio Roberto Bozola
    Secondary and atypical cases in abdominoplasty / Fabio X. Nahas
    Traditional approach to brachioplasty / Ricardo Baroudi
    Principles of liposuction / Geo N. Tabbal, Jamil Ahmad, Frank Lista, Rod. J Rohrich
    Risks and limits of liposuction / Fabio X. Nahas, Lydia Masako Ferreira
    Liposuction of the trunk and thighs / Luiz Haroldo Pereira, Beatriz Nicaretta, Aris Sterodimas
    Liposuction of the upper and lower extremities / Onelio Garcia, Jr.
    alternative approach to repeat liposuction / Simeon Wall, Jr.
    Liposculpture : fat injection techniques in the body / Kamran Khoobehi, Jules Walters
    New technology in liposuction / Jason Pozner, Barry E. DiBernardo, Gabriella DiBernardo, Daniel Kushner
    Buttock augmentation with implants / José Horácio Aboudib, Fernando Serra
    Calf implants / Raul Gonzalez
    High-definition liposculpture of the abdomen / Alfredo E. Hoyos, David E. Guarin
    Liposculpture of the chest and arms / Alfredo E. Hoyos, David E. Guarin
    Contouring of the female external genitalia / Gary J. Alter
    Contouring of the male genitalia / Gary J. Alter.
  • Print
    Katy Butler.
    Summary: "An inspiring, informative, and practical guide to navigating end of life issues, by a groundbreaking expert in the field and the New York Times bestselling author of Knocking on Heaven's Door. In the mid-1400s, an unnamed Catholic monk composed a popular self-help book called Ars Moriendi, or The Art of Dying. Written in Latin, this medieval death manual taught people how to navigate the trials of the deathbed, using simple rituals of repentance, reassurance, and letting go. Bestselling author and award-winning journalist Katy Butler argues that we have lost touch with the "art of dying" as practiced by our ancestors, yet we still hunger for rites of passage, and a sense of the sacred, especially in the important life transitions of aging and dying. Butler has lectured at medical schools, and spoken with community and caregiving organizations across the country. Here she reveals what she has learned about dying in America today--and how to have a better end of life. We are coping with a medical system in disarray, in its approach to people who are aging, dying, or chronically ill. Butler argues that it's not about living as long as possible, it's about living as well as possible. Not only does our current system poorly serve our medical needs, it also crowds out any sense of the sacred. It's time to restore a sense of honor, and through exploring the stages of later life, sharing "good death" stories, as well as offering practical takeaways, The Art of Dying Well illuminates a path to a better end of life"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The lost art of dying
    RESILIENCE: The wake-up call ; Building reserves ; Finding allies in preventive medicine ; Weighing medical risks ; Getting to know the neighbors ; Knowing your medical rights ; Caring for the soul
    SLOWING DOWN: When less is more ; Simplifying daily life ; Finding allies in slow medicine, geriatrics, and a good HMO ; Reviewing medications ; Reducing screenings ; Making peace with loss
    ADAPTATION: A moment of truth ; Mapping the future and making plans ; Finding allies in occupational and physical therapy ; Disaster-proofing daily life ; Making a move ; Practicing interdependence ; Being an example
    AWARENESS OF MORTALITY: The art of honest hope ; Talking to your doctor ; Understanding the trajectory of your illness ; Preparing the family ; Finding allies in palliative care ; Reflecting on what gives your life meaning ; Staying in charge ; Thinking creatively ; Redefining hope
    HOUSE OF CARDS: If only someone had warned us ; Recognizing frailty ; Avoiding the hospital ; Finding allies in House call programs ; Upgrading advance directives ; Coping with dementia ; Shifting to comfort care ; Enjoying your red velvet cake
    PREPARING FOR A GOOD DEATH: Making good use of the time you have left ; Finding allies in hospice ; Next steps ; Settling your affairs ; Choosing the time of death ; Loving, thanking, and forgiving
    Getting help from your tribe
    ACTIVE DYING: The tree needs to come down ; This is what dying looks like ; Preparing for a home death ; Preparing in a nursing home ; Giving care ; The final hours ; Humanizing a hospital death ; Improvising rites of passage ; Welcoming mystery ; Saying goodbye
    Conclusion: Toward a new art of dying.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R726.8 .B882 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Ivan Izquierdo.
    Summary: How do we forget? Why do we need to forget? This book intends to answer to these and other questions. It aims to demonstrate that each one is who it is due to their own memories. Thus, distinguish between the information we should keep from those we should forget is an difficult art. In this book, the author discusses about the different types of memory, the main types of forgetting (avoidance, extinction and repression), their brain areas and their mechanisms. In this sense, the art of forgetting, or the art of do not saturate our memory mechanisms, is something innate, that benefits us anonymously, keeping us from sinking amidst our own memories. The essays that compose this book go through several aspects, since individuals to societies' memory. By the end of the book, the reader will be able to understand that we forget to be able to think, to live and to survive.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    2. The art of forgetting
    2.1. The formation and retrieval of memories
    2.2. Forms of forgetting; first steps of the art (Extinction, repression, discrimination)
    2.3. Conditioned reflexes
    2.4. The rapid forgetting of working memory is intrinsic to its nature
    2.5. Brain areas and systems involved in the different types of memory; some basic notions of neuronal function
    2.6. Executive functions
    2.7. More on the connections between nerve cells
    2.8. The forgetting of short- and long-term memory
    2.9. Memory and emotions
    2.10. More on memory and emotions: endogenous state dependency
    2.11. The use and disuse of synapses
    2.12. Failure of memory persistence as a form of forgetting?
    2.13. Reconsolidation
    2.14. Practicing memory
    2.15. Reading, knowledge, physical exercise, social life, memory and illness
    2.16. The art of forgetting: a second approach
    2.17. Denial and memory falsification
    2.18. Forgetting by large populations
    2.19. Surviving through neuronal death
    2.20. The famous case of patient H.M.
    2.21. When forgetting is not an art: amnesic patients
    2.22. Anterograde amnesia by an interference with consolidation
    2.23. Neuronal branching and the suppression of branching, neurogenesis and neuronal death as adaptive phenomena
    2.24. The acquisition of new memories
    2.25. Repression
    2.26. A therapeutic use of the art of forgetting
    2.27. Accessory memory devices: an adjunct to the art of remembering and to the art of forgetting
    3. Summing up
    3.1. Final comments.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Giampiero Campanelli, editor.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to the surgical repair of inguinal and abdominal wall hernias that not only describes all potential approaches, but also places them in the context of the anatomy of the region, the pathology, and the advances in scientific knowledge over the past decade. It documents in detail the individual techniques applicable in each region (inguinal, femoral, and ventral), highlighting tips and tricks and focusing on indications, potential complications, and outcomes. In addition it presents cases of incisional hernia and examines less frequent and rare cases and complex situations. Written for surgeons from around the globe, it includes procedures used in wealthy, developed countries and those without mesh more commonly employed in developing countries. With a format designed to facilitate use in daily practice, it is invaluable for residents seeking step-by-step guidance on procedures ranging from repair of simple inguinal hernias to complex reconstruction; for general surgeons who frequently perform hernia repairs; and for hernia specialists aiming to achieve optimal results. It also appeals to researchers with an interest in the scientific background to hernia surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Kyu Hyun Yang.
    Summary: This book offers precise points in intramedullary nailing for the treatment of the femoral fracture. The author's aim is to explain how to find a correct entry point, especially in the case of subtrochanteric fracture with excessive external rotation of the proximal fragment, method of reduction in a severely comminuted fracture which is challenging in the restoration of rotational alignment as well as angulation, and mode of interlocking. This book is based on the authors personal experiences of 30 years in trauma, who dedicates himself to developing intramedullary nailing for femoral shaft fracture. It also covers cephalomedullary nailing for reverse obliquity trochanteric fracture because the incidence of hip fractures increases due to prolonged life expectancy. This book will be an ideal resource with many fluoroscopic and radiographic pictures to descript the real situations that the surgeons encounter in the operating room and techniques to solve those problems.

    Contents:
    1. History of IM nailing
    2. Prerequisites for femoral nailing
    3. Analysis of fracture configuration and entry point
    4. Reduction technique
    5. Mode of fixation
    6. Postop. Rehabilitation
    7. Trochanteric fracture
    8. Analysis of fracture configuration
    9. Stable reduction
    10. Ideal implant for unstable fracture.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Fuxiang Zhang, Alan Sugar, Lisa Brothers Arbisser
    Summary: "This the first book specifically written for students, with uniquely focused chapters based on residents' and junior colleagues' questions and refined by their real feedback. Featuring contributions from a carefully curated team of distinguished refractive cataract surgeons, this reader-friendly book provides expert insights on essential principles and how-to surgical guidance for diverse types of premium IOLs. Clearly-defined basic and fundamental knowledge and applications provide ample inspiration for trainees and early-career refractive cataract surgeons to ford the challenging river of learning curves. Each premium IOL chapter includes candidate selection criteria, contraindications, and evidence-based pearls to inform surgical decision-making, prevent complications, and improve patient outcomes"-- Provided by publisher
  • Digital
    [edited by] Sudarshan Khokhar, MD(AIIMS), FRCS(Ed), Chirakshi Dhull, MD(AIIMS), DNB, FICO, Yogita Gupta MD(AIIMS), DNB, FICO.
    Summary: The Art of Refractive Surgery aims at providing a simplified and step-wise approach to ophthalmologists for planning and performing various refractive surgeries including corneal, lenticular, or combined approaches. Refractive surgery is extremely challenging as suboptimal outcomes are unacceptable. This field has seen huge developments in the recent years with advancements in investigative modalities, better laser delivery systems, wider range of options of refractive surgeries, and improved eye-tracking devices. However, the selection of ideal surgery for every patient remains a challenge and a thorough understanding of basic concepts can aid in decision-making. The Art of Refractive Surgery deals with these basic concepts, and provides certain surgical and planning tips, which have been derived through years of experience.

    Contents:
    1. Evolution of Refractive Surgery
    2. Classification of Refractive Surgeries
    3. Preopertive Evaluation and Investigations for Refractive Surgery
    4. Decision-making in Refractive Surgery
    5. Surface Ablation Procedures
    6. Laser in Situ Keratomileusis Surgery
    7. Small Incision Lenticular Extraction
    8. Comparison amongst Corneal Refractive Surgery
    9. Enhancements after Refractive Errors
    10. Phakic Intraocular lenses
    11. Refractive Lens Exchange
    Hyperopic Refractive Surgery
    13. Corneal Incision Surgery
    14. Presbyopia Correction
    15. Bioptics
    Appendix: Patient Information and Consent
    Index.
  • Digital
    Franziska Matthäus, Sebastian Matthäus, Sarah Harris, Thomas Hillen, editors.
    Summary: This beautifully crafted book collects images, which were created during the process of research in all fields of theoretical biology. Data analysis, numerical treatment of a model, or simulation results yield stunning images, which represent pieces of art just by themselves. The approach of the book is to present for each piece of visualization a lucid synopsis of the scientific background as well as an outline of the artistic vision.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Content
    The Deadly Beauty of Cancer
    The research story
    The image
    References
    Cellular Connections
    The research story
    The image
    References
    Annealing Party
    The research story
    The image
    References
    Cells on the Ferris Wheel
    The research story
    The image
    The Magic Pants that Always Fit
    The research story
    The image
    Racing Triangles
    The research story
    The image
    Reference
    Rising Dragons
    The research story
    The image
    Henri in Wonderland
    The research story
    The image
    Reference
    Peak of the Iceberg Spectral Forms and Cosmic Storms
    The research story
    The image
    Reference
    Antigenic Explosion
    The research story
    The image
    Crop Circles of Cancer
    The research story
    The image
    References
    Scalp
    The research story
    The image
    References
    Coupled Invasion
    The research story
    The image
    Lost in the Cells
    The research story
    The image
    Becoming Important
    The research story
    The image
    References
    Community Matters
    The research story
    The image
    Reference
    Acidic Dance
    The research story
    The image
    Reference The research story
    The image
    Reference
    One Step at a Time
    The research story
    The image
    Reference
    How a Tumor Gets its Spots
    The research story
    The image
    Reference
    Patchwork Patterns
    The research story
    The image
    Cancer Warfare
    The research story
    The image
    References
    Collective Decision Making
    The research story
    The image
    Reference
    Cell Simulation in Blossom
    The research story
    The image
    Semblance of Heterogeneity
    The research story
    The image
    Reference
    Can we Crack Cancer?
    The research story
    The image The research story
    The image
    References
    Guiding Spiral
    The research story
    The image
    Reference
    The Hidden Beauty of Roots
    The research story
    The image
    The Beauty of a Beast
    The research story
    The image
    References
    The Ghost
    The research story
    The image
    References
    Lymph Node Landscapes
    The research story
    The image
    Reference
    Breezing Drops
    The research story
    The image
    References
    Labyrinths: Exotic Patterns of Cortical Activity
    The research story
    The image
    References
    Mammalian Lipidomic Network
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Guoqiao Li, Ying Li, Zelin Li, Meiyi Zeng.
    Contents: <br/
    >1. Discovery of Artemisinin and History of Research and Discovery of Artemisinin Antimalarials;
    2. Biological Research of Artemisia annua L;
    3. Chemical Research on Artemisinin;
    4. Artemisinin Derivatives and Analogues;
    5. Pharmacological Study on Artemisinin and Its Derivatives;
    6. Clinical Studies of Artemisinin and its Derivatives;
    7. Artemether and Lumefantrine Combination;
    8. Artemisinin and Naphthoquine Phosphate Combination;
    9. The Combination of Artemisinin Drugs and Pyronaridine;
    10. Artemisinins and piperaquine phosphate combinations
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Anil Mane.
    Summary: This book is clearly structured into easy ascending steps. It starts with basic principles of physiology and then goes on to discuss topics such as hypoxia, the A-a gradient, respiratory failure, types of respiratory acidoses and their compensation. Concise and easy to follow chapters examine complex disorders of metabolic acidosis and alkalosis with examples and case reports to stimulate thoughts of the readers. Pearls of clinical wisdom are spread throughout each chapter of the book. Arterial Blood Gas Interpretation in Clinical Practice is intended for all trainees and clinicians in emergency medicine, acute medicine, intensivism, respiratory medicine, nephrology, cardiology, anaesthesia, paediatrics, internal medicine, general medicine and endocrinology. It is particularly useful to medical students and nurses working in the specialties above. Physiologists and physiotherapists working in ventilator support, will also be highly benefitted with this title.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Normal Values and Conversion Factors
    Electrolytes
    Disclaimer
    Contents
    Abbreviations
    Chapter 1: Practical Aspects of ABG
    1.1 When Is Arterial Blood Gas Analysis (ABGA) Performed?
    1.2 Patient Consent
    1.3 How to Collect a Sample
    1.4 Inadvertent Sampling
    1.5 Allen Test
    1.6 Complications of Arterial Puncture
    Chapter 2: Oxygen Parameters
    2.1 Normal Values of ABG
    2.2 What Is Oxygen Saturation?
    2.2.1 Saturation Can Be Measured in Many Ways
    2.2.2 Advantages of Measuring Saturation
    2.3 Problems with SpO2
    2.3.1 Some Facts 2.4 What Is Oxygen Capacity and Content? (CaO2)
    2.4.1 Oxygen Capacity
    2.4.2 Oxygen Content (CaO2)
    2.4.3 Misconceptions
    2.5 What Is Oxygen Delivery?
    2.5.1 The Difference in Oxygen Content of Arterial and Venous Blood
    2.6 Hypoxia
    2.6.1 Causes of Hypoxia
    2.7 Who Is more Hypoxic?
    2.8 What Is FiO2?
    2.9 What Is PiO2?
    2.10 What Is PAO2?
    2.11 Point to Be Noted
    2.12 A Special Situation
    Chapter 3: Type 2 Respiratory Failure/Hypercarbia/Hypercapnia (Hypercarbia)
    3.1 Hypercarbia/Hypercapnia
    3.2 What Is Respiratory Failure?
    3.3 Acidemia/Acidosis 3.4 Causes of Type 2 Respiratory Failure or Hypoventilation (CO2 Retention)
    3.5 Clinical Features of CO2 Retention
    3.6 Management of Acute Respiratory Acidosis
    3.7 Management of Chronic Respiratory Acidosis
    3.8 How much Oxygen Is Needed for Patients with COAD?
    3.9 What Is NIPPV or NIV?
    3.10 What Are the Indications for Intubation and Mechanical Ventilation?
    3.10.1 What Is Dead space?
    Chapter 4: Respiratory Alkalosis
    4.1 Alkalosis
    4.1.1 Respiratory Alkalosis
    4.2 Causes of Respiratory Alkalosis
    4.3 Clinical Features of Respiratory Alkalosis 4.3.1 Cardiovascular Features
    4.3.2 Neurological Features
    4.4 Management of Respiratory Alkalosis
    Chapter 5: Pearls of Wisdom and Examples
    5.1 Pearls of Wisdom
    5.1.1 Let Us See Some Example Questions
    Chapter 6: Metabolic Disorders: 1
    6.1 Metabolic Disorders
    6.1.1 Metabolic Acidosis
    6.1.2 Compensation of Metabolic Acidosis
    6.1.3 Anion Gap (AG)
    6.2 Raised Anion Gap Acidosis
    6.2.1 MUDPILES
    6.2.2 GOLDMARK
    6.3 Lactic Acidosis
    6.4 Management of Lactic Acidosis
    6.5 What Is the Osmolar (Osmolal) Gap?
    6.6 Normal Anion Gap Metabolic Acidosis (NAGMA) 6.6.1 FUSEDCARS
    6.6.2 ACCRUED
    6.7 Type 1 Renal Tubular Acidosis, RTA
    6.8 Type 2 RTA
    6.9 Type 3 RTA
    6.10 Type 4 RTA
    6.11 What Is the Urinary Anion Gap (UAG)?
    6.12 What Is the Delta Gap or Delta Factor?
    6.13 Let Us Look at Two Examples
    References
    Chapter 7: Metabolic Disorders: 2
    7.1 Compensation for Metabolic Acidosis
    7.2 An Approach to Acidosis
    7.3 How an Anion Gap Can Mislead the Interpreter?
    7.3.1 Principles of Treating Metabolic Acidosis
    7.3.2 Use of Alkali Such as, Sodium Bicarbonate (NaHCO3)
    7.3.3 NaHCO3 Has Other Problems 7.3.4 Sodium Bicarbonates in Chronic Conditions.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Estelle B. Gauda, Maria Emilia Monteiro, Nanduri Prabhakar, Christopher Wyatt, Harold D. Schultz, editors.
    Summary: "This volume contains reviews and brief research articles from participants attending the International Society for Arterial Chemoreception meeting, to be held in the USA (July 2017). Each article contains original data and represents up-to-date information concerning the carotid body and oxygen sensing in health and disease. This volume is a required text for all researchers in the field of arterial chemoreception and will provide a valuable reference source for years to come."--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    O2/CO2: biological detection to homeostatic control / Robert S. Fitzgerald
    What is the point of the peak? Assessing steady-state respiratory chemoreflex drive in high altitude field studies / Christina D. Bruce, Gary Saran, Jamie R. Pfoh, Jack K. Leacy, Shaelynn M. Zouboules, Carli R. Mann [and others]
    Hypoxia regulates MicroRNA expression in the human carotid body / Souren Mkrtchian, Kian Leong Lee, Jessica Kåhlin, Anette Ebberyd, Lorenz Poellinger, Malin Jonsson Fagerlund [and others]
    TASK-1 (K2P3) and TASK-3 (K2P9) in rabbit carotid body glomus cells / Dawon Kang, Jiaju Wang, James O. Hogan, Donghee Kim
    Molecular characterization of equilibrative nucleoside transporters in the rat carotid body and their regulation by chronic hypoxia / Shaima Salman, Colin A. Nurse
    Mitochondrial complex I dysfunction and peripheral chemoreflex sensitivity in a FASTK-deficient mice model / Angela Gomez-Niño, Inmaculada Docio, Jesus Prieto-Lloret, Maria Simarro, Miguel A. de la Fuente, Asuncion Rocher
    Topical application of connexin43 hemichannel blocker reduces carotid body-mediated chemoreflex drive in rats / David C. Andrade, Rodrigo Iturriaga, Camilo Toledo, Claudia M. Lucero, Hugo S. Díaz, Alexis Arce-Álvarez [and others]
    Proinflammatory cytokines in the nucleus of the solitary tract of hypertensive rats exposed to chronic intermittent hypoxia / María Paz Oyarce, Rodrigo Iturriaga
    Central hypoxia elicits long-term expression of the lung motor pattern in pre-metamorphic Lithobates catesbeianus / Tara A. Janes, Richard Kinkead
    Cysteine oxidative dynamics underlies hypertension and kidney dysfunction induced by chronic intermittent hypoxia / Nuno R. Coelho, Clara G. Dias, M. João Correia, Patrícia Grácio, Jacinta Serpa, Emília C. Monteiro [and others]
    Adenosine mediates hypercapnic response in the rat carotid body via A2A and A2B receptors / Joana F. Sacramento, Bernardete F. Melo, Sílvia V. Conde
    Acute effects of systemic erythropoietin injections on carotid body chemosensory activity following hypoxic and hypercapnic stimulation / David C. Andrade, Rodrigo Iturriaga, Florine Jeton, Julio Alcayaga, Nicolas Voituron, Rodrigo Del Rio
    Carotid body dysfunction in diet-induced insulin resistance is associated with alterations in its morphology / Eliano Dos Santos, Joana F. Sacramento, Bernardete F. Melo, Sílvia V. Conde
    Therapeutic targeting of the carotid body for treating sleep apnea in a pre-clinical mouse model / Ying-Jie Peng, Xiuli Zhang, Jayasri Nanduri, Nanduri R. Prabhakar
    Role of estradiol receptor beta (ER[beta]) on arterial pressure, respiratory chemoreflex and mitochondrial function in young and aged female mice / Sofien Laouafa, Damien Roussel, François Marcouiller, Jorge Soliz, Aida Bairam, Vincent Joseph
    Chronic heart failure abolishes circadian rhythms in resting and chemoreflex breathing / Robert Lewis, Bryan T. Hackfort, Harold D. Schultz
    High fat feeding in rats alters respiratory parameters by a mechanism that is unlikely to be mediated by carotid body type I cells / Ryan J. Rakoczy, Richard L. Pye, Tariq H. Fayyad, Joseph M. Santin, Barbara L. Barr, Christopher N. Wyatt
    Leptin in the commissural nucleus tractus solitarii increases the glucose responses to carotid chemoreceptors activation by cyanide / Mónica Lemus, Cynthia Mojarro, Sergio Montero, Valery Melnikov, Mario Ramírez-Flores, Elena Roces de Álvarez-Buylla
    Chronic intermittent hypoxia in premature infants: the link between low fat stores, adiponectin receptor signaling and lung injury / Na-Young Kang, Julijana Ivanovska, Liran Tamir-Hostovsky, Jaques Belik, Estelle B. Gauda
    Myo-inositol effects on the developing respiratory neural control system / Peter M. MacFarlane, Juliann M. Di Fiore
    Adrenal medulla chemo sensitivity does not compensate the lack of hypoxia driven carotid body chemo reflex in guinea pigs / Elena Olea, Elvira Gonzalez-Obeso, Teresa Agapito, Ana Obeso, Ricardo Rigual, Asuncion Rocher [and others].
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Chris Peers, Prem Kumar, Christopher Wyatt, Estelle Gauda, Colin A. Nurse, Nanduri Prabhakar, editors.
    Summary: Every three years, the International Society for Arterial Chemoreception (ISAC) arranges a Meeting to bring together all of the major International research groups investigating the general topic of oxygen sensing in health and disease, with a prime focus upon systemic level hypoxia and carotid body function. This volume summarises the proceedings of the XIXth meeting of the Society, held in Leeds, UK during the summer of 2014. As such this volume represents a unique collection of state of the art reviews and original, brief research articles covering all aspects of oxygen sensing, ranging from the molecular mechanisms of chemotransduction in oxygen sensing cells such as the carotid body type I cells, to the adverse, reflex cardiovascular outcomes arising from carotid body dysfunction as seen, for example, in heart failure or obstructive sleep apnoea. This volume will be of tremendous interest to basic scientists with an interest in the cellular and molecular biology of oxygen sensing and integrative, whole organism physiologists as well as physicians studying or treating the clinical cardiovascular consequences of carotid body dysfunction.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Adel Berbari, Giuseppe Mancia, editors.
    Summary: As our knowledge about arterial disease is greatly expanding, the aim of this book is to explore all aspects of arterial pathology, including classification, clinical manifestations, pathogenesis, and therapeutic options. The discussion of pathophysiologic mechanisms of arterial disease is wide ranging, encompassing hemodynamic, metabolic, humoral, inflammatory, genetic and environmental factors. Particular emphasis is placed on recent concepts, such as: the role of age-associated arterial alterations in the initiation and progression of cardiovascular diseases in older persons, the importance of mineral metabolism-bone vascular interactions, the clinical and prognostic significance of the renal resistive index, retinal circulation, toxemia of pregnancy as an arterial disease, and the role of pulmonary/vascular interaction in pulmonary hypertension and cross-talk of macrocirculation and microcirculation in target organ involvement. Evaluation procedures are carefully explained, and the full range of currently available therapeutic options, including lifestyle modifications and pharmacologic approaches, are described and appraised.

    Contents:
    PART I Introduction: Definition/Epidemiology of arterial disease
    PART II Normal structure and physiology of the arterial system
    PART III Classification of arterial pathology and clinical manifestations: Atherosclerosis
    Arteriosclerosis
    Disease of Precapillary resistance vessels
    PART IV Pathogenetic mechanisms in arterial disease: Hemodynamic and mechanical factors
    Metabolic factors
    Inflammatory markers
    Neurohormonal interactions
    Mineral-bone/ arterial interactions
    Endothelial function and impairment
    Miscellaneous: Pharmacologic/factors/environmental factors
    PART V Systemic arterial disorders: Arterial aging
    Diabetes mellitus
    Metabolic Syndrome/obesity
    Chronic kidney disease/Renovascular interactions
    Pulmonary Hypertension/Pulmonary vascular interactions
    Systemic vasculitides
    Genetic/ degenerative disorders
    Hypertension
    Toxemia of pregnancy
    Kidney transplants, both donors and recipients
    PART VI Evaluation procedures: Arterial function
    Renal resistive index
    Retinal microcirculation
    PART VII Therapeutic options: Lifestyle modifications
    Pharmacologic approaches.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Frank Wacker, Herbert Lippert, Reinhard Pabst.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
  • Digital
    Hans Scholz ; in collaboration with U. Krüger, K. Petzold, and W. Munsch ; with extra chapters by J. Janzen and U. Krüger.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Robert F. Spetzler, Karam Moon and Rami O. Almefty.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology, genetics, pathophysiology, and prognostic classifications of cerebral arteriovenous malformations / Alp Ozpinar, Gustavo Mendez, Adib A. Abla
    The natural history of cerebral arteriovenous malformations / Anil Can, Bradley A. Gross, Rose Du
    Arteriovenous malformations: epidemiology, clinical presentation, and diagnostic evaluation / Joshua W. Osbun, Matthew R. Reynolds, Daniel L. Barrow
    Seizures associated with cerebral arteriovenous malformations / Johannes Schramm
    Surgical management / Michael K. Morgan
    Endovascular management of arteriovenous malformations / Bradley A. Gross, Karam Moon, Cameron G. Mcdougall
    Radiosurgery for the management of cerebral arteriovenous malformations / Dale Ding, Robert M. Starke, Jason P. Sheehan
    Multimodality management of cerebral arteriovenous malformations / Mohan Narayanan, Gursant S. Atwal, Peter Nakaji
    Epidemiology, clinical presentation, diagnostic evaluation, and prognosis of cerebral dural arteriovenous fistulas / Mohamed Samy Elhammady, Sudheer Ambekar, Roberto C. Heros
    Surgical management of cerebral dural arteriovenous fistulae / Martin J. Rutkowski, Brian Jian, Michael T. Lawton
    Endovascular management of intracranial dural arteriovenous fistulas / Celene B. Mulholland, M. Yashar S. Kalani, Felipe C. Albuquerque
    Radiosurgery for dural arteriovenous malformations / Conor Grady, Carolina Gesteira Benjamin, Douglas Kondziolka
    Classification and pathophysiology of spinal vascular malformations / Isaac Josh Abecassis, Joshua W. Osbun, Louis Kim
    Epidemiology, clinical presentation, diagnostic evaluation, and prognosis of spinal arteriovenous malformations / Alp Ozpinar, Gregory M. Weiner, Andrew F. Ducruet
    Spinal arteriovenous malformations: surgical management / David S. Xu, Hai Sun, Robert F. Spetzler
    Endovascular treatment of spinal arteriovenous malformations / Waleed Brinjikji, Giuseppe Lanzino
    Radiosurgical ablation of spinal cord arteriovenous malformations / Eric S. Sussman, John R. Adler, Robert L. Dodd
    Spinal arteriovenous fistulae: surgical management / Arthur L. Day, Ali Hassoun Turkmani, P. Roc Chen
    Endovascular management of spinal dural arteriovenous fistulas / Patrick A. Brown, Ali R. Zomorodi, L. Fernando Gonzalez
    Spinal subarachnoid hemorrhage and aneurysms / Tanmoy K. Maiti, Shyamal C. Bir, Anil Nanda
    Natural history of cerebral cavernous malformations / Chibawanye Ene, Anand Kaul, Louis Kim
    Natural history of spinal cavernous malformations / Marc Otten, Paul Mccormick
    Epidemiology of cavernous malformations / Hannah E. Goldstein, Robert A. Solomon
    Radiology and imaging for cavernous malformations / Kevin Y. Wang, Oluwatoyin R. Idowu, Doris D.M. Lin
    Pathology of cavernous malformations / Efrem M. Cox, Nicholas C. Bambakidis, Mark L. Cohen
    Developmental venous anomalies / Michael A. Mooney, Joseph M. Zabramski
    Supratentorial cavernous malformations / Jason A. Ellis, Daniel L. Barrow
    Brainstem and cerebellar cavernous malformations / Gursant S. Atwal, Christina E. Sarris, Robert F. Spetzler
    Thalamic cavernous malformations / Christina E. Sarris, Gursant S. Atwal, Peter Nakaji
    Spinal cavernous malformations / Aaron J. Clark, Doris D. Wang, Michael T. Lawton
    Pharmacotherapy for cavernous malformations / Robert F. Rudy, Rose Du
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Hans Henkes, Pedro Lylyk, Oliver Ganslandt.
    Springer Nature Living Reference.
    Summary: This encyclopedic reference book presents the diagnosis and treatment of arteriovenous malformations (AVM) and fistulas (AVF) in a case-based, educative, and practical manner. The book is structured by AVM and AVF location, ensuring ease of use. Different treatment strategies are described, highlighting their respective pros and cons in particular circumstances. The diagnosis and treatment of the huge variety of vascular lesions are presented on the basis of individual cases, structured by the anatomic localization and the nature of the arteriovenous connection. The diagnostic process comprises a correlation of clinical signs and symptoms with imaging findings from computed tomography, magnetic resonance imaging, and digital subtraction angiography. The diagnostic section of each presented case outlines the typical findings and, if present, unusual manifestations. The treatment strategy is developed on the basis of these findings, with consideration of potential chances and risks of competing treatment options. The procedures are explained and illustrated in detail in order to allow for an understanding of what is done, why, and how. Endovascular procedures, microsurgical operations, radiosurgery, and combinations thereof, are used in an integrative fashion. The follow-up examinations and the clinical outcome description show if the goal of the treatment has been achieved. The description of procedural complications might help to avoid them in future patients. The discussion of the presented case in light of the published literature illustrates what is common sense and what is a matter of controversy. This highly interdisciplinary book will be of great value to Neuroradiologists, Neurosurgeons, Neurologists, and Radiotherapists.
    Digital Access Springer Live 2020-
    Continuously updated edition
  • Digital
    Joseph Borrelli, Jr., Jeffrey O. Anglen, editors.
    Summary: Focusing exclusively on the older patient with poor bone quality, this unique book presents the indications, contraindications and common techniques -- as well as the risks, benefits and outcomes -- for utilizing arthroplasty for the treatment of fractures in this population, sensibly divided into four thematic sections. The incidence and burden of fragility fractures is presented in part one, with considerations of the influences of osteoporosis on both treatment and healing. The subsequent three sections cover upper extremity fractures, lower extremity fractures, and peri-articular nonunions, respectively. However, far from providing a simple “how-to” for the techniques discussed, the relevant current literature is presented as well as the common techniques employed in fracture management, allowing the reader to select the best approach for the specific patient presentation. In addition, chapters are included here that cover degenerative joint conditions not typically treated with total joint replacement. The treatment of fragility fractures is constantly evolving, and the aging population is consistently expanding, creating a strong need for clinicians who have experience with and exposure to the use of arthroplasty techniques as an option in their successful treatment. Written and edited by leaders in the field, Arthroplasty for the Treatment of Fractures in the Older Patient is an invaluable resource for orthopedic surgeons, residents and support staff who see and treat these increasingly common injuries.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Stephan F. Schindele, Grey Giddins, Philippe Bellemère.
    Summary: "Recent research suggests the lifetime risk of hand arthritis may be greater than 40%. Concurrently, advances in small joint arthroplasty have greatly improved the treatment and outcomes in patients following trauma or suffering from arthritis, joint stiffness, and instability of joints in the hand and wrist. Arthroplasty in Hand Surgery: FESSH Instructional Course Book 2020 provides in-depth coverage of the surgical reconstruction or replacement of these joints. Edited by renowned hand surgeons Stephan Schindele, Grey Giddins, and Philippe Bellemère, this unique resource features contributions from an international who's who of experts. Organized in five sections and 35 chapters, the generously illustrated book encompasses the full spectrum of modern arthroplasty techniques. In section one, the anatomy, biomechanics, and mode of action of the finger and thumb joints are discussed. It concludes with an intriguing history of hand arthroplasty. Sections two to four cover the latest arthroplasty procedures to treat impaired joints of the fingers (including proximal interphalangeal and distal interphalangeal), thumb, and wrist, respectively. The last section discusses arthroplasty of the distal radioulnar joint. This highly practical resource is essential reading for surgeons in training and practicing orthopaedic surgeons and hand specialists"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2022
  • Digital
    Graham J.W. King, Marco Rizzo, editors.
    Summary: Arthroplasty of the upper extremity is an established surgical intervention in the management of arthritis of the elbow, wrist and hand. The anatomy, kinematics and demands of the elbow, wrist, thumb CMC, and finger MCP and PIP joints pose unique surgical challenges. Implant design considerations are important in providing a joint that mimics the native joints and maximizes survivorship. However, outcomes are less predictable in these upper extremity joints when compared to the hips and knees. Each joint also carries its own set of potential complications and salvage options for revision and failed arthroplasty. This unique text helps the orthopedic and hand surgeon understand the surgical approaches, unique anatomic considerations, and both the historical and current designs related to each respective joint, enabling the surgeon to better appreciate the benefits and limitations of each arthroplasty. Presenting the current state of the art, the seven sections proceed anatomically from the elbow to the fingers, with each section comprised of three thematic chapters discussing implant design considerations, primary arthroscopy techniques and revision arthroscopy techniques, including non-surgical options for treating these often difficult problems. This consistent approach, accompanied by plentiful figures, radiographs and intraoperative photos, ensures that this will be a user-friendly resource for orthopedic and hand surgeons, residents and trainees.

    Contents:
    Part I. Total Elbow Arthroplasty
    Design Considerations for Total Elbow Arthroplasty
    Design Considerations for Total Elbow Arthroplasty
    Revision/Failed Total Elbow Arthroplasty
    Part II. Radial Head Arthroplasty
    Design Considerations for Radial Head Arthroplasty
    Primary Radial Head Arthroplasty
    Revision/Failed Radial Head Arthroplasty
    Part III. Total Wrist Arthroplasty
    Design Considerations for Total Wrist Arthroplasty
    Primary Total Wrist Arthroplasty
    Revision/Failed Total Wrist Arthroplasty
    Part IV. Distal Radioulnar Joint Arthroplasty
    Design Considerations for Distal Radioulnar Joint Arthroplasty
    Primary Distal Radioulnar Joint Arthroplasty
    Revision/Failed Distal Radioulnar Joint Arthroplasty
    Part V
    Carpometacarpophalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
    Design Considerations for Carpometacarpophalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
    Primary Carpometacarpophalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
    Revision/Failed Carpometacarpophalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
    Part VI
    Metacarpophalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
    Design Considerations for Metacarpophalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
    Primary Metacarpophalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
    Revision/Failed Metacarpophalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
    Part VII
    Proximal Interphalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
    Design Considerations for Proximal Interphalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
    Primary Proximal Interphalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
    Revision/Failed Proximal Interphalangeal Joint Arthroplasty.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Carlos Brisola Marcondes, editor.
    Contents:
    1. General comments and importance of arthropod-related diseases
    2. Epidemiology of vector-borne diseases
    3. Blood sucking insects and history
    4. Blood sucking, vector-parasite relationship and transmission of diseases
    5. Generalities on arboviruses
    6. Yellow fever
    7. Dengue
    8. Other flaviviruses
    9. Togaviridae
    10. Bunyaviruses
    11. Plague and tularemia
    12. Rickettsial infections, Bartonella infections and coxiellosis
    13. Borreliosis: Lyme disease and relapsing fever
    14. Ehrlichiosis
    15. Anaplasmosis
    16. Leishmaniasis
    17. American trypanosomiasis (Chagas disease)
    18. Sleeping sickness, nagana
    19. Other trypanosomiasis
    20. Malaria
    21. Babesiosis
    22. Theileriosis
    23. Hepatozoonosis
    24. Lymphatic filariasis
    25. Onchocerciasis
    26. Mansonelliasis
    27. Dirofilariasis
    28. Loiasis
    29. Thelaziosis (canine eye-worm)
    30. Habronemosis
    31. Flies
    32. Sucking and biting lice
    33. Fleas
    34. Diseases caused by Acari (ticks and mites)
    35. Other irritating Arthropods (beetles, bugs, centipedes etc.)
    36. Allergy to bites of hematophagous arthropods
    37. Geoprocessing and expected distribution of diseases (including deforestation, global warming and other changes)
    38. Wolbachia: influence on pathogeny, treatment and control of arthropod borne diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Baofu Wei, Alan Y. Yan, Annunziato Amendola.
    Summary: This expansive, full-color atlas presents the detailed surgical anatomy and approaches for the most commonly performed arthroscopic procedures for the foot and ankle, including detailed descriptions of the equipment and operative set-up for successful arthroscopic procedures. Opening chapters discuss the relevant gross anatomy and instrumentation utilizing both cadaver and intraoperative photos, before proceeding into step-by-step presentations of nearly two dozen surgical procedures, from managing ankle instability and fractures and osteochondral lesions to peroneal tendon repair, plantar fascia release and joint arthrodesis. For each surgical procedure, indications and contraindications are provided, along with appropriate approaches and portals and possible complications. Each chapter is generously illustrated with relevant radiology and intraoperative and arthroscopic photos for maximum visual impact and ease of use, and includes a curated selection of suggested readings for further investigation. An excellent reference for foot and ankle surgeons at every skill level, Arthroscopic Techniques and Anatomy of the Foot and Ankle will be the go-to guide for years to come.

    Contents:
    Gross Anatomy of the Ankle Joint for Arthroscopy
    Arthroscopy Instruments and Applications
    Anterior Arthroscopy of the Ankle Joint: General Principles and Arthroscopic Examination
    Posterior Arthroscopy of the Ankle and Subtalar Joint: General Principles and Arthroscopic Examination
    Osteochondral Lesions of Talus
    Osteochondral Lesions of the Tibial Plafond
    Anterior Ankle Impingement
    Chronic Ankle Instability
    High Ankle Sprain (Syndesmotic Injury)
    Arthroscopic-Assisted Treatment of Ankle Fracture
    Arthroscopic Ankle Arthrodesis
    Posterior Approach for Osteochondral Lesions of the Talus
    Posterior Ankle Impingement: Os Trigonum Syndrome
    Posterior Impingement: FHL Tendinopathy
    Arthroscopic Subtalar Joint Arthrodesis: Posterior Approach
    Arthroscopic Subtalar Joint: Lateral Approach
    Haglund’s Deformity and Retrocalcaneal Bursitis
    Peroneal Tendon Disorders
    Endoscopic Gastrocnemius Recession
    Endoscopic Plantar Fascia Release
    Hallux Metatarsophalangeal (MTP) Joint Arthroscopy.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Claudio Chillemi, Alessandro Castagna, Marcello Osimani.
    Summary: The book offers a comprehensive and up-to-date guide to the cutting edge arthroscopic transosseous techniques for the treatment of rotator cuff tears, which are gradually taking over from the common open surgical approach, defined as the gold standard for RCR. With the help of numerous figures, it presents step by step a novel all-arthroscopic anchorless transosseous suture technique that is less invasive and easier to perform. After discussing the etiopathogenesis, histopathology and radiological classification of rotator cuff tears, the book reviews all possible arthroscopic procedures and explores in detail suture management, describing single and double tunnel options. It also examines the complications and post-operative rehabilitation and imaging, while the closing chapter addresses the economic aspects of daily use. Intended primarily for arthroscopic surgeons interested in the field of shoulder joint repair, this exhaustive guide is also a valuable resource for residents and shoulder specialists.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Pietro Randelli, David Dejour, C. Niek van Dijk, Matteo Denti, Romain Seil, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Deepak N. Bhatia, Gregory I. Bain, Gary G. Poehling, Benjamin R. Graves, editors.
    Summary: This book explores the numerous recent advances in arthroscopic and endoscopic surgery of the smaller joints of the upper extremity elbow, wrist, and hand. Providing readers with all necessary information, i.e. relevant surgical anatomy and a clear description of technical steps, it uniquely and comprehensively presents arthroscopic and endoscopic techniques of small joints in one publication. The procedures are subdivided according to the pathology (instability, fractures, etc.) or grouped by the region within the anatomical area and include the relevant anatomy, extensive cadaveric dissections, devices and instrumentation, surgical procedures, pearls and pitfalls. High-quality colour illustrations further simplify and complement the description of surgical techniques. Written by pioneers of these techniques, the book is designed to be an up-to-date reference resource for both new and advanced orthopaedic surgeons wanting to become familiar with these techniques.

    Contents:
    Elbow Arthroscopy
    Basic Portals: Front, Sides, And Back
    Advanced Portals: Under, Over, And In Between
    Diagnostic Grand Round: Getting Started And Staying Safe
    Radiocapitellar Procedures
    Ulnotrochlear Procedures
    Tendinopathy
    Stiff Elbow
    Elbow Endoscopy
    Portals And Paths
    Distal Biceps Endoscopy
    Distal Triceps Endoscopy
    Cubital Tunnel Endoscopy
    Supracondylar Endoscopy: Ligament Of Struthers (Bain)
    Miscelleneous And Future Trends
    Wrist Arthroscopy And Endoscopy
    Basic Portals
    Advance Portals: The "Box" Concept
    Diagnostic Grand Round
    Radiocarpal Procedures
    Scapholunate Arthroscopy
    Tfcc Procedures
    Druj Procedures
    Fractures And Dislocations
    Wrist Endoscopy
    Hand Arthroscopy
    Portals And Overview
    1s T Cmc Arthroscopy And Procedures
    Mcp Arthroscopy And Procedures
    Pip And Dip Arthroscopy And Procedures.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Tun Hing Lui, editor.
    Summary: This book provides detailed information in foot and ankle arthroscopy and endoscopy. It explores and introduces these surgical techniques for the treatment of foot and ankle diseases, which have better surgical outcome, lesser surgical morbidity over conventional open surgery. In each chapter, it includes extensive cases and techniques’ illustration about arthroscopy, tendoscopy and endoscopy. Case demonstration with well-illustrated arthroscopic and endoscopic photos for common clinical conditions was provided. It is also written in the same structure and style for each techniques. Step-by-step procedures are complied with pictures and illustrations for easy reference, particularly for surgeons in their clinical practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Tun Hing Lui, editor.
    Summary: This book provides detailed advancement on arthroscopy and endoscopy of hand, wrist and elbow. It covers basic knowledge of procedures and dedicated introduction of surgical techniques for disease management. Endoscopic procedures with their advantage in surgical exposure and post-operative rehabilitation have been extensively performed in upper limb diseases. Cases presentation with well-illustrated arthroscopic and endoscopic photos for common clinical conditions was provided. The format is a step-by-step procedure for easy reference, particularly for surgeons in their training.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Tun Hing Lui, editor.
    Summary: This book provides detailed advancement endoscopy and arthroscopy procedures of shoulder. It covers basic knowledge of procedures and dedicated introduction of surgical techniques for treatment of shoulder diseases with better surgical outcome and less surgical morbidity. Endoscopic and arthroscopic procedures with their advantage in surgical exposure and post-operative rehabilitation have been extensively performed in orthopedic diseases. Cases presentation with well-illustrated arthroscopic and endoscopic photos for common clinical conditions was provided. The format is a step-by-step procedure for easy reference, particularly for surgeons in their training.

    Contents:
    Arthroscopic anatomy of shoulder
    Role of radiological investigations in diagnosis of shoulder disorders and surgical planning of arthroscopic and endoscopic shoulder surgery
    Set up, equipments and surgical instruments
    Complications of shoulder arthroscopy
    Arthroscopic management of acute traumatic shoulder instability
    Arthroscopic management of recurrent anterior shoulder instability
    Management of Bony Bankart Lesions / glenoid bone loss. Arthroscopic Latarjet procedure
    Management of Bony Bankart Lesions / glenoid bone loss. Arthroscopic bone grafting
    Management of Bony Bankart Lesions / glenoid bone loss. Arthroscopic distal clavicle osteochondral autograft transfer
    Endoscopic Latarjet revision with Eden-Hybinette bone block endoscopic procedure
    Arthroscopic management of Hill Sachs lesion. Remplissage technique
    Arthroscopic management of HAGL (humeral avulsion of glenoid ligament) and Reverse HAGL Lesions
    Dynamic Anterior Stabilization Using the Long Head of the Biceps for Anteroinferior Glenohumeral Instability
    Arthroscopic Trillat Procedure
    Arthroscopic management of posterior shoulder instability
    Arthroscopic management of multidirectional shoulder instability
    Subacromial impingement and endoscopic acromioplasty
    Arthroscopic Repair of Anterosuperior Rotator Cuff Tears
    Subcoracoid impingement and Endoscopic coracoplasty
    Endoscopic repair of subscapularis tendon tear
    Arthroscopic management of massive rotator cuff tear
    Arthroscopic Subacromial Spacer Implantation
    All-arthroscopic latissimus dorsi transfer
    Combined fully arthroscopic transfer of latissimus dorsi and teres major for treatment of irreparable posterosuperior rotator cuff tears
    Arthroscopic-assisted pectoralis minor transfer for irreparable tears of the upper two-thirds of the subscapularis tendon
    Arthroscopic Transfer of the Pectoralis Major for Irreparable Tear of the Subscapularis
    Arthroscopic Treatment of Calcific Tendonitis of supraspinatus tendon
    Arthroscopic Treatment of Subscapularis Calcific Tendonitis
    Arthroscopic management of SLAP lesion
    Tenoscopy of long head of biceps tendon
    Tenoscopic suprapectoral biceps tenodesis
    Tenoscopic subpectoral biceps tenodesis
    Arthroscopic Coracohumeral Ligament Release for Patients with Frozen Shoulder
    Arthroscopic Circumferential Capsulotomy and Axillary Nerve Release for Patients with Frozen Shoulder
    Arthroscopic Treatment of Glenohumeral Osteoarthritis
    Arthroscopic glenohumeral arthrodesis
    Arthroscopic management of Periarticular Cysts
    arthroscopic management of synovial chondromatosis of the glenohumeral joint
    Arthroscopic management of septic arthritis of the glenohumeral joint
    Endoscopic Treatment of Acute Acromioclavicular Joint Dislocation
    Endoscopic Coracoclavicular Ligament Reconstruction using TightRope device
    Endoscopic Coracoclavicular Ligament Reconstruction using tendon graft
    Endoscopically assisted Coracoclavicular and Acromioclavicular Ligament Reconstruction for chronic acromioclavicular joint dislocation
    Bipolar Endoscopic Acromioclavicular Joint Resection for symptomatic acromioclavicular joint osteoarthritis
    arthroscopic excision of symptomatic meso-acromiale
    Scapulothoracic Endoscopy for Snapping Scapula Syndrome
    Endoscopic Removal of a Scapular Osteophyte Using Scapulothoracic Arthroscopy
    Endoscopically assisted resection of a scapular osteochondroma causing snapping scapula syndrome
    Arthroscopic Pectoralis Minor Release
    Endoscopic management of scapular winging
    Sternoclavicular arthroscopy
    Arthroscopic resection of intra-articular disc of the sternoclavicular joint
    Arthroscopic excision of the sternoclavicular joint
    Endoscopic release of Brachial plexus
    Endoscopic Suprascapular Nerve Decompression at the Spinoglenoid and Suprascapular Notches
    Endoscopic treatment of comminuted distal clavicular fracture
    Arthroscopic treatment of greater tuberosity avulsion fracture
    Arthroscopic management of subcapital humeral fractures. arthroscopic nailing)
    Arthroscopic management of glenoid fractures
    Endoscopic proximal humeral plate removal.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    Piero Volpi, editor.
    Summary: This book describes the current applications of arthroscopy in a very wide range of sports injuries involving, among other sites, the hip, knee, ankle, shoulder, elbow, and wrist. For each condition, mechanisms of injury are explained and the role of arthroscopy in diagnosis and treatment is described. Relevant information is also provided on the epidemiology and mechanisms of injury in specific sports and on indications for treatment and rehabilitation. The book fully reflects the recent advances that have taken place in arthroscopy, permitting more accurate assessment and more successful management of post-traumatic pathologies. Furthermore, it acknowledges that as a result of the increasing use of new technologies and biomaterials, there is now particular interest in techniques that promote biological healing of articular lesions and permit complete functional recovery. The authors are leading specialists in the field who have aimed to provide practitioners with the clear guidance that they require on the evaluation and treatment of injuries incurred during sporting activity.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Harpal K. Gahunia, Allan E. Gross, Kenneth P. H. Pritzker, Paul S. Babyn, Lucas Murnaghan, editors.
    Summary: Covering both pediatric and adult populations, this comprehensive text covers the diverse topics related to the health, disease and therapy of articular cartilage of the knee, from basic principles to future directions for research. This vast array of information is arranged into eight sections, encompassing a number of relevant disciplines and covering, in turn, normal articular cartilage, aging and degeneration, evaluation and assessment, non-surgical approaches, surgical approaches, qualitative and quantitative assessment of repair, research into cartilage repair and engineering, and future prospects for therapy. Each chapter is amply referenced and self-contained for independent study and reference. Scoring systems for knee cartilage assessment are included in four appendices as well, rounding out the presentation. A multidisciplinary collection of basic, translational and clinical material, Articular Cartilage of the Knee is a singular resource for orthopedic surgeons, rheumatologists, pathologists, scientists, tissue engineers and the broad spectrum of clinical professionals working with articular cartilage and its disorders.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Contributors
    Abbreviations
    Part I: Normal Articular Cartilage
    1: Structure and Function of Articular Cartilage
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Articular Cartilage Structure and Composition
    1.2.1 Chondrocytes and Chondrons
    1.2.2 Extracellular Matrix
    1.2.2.1 Proteoglycans
    1.2.2.2 Collagens
    1.2.2.3 Non-Collagenous Proteins and Glycoproteins
    1.2.3 Articular Cartilage Fluorescent Molecules
    1.3 Articular Cartilage Heterogeneity and Compartmentalization 1.3.1 Immature Articular-Epiphyseal Cartilage Complex
    1.3.1.1 Articular Cartilage Component
    1.3.1.2 Epiphyseal Cartilage Component
    1.3.2 Skeletally Mature Articular Cartilage Zones
    1.3.2.1 Zone 1: Superficial Zone
    1.3.2.2 Zone 2: Middle Zone
    1.3.2.3 Zone 3: Deep Zone
    1.3.2.4 Tidemark
    1.3.2.5 Zone 4: Zone of Calcified Cartilage
    1.3.3 Macromolecular Variation of Uncalcified Articular Cartilage Zones
    1.3.4 Articular Cartilage Extracellular Matrix and Chondrocyte Microenvironment
    1.3.4.1 Pericellular Matrix
    1.3.4.2 Territorial Matrix 1.3.4.3 Interterritorial Matrix
    1.4 Function of Knee Articular Cartilage
    1.4.1 Function Related to Structure of Articular Cartilage Components
    1.4.2 Function of Articular Cartilage Zones
    1.4.3 Function of Chondrocytes and Chondrons
    1.4.4 Concept of Knee Loading During Walking
    1.4.5 Role of Articular Cartilage Macromolecules in Joint Biomechanics
    1.4.6 Osmotic Stress and Articular Cartilage Matrix Composition
    1.5 Knee Lubrication
    1.5.1 Endogenous Lubricants On Articular Cartilage Surface
    1.5.1.1 Proteins
    1.5.1.2 Phospholipids 1.5.1.3 Glycosaminoglycans
    1.5.2 Synergy of Molecular Lubricants
    1.5.3 Deficiency of Molecular Lubricants
    1.5.4 Lubrication Mechanisms (Applicable to Human Knee)
    1.5.4.1 Boundary and Contact Lubrication Mechanism
    1.5.4.2 Fluid-Film Lubrication
    Squeeze-Film Lubrication
    Hydrodynamic Lubrication
    1.5.4.3 Elastohydrodynamic Lubrication
    1.5.4.4 Application of Lubrication Mechanisms During "Walk Cycle" Phases
    1.5.4.5 Failure of Lubrication Mechanism (Injury, Aging, Disease and Post-Cartilage Repair)
    1.6 Conclusions
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Parul Ichhpujani, Sahil Thakur, editors.
    Summary: The book helps to explore the vast expanse of artificial intelligence-based scientific content that has been published in the last few years. Ophthalmology has recently undergone a silent digital revolution, with machine learning and deep learning algorithms consistently outperforming human graders in studies published across the globe. It is high time that a resource that breaks this information behemoth into easily digestible bits comes to the fore. This book simplifies the complex mechanics of algorithms used in ophthalmology and vision science applications. It also tries to address potential ethical issues with machines entering our clinics and patients' lives. Overall it is essential reading for ophthalmologists/eye care professionals interested in artificial intelligence and everyone who is looking for a deep dive into the exciting world of digital medicine.

    Contents:
    1 A Clinician's Introduction to Artificial Intelligence
    2 What you need to know about Artificial Intelligence: Technical Introduction
    3 Artificial Intelligence and Ophthalmology: An Overview
    4 Artificial Intelligence in cornea and refractive surgery
    5 Artificial Intelligence and Cataract
    6 Artificial Intelligence and Glaucoma
    7 Artificial Intelligence in Retinal Diseases
    8 Artificial intelligence in neuro-ophthalmology
    9 Artificial Intelligence and Other Applications in Ophthalmology and Beyond
    10 The Economics of Big Data
    11 Ethics and Artificial Intelligence: The Pandora's Box.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Daniel W. Byrne.
    Summary: "Artificial Intelligence for Improved Patient Outcomes provides new, relevant, and practical information on what AI can do in healthcare and how to assess whether AI is improving health outcomes. With clear insights and a balanced approach, this innovative book offers a one-stop guide on how to design and lead pragmatic real-world AI studies that yield rigorous scientific evidence-all in a manner that is safe and ethical. Daniel Byrne, Director of Artificial Intelligence Research at AVAIL (the Advanced Vanderbilt Artificial Intelligence Laboratory), and author of landmark pragmatic studies published in leading medical journals, shares four decades of experience as a biostatistician and AI researcher. Building on his first book, Publishing Your Medical Research, the author gives the reader the competitive advantage in creating reproducible AI research that will be accepted in prestigious high-impact medical journals. Provides easy-to-understand explanations of the key concepts in using and evaluating AI in medicine. Offers practical, actionable guidance on the mechanics and implementation of AI applications in medicine. Shares career guidance on a successful future in AI in medicine. Teaches the skills to evaluate AI tools and avoid being misled by the hype. For a wide audience of healthcare professionals impacted by Artificial Intelligence in medicine, including physician-scientists, AI developers, entrepreneurs, and healthcare leaders who need to evaluate AI applications designed to improve safety, quality, and value for their institutions. Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone. Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech. "-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Overview : How Artificial Intelligence Will Improve Health
    Randomization : The "Secret Sauce"
    Evaluation : The Facts Matter. Pseudo-Innovation vs Real Innovation
    Synergy : Building a Successful Clinician-Computer Collaboration
    Fairness : Addressing the Ethical, Regulatory, and Privacy Issues
    Modeling : An Overview of Predictive Modeling, Neural Networks, and Deep Learning
    EHRs : Exporting, Cleaning, Managing Datasets, and Integrating Models into the Electronic Health Record
    Resistance : Understanding and Overcoming the Resistance to AI, Randomization, and Change
    Execution : Increasing the Odds of Future Success
    Integration : Building a Learning Health Care System With Pragmatic AI Trials
    Streamlining : Reducing Waste and Lowering Costs in Health Care
    Complications : Predicting and Preventing Hospital Complications
    Prevention : Identifying Diseases With Predictive Models
    Precision Medicine : AI to Improve Health Screenings and Treatments
    Drugs and Devices : Using AI to Improve Pharmaceutical and Medical Device Development and Applications
    Medical Literature : AI and Information Overload
    Imaging : Medical Imaging and Strategies for Assessing Patient Impact
    Pandemics : Using AI Tools to Improve Health Outcomes in a Pandemic
    Careers : How to Build a Career Around AI in Medicine by Turning This Playbook Into a Reality.
  • Digital
    Fabrice Jotterand, Marcello Ienca, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides an interdisciplinary collection of essays from leaders in various fields addressing the current and future challenges arising from the implementation of AI in brain and mental health. Artificial Intelligence (AI) has the potential to transform health care and improve biomedical research. While the potential of AI in brain and mental health is tremendous, its ethical, regulatory and social impacts have not been assessed in a comprehensive and systemic way. The volume is structured according to three main sections, each of them focusing on different types of AI technologies. Part 1, Big Data and Automated Learning: Scientific and Ethical Considerations, specifically addresses issues arising from the use of AI software, especially machine learning, in the clinical context or for therapeutic applications. Part 2, AI for Digital Mental Health and Assistive Robotics: Philosophical and Regulatory Challenges, examines philosophical, ethical and regulatory issues arising from the use of an array of technologies beyond the clinical context. In the final section of the volume, Part 3 entitled AI in Neuroscience and Neurotechnology: Ethical, Social and Policy Issues, contributions examine some of the implications of AI in neuroscience and neurotechnology and the regulatory gaps or ambiguities that could potentially hamper the responsible development and implementation of AI solutions in brain and mental health. In light of its comprehensiveness and multi-disciplinary character, this book marks an important milestone in the public understanding of the ethics of AI in brain and mental health and provides a useful resource for any future investigation in this crucial and rapidly evolving area of AI application. The book is of interest to a wide audience in neuroethics, robotics, computer science, neuroscience, psychiatry and mental health.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Part I Scientific Considerations and Challenges: AI-augmented neuroimaging
    AI analytics in brain cancer screening
    AI analytics to detect pre-symptomatic dementia
    AI analytics in schizophrenia
    Wearables, mHealth and mental health monitoring
    Prevention of mental disorders through social media
    The brain health modeling initiative and the promise of AI
    Assistive robotics for dementia and mild cognitive impairment
    Telehealth and robotherapy in psychiatry
    Robot-assisted neurorehabilitation
    Brain-computer interfaces and AI-mediated neuromodulation
    Part III . Ethical Legal and Social Implications: Mental Privacy
    Algorithmic transparency Measurement bias and ethical bias
    Discrimination and stigma
    Informed Consent
    Minimal risk
    Fairness and Research Allocation
    The black-box problem of medical AI
    The transformation of therapeutic relationships
    The role of IRBs
    The ethics of automated medical decision-making
    Accountability and Responsibility
    Designing moral technologies for brain and mental health
    AI and Human Beings: Philosophical and Ethical Perspectives
    Part III Policy Perspectives: Current regulatory frameworks in North America
    Gaps in existing regulations
    Policy and law of AI in China
    Deontology and best practices
    Regulation of AI industry
    AI in the developing world: a global justice perspective
    Regulation of AI in Europe
    Conclusion - Towards an ethical framework for AI in brain and mental health.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Carlo N. De Cecco, Marly van Assen, Tim Leiner.
    Summary: This book provides an overview of current and potential applications of artificial intelligence (AI) for cardiothoracic imaging. Most AI systems used in medical imaging are data-driven and based on supervised machine learning. Clinicians and AI specialists can contribute to the development of an AI system in different ways, focusing on their respective strengths. Unfortunately, communication between these two sides is far from fluent and, from time to time, they speak completely different languages. Mutual understanding and collaboration are imperative because the medical system is based on physicians' ability to take well-informed decisions and convey their reasoning to colleagues and patients. This book offers unique insights and informative chapters on the use of AI for cardiothoracic imaging from both the technical and clinical perspective. It is also a single comprehensive source that provides a complete overview of the entire process of the development and use of AI in clinical practice for cardiothoracic imaging. The book contains chapters focused on cardiac and thoracic applications as well more general topics on the potentials and pitfalls of AI in medical imaging. Separate chapters will discuss the valorization, regulations surrounding AI, cost-effectiveness, and future perspective for different countries and continents. This book is an ideal guide for clinicians (radiologists, cardiologists etc.) interested in working with AI, whether in a research setting developing new AI applications or in a clinical setting using AI algorithms in clinical practice. The book also provides clinical insights and overviews for AI specialists who want to develop clinically relevant AI applications.

    Contents:
    PART I: Artificial Intelligence: Technical Considerations and Fundamentals
    Artificial Intelligence: A Century-Old Story
    Demystifying Artificial Intelligence Technology in Cardiothoracic Imaging: The Essentials
    Artificial Intelligence Algorithm Development for Biomedical Imaging
    Data Preparation for Artificial Intelligence
    Data Storage, Cloud Usage and Artificial Intelligence Pipeline
    How to Build Artificial Intelligence Algorithms for Imaging Applications
    Radiomics: Technical Background
    Biobanks and Artificial Intelligence
    Biostatistics and Artificial Intelligence
    PART II: Artificial Intelligence: General Approaches and Applications
    Structured Reporting in Medical Imaging: the Role of Artificial Intelligence
    Artificial Intelligence: Clinical Relevance and Workflow
    Patient Selection and Scan Preparation Optimization: the Role of Artificial Intelligence
    Artificial Intelligence for Image Enhancement and Reconstruction in Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Artificial Intelligence Based Image Reconstruction in Cardiac Magnetic Resonance
    Artificial Intelligence Based Image Reconstruction in Computed Tomography Imaging
    Artificial Intelligence Based Contrast Medium Optimization
    Radiation Dose Optimization: the Role of Artificial Intelligence
    Artificial Intelligence Integration into the Computed Tomography System
    Artificial Intelligence Integration into the Magnetic Resonance System
    Magnetic Resonance Fingerprinting: the Role of Artificial Intelligence
    Currently Available Artificial Intelligence Software for Cardiothoracic Imaging
    PART III: Artificial Intelligence: Cardiac Applications
    Cardiac CT Guidelines and Clinical Applications: Where does Artificial Intelligence fit in?
    Natural Language Processing for Cardiovascular Applications
    Artificial Intelligence Based Evaluation of Coronary Calcium
    Artificial Intelligence Based Evaluation of Coronary Atherosclerotic Plaques
    Artificial Intelligence Based Coronary Artery Disease Reporting & Data System (CAD-RADS)
    Artificial Intelligence Based CT Derived Fractional Flow Reserve (CT-FFR)
    Artificial Intelligence Based Evaluation of Cardiac Valves
    Artificial Intelligence Based Diagnosis and Procedural Planning for Aortic Valve Disease
    Artificial Intelligence Based Quantification of Cardiac Fat
    Radiomics in Cardiac CT
    Cardiac MR Guidelines and Clinical Applications: Where does Artificial Intelligence fit in?
    Artificial Intelligence Based Evaluation of Functional Cardiac Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging based 4D Cardiac Flow: the Role of Artificial Intelligence
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging based Coronary Flow: the Role of Artificial Intelligence
    Artificial Intelligence Based Evaluation of Cardiac Congenital Disease
    Cardiac Nuclear Medicine: the Role of Artificial Intelligence
    Cardiac Ultrasound Imaging: the Role of Artificial Intelligence
    Artificial Intelligence Based Cardiovascular Risk Stratification
    PART IV: Artificial Intelligence: Thoracic Applications
    Artificial Intelligence Based Evaluation of Patients with Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
    Artificial Intelligence Based Evaluation of Patients with Interstitial Lung Disease
    Artificial Intelligence Based Evaluation of Infectious Disease Imaging: A COVID-19 Perspective
    Artificial Intelligence for Lung Cancer Screening and Nodule Detection
    Artificial Intelligence for Lung Cancer Characterization and Prognosis
    Artificial Intelligence for Opportunistic Chest CT Screening and Prognostication
    Artificial Intelligence Based Detection of Pulmonary Vascular Disease
    Artificial Intelligence Based Evaluation of the Aorta
    Artificial Intelligence and Radiomics Based Evaluation of Carotid Artery Disease
    PART V: Artificial Intelligence: General Considerations
    Artificial Intelligence in Medicine: Laws, Regulations and Privacy
    Health Economics, Economic Evaluation and Artificial Intelligence Technology
    Commercialization & Intellectual Property of Artificial Intelligence Applications in Cardiovascular Imaging
    Ethical Considerations of Artificial Intelligence Applications in Healthcare
    How to Write and Review an Artificial Intelligence Paper
    Cybersecurity in the Era of Artificial Intelligence
    How Artificial Intelligence Will Reshape Healthcare and Medical Imaging: A Global Perspective.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Niklas Lidströmer, Yonina C. Eldar, editors.
    Summary: This book deals with the advantages of using artificial intelligence (AI) in the fight against the COVID-19 and against future pandemics that could threat humanity and our environment. This book is a practical, scientific and clinically relevant example of how medicine and mathematics will fuse in the 2020s, out of external pandemic pressure and out of scientific evolutionary necessity. This book contains a unique blend of the world's leading researchers, both in medicine, mathematics, computer science, clinical and preclinical medicine, and presents the research front of the usage of AI against pandemics. Equipped with this book the reader will learn about the latest AI advances against COVID-19, and how mathematics and algorithms can aid in preventing its spreading course, treatments, diagnostics, vaccines, clinical management and future evolution.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Chapter 1: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence in COVID-19
    Pandemics
    History of Pandemics
    The COVID-19 Pandemic
    Origins of the COVID-19 Pandemic
    Continuous Fight for Science and Reason
    Modern Tools for Pandemic Control
    A Brief Chronology of the Chapters of This Book
    Power of Science
    References
    Chapter 2: AI for Pooled Testing of COVID-19 Samples
    Introduction
    System Model
    The PCR Process
    Mathematical Model
    Pooled COVID-19 Tests
    Recovery from Pooled Tests Group Testing Methods for COVID-19
    Adaptive GT Methods
    Non-Adaptive GT Methods
    Pooling Matrix
    Noiseless Linear Non-Adaptive Recovery
    Noisy Non-Linear Non-Adaptive Recovery
    Summary
    Compressed Sensing for Pooled Testing for COVID-19
    Compressed Sensing Forward Model for Pooled RT-PCR
    CS Algorithms for Recovery
    Details of Algorithms
    Assessment of Algorithm Performance and Experimental Protocols
    Choice of Pooling Matrices
    Choice of Number of Pools
    Use of Side Information in Pooled Inference
    Comparative Discussion and Summary
    References Chapter 3: AI for Drug Repurposing in the Pandemic Response
    Introduction
    Desirable Features of AI for Drug Repurposing in Pandemic Response
    Technical Flexibility and Efficiency
    Clinical Applicability and Acceptability
    Major AI Applications for Drug Repurposing in Response to COVID-19
    Knowledge Mining
    Network-Based Analysis
    In Silico Modelling
    IDentif.AI Platform for Rapid Identification of Drug Combinations
    Project IDentif.AI
    IDentif.AI for Drug Optimization Against SARS-CoV-2
    IDentif.AI 2.0 Platform in an Evolving Pandemic IDentif.AI as a Pandemic Preparedness Platform
    Use of Real-World Data to Identify Potential Targets for Drug Repurposing
    Future Directions
    References
    Chapter 4: AI and Point of Care Image Analysis for COVID-19
    Introduction
    Motivation for Using Imaging
    Motivation for Using AI with Imaging
    Integration of Imaging with Other Modalities
    Literature Overview
    Chest X-Ray Imaging
    Diagnosis Models
    Prognosis Models
    Use of Longitudinal Imaging
    Fusion with Other Data Modalities
    Common Issues with AI and Chest X-Ray Imaging
    Duplication and Quality Issues Source Issues
    Frankenstein Datasets
    Implicit Biases in the Source Data
    Artificial Limitations Due to Transfer Learning
    Computed Tomography Imaging
    Diagnosis Models
    Prognosis Models
    Applications to Regions Away from the Lungs
    Use of Longitudinal Imaging
    Fusion with Other Data Modalities
    Common Issues with AI and Computed Tomography Imaging
    Ultrasound Imaging
    What Can be Observed in LUS
    Models Assisting in Interpreting LUS
    Diagnosis Models
    Prognosis Models
    Use of Longitudinal Imaging
    Common Issues with AI and Ultrasound Imaging
    Conclusions
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Erik R. Ranschaert, Sergey Morozov, Paul R. Algra, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a thorough overview of the ongoing evolution in the application of artificial intelligence (AI) within healthcare and radiology, enabling readers to gain a deeper insight into the technological background of AI and the impacts of new and emerging technologies on medical imaging. After an introduction on game changers in radiology, such as deep learning technology, the technological evolution of AI in computing science and medical image computing is described, with explanation of basic principles and the types and subtypes of AI. Subsequent sections address the use of imaging biomarkers, the development and validation of AI applications, and various aspects and issues relating to the growing role of big data in radiology. Diverse real-life clinical applications of AI are then outlined for different body parts, demonstrating their ability to add value to daily radiology practices. The concluding section focuses on the impact of AI on radiology and the implications for radiologists, for example with respect to training. Written by radiologists and IT professionals, the book will be of high value for radiologists, medical/clinical physicists, IT specialists, and imaging informatics professionals.

    Contents:
    Intro; I've Seen the Future ...; Preface; Contents; Part I Introduction; 1 Introduction: Game Changers in Radiology; 1.1 Era of Changes; 1.2 Perspectives; 1.3 Opportunities for the Future; 1.4 Conclusion; Reference; Part II Technology: Getting Started; 2 The Role of Medical Image Computing and Machine Learning in Healthcare; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Medical Image Analysis; 2.2.1 Image Segmentation; 2.2.2 Image Registration; 2.2.3 Image Visualization; 2.3 Challenges; 2.3.1 Complexity of the Data; 2.3.2 Complexity of the Objects of Interest; 2.3.3 Complexity of the Validation 2.4 Medical Image Computing2.5 Model-Based Image Analysis; 2.5.1 Energy Minimization; 2.5.2 Classification/Regression; 2.6 Computational Strategies; 2.6.1 Flexible Shape Fitting; 2.6.2 Pixel Classification; 2.7 Fundamental Issues; 2.7.1 Explicit Versus Implicit Representation of Geometry; 2.7.2 Global Versus Local Representations of Appearance; 2.7.3 Deterministic Versus Statistical Models; 2.7.4 Data Congruency Versus Model Fidelity; 2.8 Conclusion; References; 3 A Deeper Understanding of Deep Learning; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Computer-Aided Diagnosis, the Classical Approaches 3.3 Artificial Intelligence3.4 Neural Networks; 3.5 Convolutional Neural Networks; 3.6 Why Now?; 3.7 Example: Screening for Diabetic Retinopathy; 3.8 Pointers on the Web; 3.9 A Comparison with Brain Research; 3.9.1 Brain Efficiency; 3.9.2 Visual Learning; 3.9.3 Foveated Vision; 3.10 Conclusions and Recommendations; 3.11 Take Home Messages; References; 4 Deep Learning and Machine Learning in Imaging: Basic Principles; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Features and Classes; 4.3 Neural Networks; 4.4 Support Vector Machines; 4.5 Decision Trees; 4.6 Bayes Network; 4.7 Deep Learning; 4.7.1 Deep Learning Layers 4.7.2 Deep Learning Architectures4.8 Conclusion; References; Part III Technology: Developing A.I. Applications; 5 How to Develop Artificial Intelligence Applications; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Applications of AI in Radiology; 5.3 Development of AI Applications in Radiology; 5.4 Resources Framework; 5.5 Conclusion; 5.6 Summary/Take-Home Points; References; 6 A Standardised Approach for Preparing Imaging Data for Machine Learning Tasks in Radiology; 6.1 Data, Data Everywhere?; 6.2 Not All Data Is Created Equal; 6.3 The MIDaR Scale; 6.3.1 MIDaR Level D; 6.3.2 MIDaR Level C; 6.3.3 MIDaR Level B 6.3.4 MIDaR Level A6.4 Summary; 6.5 Take Home Points; References; 7 The Value of Structured Reporting for AI; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Conventional Radiological Reporting Versus Structured Reporting; 7.3 Technical Implementations of Structured Reporting and IHE MRRT; 7.4 Information Extraction Using Natural Language Processing; 7.5 Information Extraction from Structured Reports; 7.6 Integration of External Data into Structured Reports; 7.7 Analytics and Clinical Decision Support; 7.8 Outlook; References; 8 Artificial Intelligence in Medicine: Validation and Study Design
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Niklas Lidstr̲mer, Hutan Ashrafian, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a structured and analytical guide to the use of artificial intelligence in medicine. Covering all areas within medicine, the chapters give a systemic review of the history, scientific foundations, present advances, potential trends, and future challenges of artificial intelligence within a healthcare setting. Artificial Intelligence in Medicine aims to give readers the required knowledge to apply artificial intelligence to clinical practice. The book is relevant to medical students, specialist doctors, and researchers whose work will be affected by artificial intelligence.

    Contents:
    Scientific fundamental of artificial intelligence
    Specimen in AI in medicine
    AI in medicine historical to present projects
    Lessons for all doctors
    AIM and the emergence of Deep Medicine
    AIM in Medical Decisions
    AIM in Medical Diagnostics
    AIM in Medical Education
    AIM in Medical Guidelines
    AIM in Medical Informatics
    AIM and the emergence of Deep Medicine, part 2
    Introductory & Overview Studies on AIM
    Basic Principles Studies on AIM
    Alphabetical list of AIM in Medical Specialities
    Introduction to the systematic review
    Explanation of the structure, methods, online material
    AIM and the Patient's Perspective
    AIM Impact on Modern Medicine
    AIM and the Scientific background to medicine
    AIM and Medical Science in General
    AIM and the Evolution
    AIM in Medical Ethics
    AIM in Evidence-based medicine
    AIM and the EBM Application
    AIM and the Personalisation of EBM
    AIM in Medical Imaging and Radiology
    AIM in Electronic Health Records
    AIM in Large-Scale randomized evidence trials and meta-analyses of trials
    AIM in Future Medical Trials
    AIM in Clinic Planning and Management
    AIM in Medical Economics
    AIM in Health Economics and The Funding of Health Care
    AIM and Health Care Effectivity
    AIM in Public Health
    AIM and Health Care Priorities
    AIM and Medical Innovation
    AIM in Alternative Medicine
    AIM in Global Medicine
    AIM in Global Disease Prevention and Control
    AIM and Populations Growth vs Health
    AIM in Disease Prevention and Health Promotion
    AIM in Preventive medicine
    AIM in Medical Portables
    AIM in Medical Robotics
    AIM in Medical Screenings
    AIM and the importance of mass communication and positive health promotion
    AIM and the influence of wealth to health
    AIM and the costs of Western Health Care
    AIM in the African demographic entrapment
    AIM usage in human disasters
    AIM in preclinical specialities
    AIM in cell biology
    AIM and the cell
    AIM in molecular biology
    AIM and the human genome sequencing
    AIM in the genomic basis of medicine
    AIM and cytokines
    AIM and ion channels
    AIM and intracellular signalling
    AIM and apotoptosis
    AIM and embryonic stem cells & regenerative medicine
    AIM and stem cells
    AIM in Clinical Immunology
    AIM and immunological mechanisms
    AIM and the immunological structure and function
    AIM and the innate immune system
    AIM and the complement system
    AIM and adaptive immunity
    AIM in immunodeficiency
    AIM in allergy
    AIM in autoimmunity
    AIM and transplantation medicine
    AIM in Telemedicin
    AIM in Oncology
    AIM and the principles of clinical oncology
    AIM in epidemiology of cancer
    AIM in Epidemiology
    AIM and cancer development
    AIM and the genetics of inherited cancers
    AIM in cancer immunity and clinical oncology
    AIM in the management of cancer and clinical feature
    AIM in cancer chemotherapy and radiation therapy
    AIM in Infectious Medicine
    AIM and pathogenitc organisms in general
    AIM and the biology of pathogenic microorganisms
    AIM and the management of infected patients
    AIM and early suspicion of infection
    AIM and the clinical approach in infectious medicine
    AIM and fever of unknown origin
    AIM and the avoidance of nosocomial infections
    AIM and infections in immunocompromised patients
    AIM in Antimicrobial chemotherapy
    AIM in Immunization
    AIM in Travel and expedition medicine
    AIM and viruses
    AIM and Respiratory tract viruses
    Herpes
    EBV
    Proxi
    Mumps
    Measles
    Nipah and Hendra virus encephalitides
    Enterovirus infections
    AIM and HIV
    AIM and cancerous viruses
    AIM and bacterial infections
    AIM and sexual health
    AIM and epidemiology of STDs
    AIM and Sexual Behaviour
    AIM in Sexual History and Examination
    AIM and contraception
    AIM and Chemical and physical injuries and environmental factors and disease
    AIM in Clinical Toxicology
    AIM and Poisoning by Drugs and Chemicals
    AIM in Occupational health and safety
    AIM in Occupational and environmental health
    AIM in Aerospace medicine
    AIM in Diving Medicine
    AIM in Radiation
    AIM in bioterrorism
    AIM in Pharmacology
    AIM in Clinical pharmacology
    AIM and Principles of clinical pharmacology and drug therapy
    AIM in nutrition
    AIM and macronutrient metabolism
    AIM and Vitamins and trace elements
    AIM in Severe malnutrition
    AIM and overnutrition
    AIM and obesity
    AIM in Artificial nutrition support
    AIM in Metabolic disorders
    AIM and The inborn errors of metabolism
    AIM in Breast Cancer
    AIM and Diabetes
    AIM and Hypoglycaemia avoidance
    AIM in Medical Disorders in Pregnancy
    AIM in Paediatrics
    AIM in Pathology
    AIM in Gastroenterology
    AIM in Endoscopy Procedures
    AIM in Colonoscopy and Flexible Sigmoidoscopy
    AIM in ERCP
    AIM in Gastroscopy
    AIM in Advanced Endoscopy procedures and Ultrasound
    AIM in Capsule Endoscopy
    AIM and the acute abdomen
    AIM in Cardiovascular disorders
    AIM in Surgery
    AIM in Urology
    AIM in Anaesthesiology
    AIM in Critical Care
    AIM in Cardiac Arrest
    AIM in Anaphylaxis
    AIM in Rehabilitation Medicine
    AIM in Respiratory Disorders
    AIM In Rheumatological Disorders
    AIM in Disorders of the skeleton
    AIM in Disorders of the kidney and urinary tract
    AIM in Haematology
    AIM In Anemia
    AIM in Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
    AIM in Acute Myeloid Leukemia
    AIM in Clinical Physiology
    AIM in Clinical Skills
    AIM in Dermatology
    AIM in Clinical Physiology
    AIM in Clinical Neurophysiology
    AIM in Neurology
    AIM in Parkinson
    AIM in Multiple Sclerosis
    AIM in Motor Neuron Disorders
    AIM in Epilepsy
    AIM in Sleep Medicine
    AIM in Ataxic disorders
    AIM and Brainstem syndromes
    AIM in Stroke: cerebrovascular disease
    AIM in Ear-Nose-Throat Medicine
    AIM in General Medicine
    AIM in Ophthalmology
    AIM and eye diseases in general practice
    AIM in Psychiatry and Drug Related Problems
    AIM in Addictive Medicine
    AIM and the takig of psychiatric history
    AIM in acute behavioural emergencies
    AIM in Neuropsychiatric disorders
    AIM in psychiatry of practical medicine
    AIM and PTSD
    AIM in suicide prevention
    AIM and unexplained symptoms
    AIM and chronic fatigue syndrome
    AIM in Anxiety and depression
    AIM in eating disorders
    AIM in schizophrenia
    AIM in psychiatric treatments
    AIM in psychopharmacology
    AIM in the psychological treatment in medical practice
    AIM in psychological therapy
    AIM in alcohol and drug dependence
    AIM in Forensic Medicine
    AIM in Forensic medicine for the practising doctor
    AIM in sports medicine
    AIM in Sports and exercise medicine
    AIM in Gynaecology
    AIM in Gerontology
    AIM and medicine in old age
    AIM and Mental disorders of old age
    AIM in Pain Management
    AIM and pain
    AIM and the dealing with pain
    AIM in palliative medicine
    AIM in palliative care
    AIM in the biochemistry of medicine
    AIM and biochemical decision support
    AIM in acute medicine
    AIM and acute medical presentations
    AIM and the practical procedure of medicine
    AIM and the Climate Impact of Health Care
    AIM in Nanomedicine
    AIM and the 5G Impact on Medicine
    AIM and mHealth, Smartphones and Apps
    AIM and Philosphical Aspects
    AIM and Political and Gender Aspects.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Manda Raz, Tam C. Nguyen, Erwin Loh, editors.
    Summary: This book identifies Artificial Intelligence (AI) as a growing field that is being incorporated into many aspects of human life, including healthcare practice and delivery. The precision, automation, and potential of AI brings multiple benefits to the way disease is diagnosed, investigated and treated. Currently, there is a lack of any appreciable understanding of AI and this book provides detailed understandings, which include; foundational concepts, current applications, future challenges amongst most healthcare practitioners. The book is divided into four sections: basic concepts, current applications, limitations and future directions. Each section is comprised of chapters written by expert academics, researchers and practitioners at the intersection between AI and medicine. The purpose of the book is to promote AI literacy as an important component of modern medical practice. This book is suited for all readers as it requires no previous knowledge, it walks non-technical clinicians through the complex ideas and concepts in an easy to understand manner.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1 Untangling the concept of Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning, and Deep Learning
    Chapter 2 Overview of Artificial Intelligence in Medicine
    Chapter 3 Machine learning, deep learning and neural networks
    Chapter 4 Machine Learning in Medical Imaging Clinical Applications and Challenges in Computer Vision
    Chapter 5 Artificial Intelligence in Medicine: Applications, Limitations and Future Directions
    Chapter 6 Current Applications of Machine Learning in Medicine: ART
    Chapter 7 Artificial Intelligence in Ophthalmology
    Chapter 8 Machine learning in laparoscopic surgery
    Section 3 Limitations & Ethics
    Chapter 9 Limitations
    Chapter 10 Privacy and Data Security Issues
    Chapter 11 Explainable AI.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Andrzej Grzybowski, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a wide-ranging overview of artificial intelligence (AI), machine learning (ML) and deep learning (DL) algorithms in ophthalmology. Expertly written chapters examine AI in age-related macular degeneration, glaucoma, retinopathy of prematurity and diabetic retinopathy screening. AI perspectives, systems and limitations are all carefully assessed throughout the book as well as the technical aspects of DL systems for retinal diseases including the application of Google DeepMind, the Singapore algorithm, and the Johns Hopkins algorithm. Artificial Intelligence in Ophthalmology meets the need for a resource that reviews the benefits and pitfalls of AI, ML and DL in ophthalmology. Ophthalmologists, optometrists, eye-care workers, neurologists, cardiologists, internal medicine specialists, AI engineers and IT specialists with an interest in how AI can help with early diagnosis and monitoring treatment in ophthalmic patients will find this book to be an indispensable guide to an evolving area of healthcare technology.

    Contents:
    Artificial intelligence in Medicine
    Artificial intelligence in AMD
    Artificial intelligence in Glaucoma
    Artificial intelligence in Retinopathy of Prematurity
    Artificial intelligence in Diabetic Retinopathy Screening
    The overview of available artificial intelligence systems in Ophthalmology
    The overview of experimental artificial intelligence systems in Ophthalmology
    Technical aspects of deep learning in Ophthalmology
    Deep learning systems for retinal diseases
    Google DeepMind
    Singapore algorithm
    Johns Hopkins algorithm
    Perspectives of artificial intelligence in Ophthalmology
    Limitations of artificial intelligence in Ophthalmology
    Artificial intelligence in calculating the IOL power.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    John A. Andreou, Paris A. Kosmidis, Athanasios D. Gouliamos, editors.
    Summary: This book presents artificial intelligence applications that may help in detecting disease, defining tissue characterization (benign vs malignant), staging and correlation with molecular biomarkers. Originally positioned as a means for noninvasive molecular phenotyping and quantification in the 1970s, PET's technological improvements in the 2000s generated renewed interest in quantification, which has grown over the last five years. This progress is parallel with the development of Artificial intelligence (AI) systems for Oncology which aim at providing the best possible treatment to patients suffering from lung, breast, brain, prostate, liver and other types of cancer. The chapters provide an overview of the use of AI in PET/CT imaging for various types of cancer, and it will be an invaluable tool especially for nuclear medicine physicians and oncologists.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction : Artificial intelligence (AI) systems for Oncology
    2. PET in Bone and Soft tissue tumors
    3. (CNS) PET/CT: current AI applications
    4. PET/CT findings in Head and Neck Cancer, current AI applications
    5. PET/CT in Lung cancer, current AI applications
    6. Breast cancer: PET/CT imaging, AI applications
    7. PET/CT in Gynecologic cancer, current AI applications
    8. PET/CT in Rectal cancer, current AI applications
    9. PET/CT in Neuroendocrine tumors, current AI applications
    10. PET/CT in the evaluation of Adrenal gland mass
    11. PET/CT in Renal cancer
    12. PET/CT in Testicular cancer
    13. PET/CT in Prostate cancer
    14. PET/CT in Malignant Lymphomas.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Patrick Veit-Haibach, Ken Herrmann, editors.
    Summary: This book includes detailed explanations of the underlying technologies and concepts used in Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Machine Learning (ML) in the context of nuclear medicine and hybrid imaging. A diverse team of authors, including pioneers in the field and respected experts from leading international institutions, share their insights, opinions and outlooks on this exciting topic. A wide range of clinical applications are discussed, from brain applications to body indications, as well as the applicability of AI and ML for cardio-vascular conditions. The book also considers the potential impact of theranostics. To balance the technology-heavy and disease-specific applications, it also discusses ethical / legal issues, economic realities and the human factor, the physician. Though this discussion is not based on research and outcomes, it provides important insights into the ramifications of how AI and ML could transform Nuclear Medicine and Hybrid Imaging practice. As the first work highlighting the role of these concepts specifically in this field, rather than for medical imaging in general, this book offers a valuable resource for Nuclear Medicine Physicians, Radiologists, Physicists, Medical Imaging Administrators and Nuclear Medicine Technologists alike.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    by Peter S. Walker.
    Summary: Spanning both the history and future of knee replacement, this unique book recounts how artificial knees have reached the stage they are today, and whether their performance can be further improved. The author, who has been designing artificial knees for 50 years, starts the story in the late 1960's with the early pioneers; during the 1970's, the principles for successful artificial knees were established. While many different types were designed, a small number have become by far the most widely utilized. Yet other types of designs, so far little used, along with new materials and the application of computer-assisted surgery, could result in significant advancements in the treatment of knee arthritis. Each chapter provides a detailed description of the origins of the ideas and principles and their rationale, followed by the latest information and evidence. The book begins with an overview of the history and background of the artificial knee, in terms of design and implementation and the thought leaders involved. Fixation, biomechanics, and the types of designs are discussed in detail, both what has worked and what has not, and why. Instrumentation, testing and tribology, and functional evaluation methods are also covered. The book concludes with a look toward the future possibilities for the field of artificial knees. An illustrated glossary of terms, is included for quick reference. The Artificial Knee: An Ongoing Evolution will appeal to orthopedic surgeons and researchers, medical academics and orthopedic companies, and to those with a general interest in artificial knees.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Early Biomechanical Knowledge
    The Design Process
    Laxity and Stability
    Fixation Using Acrylic Cement
    Uncemented Fixation
    Femoral Components and Patella
    Tibial Components
    Condylar Replacements
    Posterior Stabilized
    Guided Motion Knees
    Instrumentation and Technique
    Testing and Tribology
    Comparisons of Function between Designs and Techniques
    Discussion and Future Possibilities
    Glossary of Terms.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Lanjuan Li, editor.
    Summary: This book introduces the clinical application of artificial liver system (ALS) in hepatic failure. It has been widely used in clinics aiming to provide temporary support of liver function while maintaining extra-hepatic function in patients with liver failure. This work comprehensively summarizes the progress of livers and artificial liver, for example, the principle and implementation of Li-ALS, cell transplantation and the combined application of artificial liver and liver transplantation. It will be helpful for clinicians to implement artificial liver treatment to save the lives of patients with hepatic failure.

    Contents:
    Introduction of artificial liver
    Liver Structure
    Liver Function
    Liver regeneration and tissue engineering
    Causes of liver injury
    Pathogenesis of liver injury and hepatic failure
    Liver pathology
    Laboratory evaluation of hepatic failure
    Imaging examination of hepatic failure
    Diagnosis of hepatic failure
    Internal medical treatment of hepatic failure
    Function mechanism of artificial liver
    Non-biological artificial liver
    Practice standards and management of artificial liver treatment
    Indications and contraindications of artificial liver treatment
    Complications and their prevention of artificial liver treatment
    Efficacy and its evaluation of non-biological artificial liver
    Biological artificial liver
    Hybrid artificial liver
    Cell transplantation therapy of hepatic failure
    Artificial liver and liver transplantation
    Future development of artificial liver.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    by Emanuel J. Mickel, Jr.
    Contents: <br/
    >1. The Influence of opium and hashish on the literature of French Romanticism and Les fleurs du mal.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RC566 .M61 1969
    1
  • Digital
    David J. Baker.
    Contents:
    A Brief History of Artificial Ventilation
    The Structure of the Airways and Lungs
    How the Lungs Work: Mechanics and Gas Exchange with the Blood
    Respiratory Failure
    The Management of Respiratory Failure: Airway Management and Manual Methods of Artificial Ventilation
    Basic principles of mechanical ventilation
    Portable mechanical ventilators
    Managing ventilation during transport
    Paediatric Artificial Ventilation for the Non-Specialist
    Artificial ventilation in difficult and extreme environments
    Mass ventilation
    Conclusions: key messages.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    David J. Baker.
    Summary: This book provides a concise, clinical guide to the basics of airway and ventilation management for non-specialists working in pre-hospital and emergency medicine. It fulfills the need for a resource that simply and clearly explains the fundamentals of respiratory physiology, the pathophysiology behind respiratory failure and the practical aspects of artificial ventilation. Artificial Ventilation: A Basic Clinical Guide, 2nd edition has been expanded to include guidance on mass ventilation during a viral pandemic with lessons learnt from the COVID-19 outbreak. It has been fully revised to support non-specialist medical and nursing personnel to understand the basics of artificial ventilation and to be able to improvise mass ventilation outside the ICU. Professionals seeking clear guidance on currently available devices and new approaches to mechanical ventilation will find this book to be an essential resource for all types of emergency situations where artificial ventilation is required. .

    Contents:
    A Brief History of Artificial Ventilation
    The Structure of the Airways and Lungs
    How the Lungs Work: Mechanics and Gas Exchange with the Blood
    Respiratory Failure
    The Management of Respiratory Failure: Airway Management and Manual Methods of Artificial Ventilation
    Basic principles of mechanical ventilation
    Portable mechanical ventilators
    Managing ventilation during transport
    Ventilation in the intensive care unit: the essentials for non - specialists
    Artificial ventilation in difficult and extreme environments
    Mass ventilation during a viral pandemic: lessons from the COVID 19 outbreak. .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Veit Peter Gabel, editor.
    Summary: This book presents and analyses the most recent research dedicated to restoring vision in individuals who are severely impaired or blind from retinal disease or injury. It is written by the leading groups worldwide who are at the forefront of developing artificial vision. The book begins by discussing the difficulties in comparing and interpreting functional results in the area of very low vision and the principal prospects and limitations of spatial resolution with artificial tools. Further on, chapters are included by researchers who stimulate the surface or the pigment epithelial side of the retina and by experts who work on stimulating the optic nerve, the lateral geniculate body and the superficial layers of the visual cortex. Artificial Vision: A Clinical Guide collates the most recent work of key artificial vision research groups to explain in a comparable and stringent order their varying approaches, the clinical or preclinical outcomes and their achievements during the last years. Senior ophthalmic fellows and academic practitioners will find this guide to be an indispensable resource for understanding the current status of artificial vision. .
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Julia F. Christensen, Antoni Gomila.
    Summary: "The Arts and the Brain: Psychology and Physiology beyond Pleasure, Volume 237, combines the work of an excellent group of experts who explain evidence on the neural and biobehavioral science of the arts. Topics covered include the emergence of early art and the evolution of human culture, the interaction between cultural and biological evolutionary processes in generating artistic creation, the nature of the aesthetic experience of art, the arts as a multisensory experience, new insights from the neuroscience of dance, a systematic review of the biological impact of music, and more"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    The arts, brain and evolution. Art, symbolism and the evolution of the brain
    Emergence of early art and the evolution of human culture
    On the interaction between cultural and biological evolutionary processes in generating artistic creativity
    The arts and psychology. The nature of aesthetic experience of art
    Art appreciation as an emotional process - beyond aesthetic experience
    The singular experience: characterizing the emotional response to art beyond pleasure
    An empirical paper on audience responses to film
    The arts and physiology. Why we like what we like? Tracking the neurophysiological responses linked to aesthetic appreciation
    The arts as a multisensory experience
    Interceptive predictions and aesthetic relatedness to images
    How artists represent visual processes
    The arts and the brain. Art and brain, and integrative overview
    Seeking salience in engaging art: a short story about attention, artistic value, and affective neuroscience
    New insights from the neuroscience of dance
    Embodied aesthetics in the visual and the performing arts
    The arts and biology. Music, dance and other art forms: new insights into the links between hedonia (pleasure) and eudaimonia (well-being)
    A systematic review of the biological impact of music
    Biology and aesthetics in music and the visual arts
    Alexithymia, arts and health
    Arts expertise and learning. Developmental perspectives on the social and emotional role of music and dance
    Music education and the brain
    Dance learning among adolescents and young adults: Insights from brain imaging and behaviour
    Is there a moral bettering through the arts?
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Kathryn Hinsliff-Smith, Julie McGarry, Parveen Ali, editors.
    Summary: This book, written by academics across a range of disciplines, including healthcare and social sciences discusses the increasing use of the arts in healthcare research, which often stems from the recognition that for some topics of investigation, or when dealing with sensitive issues, the usual qualitative or quantitative paradigms are not appropriate. While there is undoubtedly a place for such approaches, arts-based research paradigms (ABR) offers, not only additional study and data-collection tools, but also provides a new and enjoyable experience for those involved. The use of the arts as a medium to improve health and wellbeing was well documented by the World Health Organisation (WHO) in 2019, with over 3,000 studies conducted around the globe on the value of the arts in the prevention of ill health and promotion of health across the life span. This book examines how the arts, in a variety of forms, can be used by those working directly in healthcare settings as well as those involved in research across all health or patient settings. Covering a range of ABR genres, including literature (such as narrative and poetic inquiry); performance (music, dance, play building); visual arts (drawing and painting, collage, installation art, comics); and audio-visual and multimethod approaches, this user- friendly book will appeal to nurses, researchers in nursing and allied healthcare professions, as well professionals in the social sciences, psychosociology, psychology, literature and arts.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Arts use within healthcare and what is the evidence across health care disciplines and professions
    Chapter 3. "It is, it stands for, it shows" : arts-based representations in data generation and analysis
    Chapter 4. Proximity, accessibility, sensitivity, voice: the possibilities for arts based approaches in healthcare
    Chapter 5. Use of Personas and participative methods when researching with hard to reach groups
    Chapter 6. Photo-elicitation: unleashing imagery in healthcare research
    Chapter 7. At the Interface of Life Writing and Life Sciences: Eating Disorders Narratives of Lived Experience in English, German and French Literature
    Chapter 8. How can Arts be used within the context of dementia care?
    Chapter 9. Hand-drawn infographics: a tool for reflection and creativity in healthcare research and beyond
    Chapter 10. Use of writing letters and other literature forms to capture experiences of research participants
    Chapter 11. Collage, an often neglected Art form for use in research, using Canadian examples
    Chapter 12.Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Umberto Volpe, editor.
    Summary: This book explores possible approaches to and uses of art therapy in mental health settings. Reflecting the latest scientific evidence, it represents a major step toward the harmonization of practices in the field, filling the gap between the theory and practice of art therapy. The book is divided into four major sections, corresponding to the main artistic domains: visual art therapy, music therapy, dance movement therapy, and drama therapy. Gathering the research and insights of leading professionals from around the globe, the book offers a diverse and balanced mix of perspectives. Accordingly, it will appeal to a broad readership including psychiatrists, psychologists, social workers, occupational therapists, psychiatric rehabilitation technicians, nurses, educators, art therapists, and students.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Visual Art therapy
    Chapter 1. Visual art-therapy in psychiatry rehabilitation. - Chapter 2. Between subjectivity and objectivity: art therapys challenge
    Chapter 3. Commentary on the Conceptual Roots in Art Therapy: Rethinking Sublimation
    Chapter 4. Art therapy in mental health recovery towards an expanded lens
    Part 2: Music Therapy
    Chapter 5. Music Therapy in Psychiatry
    Chapter 6. From an empirical approach to scientific evidence: reflections on music therapy and psychiatry
    Chapter 7. Professional flexibility towards the clients` needs in music therapy and music medicine in psychiatry
    Chapter 8. Music as central mechanism for music therapy in mental health
    Chapter 9. Recurring sound aspects in group work with psychiatric patients
    Chapter 10. A perspective in approaching mechanisms of music therapy for dementia clients
    Part 3: Dance Movement therapy
    Chapter 11. Integration in Motion: Dance Movement Therapy
    Chapter 12. Training standard of Dance Movement Therapy in E.U. and Italian contribution to research on recovery
    Chapter 13. Dance Movement Therapy as an alternative for rehabilitating people with mental disorders
    Chapter 14. Neurophysiological aspects of dance-movement therapy for psychiatric rehabilitation
    Chapter 15. The Psychiatry-related European DMT Experience
    Chapter 16. Listening to the voice of the person with psychiatric problems
    Part 4: Drama Theatre therapy
    Chapter 17. Drama therapy in the context of psychiatric care
    Chapter 18. Drama/theatre Practice in psychiatric care
    Chapter 19. Drama therapy and psychiatric care in India: practice and potential
    Chapter 20. Facilitating empathy through drama therapy for clients and clinicians across the spectrum of psychiatric care
    Chapter 21. Empirical Research Consideration in Drama Therapy: A Brief Essay
    Chapter 22. Healing aspects of drama and theatre and perspectives in dramatherapy
    Chapter 23. Challenges of research in drama therapy
    Chapter 24. Dramatherapy: A Culturally Responsive Practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Leanne Betasamosake Simpson.
    Summary: "Across North America, Indigenous acts of resistance have in recent years opposed the removal of federal protections for forests and waterways in Indigenous lands, halted the expansion of tar sands extraction and the pipeline construction at Standing Rock, and demanded justice for murdered and missing Indigenous women. In As We Have Always Done, Leanne Betasamosake Simpson locates Indigenous political resurgence as a practice rooted in uniquely Indigenous theorizing, writing, organizing, and thinking. Indigenous resistance is a radical rejection of contemporary colonialism focused around refusing the dispossession of Indigenous bodies and land. Simpson makes clear that the resistance's goal can no longer be cultural resurgence as a mechanism for inclusion in a multicultural mosaic. Instead, she calls for unapologetic, place-based Indigenous alternatives to the destructive logics of the settler colonial state, including heteropatriarchy, white supremacy, and capitalist exploitation"--Jacket.

    Contents:
    Introduction: My radical resurgent present
    Nishnaabeg brilliance as radical resurgence theory
    Kwe as resurgent method
    The attempted dispossession of kwe
    Nishnaabeg internationalism
    Nishnaabeg anticapitalism
    Endlessly creating our indigenous selves
    The sovereignty of indigenous peoples' bodies
    Indigenous queer normativity
    Land as pedagogy
    "I see your light" : reciprocal recognition and generative refusal
    Embodied resurgent practice and coded disruption
    Constellations of coresistance
    Conclusion: Toward radical resurgent struggle.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    E99.C6 S659 2017
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] Abigail J. Herron, Tim K. Brennan.
    Summary: "This book is a companion guide to ASAM's Principles of Addiction Medicine, a comprehensive reference text that reflects the state-ofthe- art science and practice of addiction medicine. It was created with the goal of providing a more concise source of up-to-date and clinically relevant information"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
    LWW Health Library (PA Rotations)
  • Print
    senior editor, Richard K. Ries ; associate editors, David A. Fiellin, Shannon C. Miller, Richard Saitz
    Contents:
    Section 1. Basic Science and Core Concepts :
    1. Drug Addiction: The Neurobiology of Behavior Gone Awry
    2. The Epidemiology of Substance Use Disorders
    3. The Anatomy of Addiction
    4. From Neurobiology to Treatment: Progress Against Addiction
    5. Understanding "Behavioral Addictions": Insights from Research
    -- Section 2. Pharmacology :
    6. Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Principles
    7. The Pharmacology of Alcohol
    8. The Pharmacology of Nonalcohol Sedative Hypnotics
    9. The Pharmacology of Opioids
    10. The Pharmacology of Cocaine, Amphetamines, and Other Stimulants
    11. The Pharmacology of Caffeine
    12. The Pharmacology of Nicotine and Tobacco
    13. The Pharmacology of Marijuana
    14. The Pharmacology of Hallucinogens
    15. The Pharmacology of Dissociatives
    16. The Pharmacology of Inhalants
    17. The Pharmacology of Anabolic-Androgenic Steroids
    -- Section 3. Diagnosis, Assessment, and Early Intervention :
    18. Screening and Brief Intervention
    19. Laboratory Diagnosis
    20. Assessment
    21. Environmental Approaches to Prevention: A Community-Based Perspective
    -- Section 4. Overview of Addiction Treatment :
    22. Addiction Medicine in America: Its Birth and Early History (1750-1935) with a Modern Postscript
    23. Treatment of Heavy Drinking and Alcohol Use Disorder
    24. The Treatment of Drug Addiction: An Overview
    25. Moving Toward Integrated Care for Substance Use Disorders: Lessons from History and the Rest of Health Care
    26. Effects of Treatment Setting, Duration, and Amount on Patient Outcomes
    27. The ASAM Criteria and Matching Patients to Treatment
    28. Linking Addiction Treatment with Other Medical and Psychiatric Treatment Systems
    29. Alternative Therapies for Alcohol and Drug Addiction
    30. The Harm Reduction Approach to Prevention and Treatment
    31. Quality Improvement for Addiction Treatment
    32. Nursing Roles in Addressing Addiction
    33. International Perspectives on Addiction Management
    -- Section 5. Special Issues in Addiction :
    34. Nonmedical Use, Misuse, and Abuse of Prescription Medications
    35. Special Issues in Treatment: Women
    36. Treatment of Older Adults
    37. Cultural Issues in Addiction Medicine
    38. College Student Drinking
    39. Pathologic Gambling: Clinical
    40. Sexual Addiction
    41. Physician Health Programs and Addiction among Physicians
    -- Section 6. Management of Intoxication and Withdrawal :
    42. Management of Intoxication and
    43. Management of Alcohol Intoxication and Withdrawal
    44. Management of Sedative-Hypnotic Intoxication and Withdrawal
    45. Management of Opioid Intoxication and Withdrawal
    46. Management of Stimulant, Hallucinogen, Marijuana, Phencyclidine, and Club Drug Intoxication and Withdrawal
    -- Section 7. Pharmacologic Interventions :
    47. Medications for Use in Alcohol
    48. Pharmacologic Intervention for Sedative-Hypnotic Addiction
    49. Pharmacologic Interventions for Opioid Dependence
    50. Opioid Maintenance Treatment
    51. Special Issues in Office-Based Opioid Treatment
    52. Pharmacologic Interventions for Cocaine, Methamphetamine, and Other Stimulant Addiction
    53. Pharmacologic Interventions for Tobacco Dependence
    54. Pharmacologic Interventions for Other Drug and Multiple Drug Addictions
    -- Section 8. Behavioral Interventions :
    55. Enhancing Motivation to Change
    56. Group Therapies
    57. Individual Treatment
    58. Contingency Management and the Community Reinforcement Approach
    59. Behavioral Interventions in Smoking Cessation
    60. Network Therapy
    61. Therapeutic Communities
    62. Aversion Therapies
    63. Family Involvement in Addiction, Treatment, and Recovery
    64. Twelve-Step Facilitation Approaches
    65. Microprocessor Abuse and Internet Addiction
    66. Relapse Prevention: Clinical Models and Intervention Strategies
    67. Medical Management Techniques and Collaborative Care: Integrating Behavioral with Pharmacologic Interventions in Addiction Treatment
    68. Conceptual and Treatment Issues in "Behavioral Addictions"
    -- Section 9. Mutual Help, Twelve Step, and Other Recovery Programs :
    69. Twelve-Step Programs in Addiction Recovery
    70. Recent Research into Twelve-Step Programs
    71. Spirituality in the Recovery Process
    -- Section 10. Medical Disorders and Complications of Addiction :
    72. Medical and Surgical Complications of Addiction
    73. Cardiovascular Consequences of Alcohol and Other Drug Use
    74. Liver Disorders Related to Alcohol and Other Drug Use
    75. Renal and Metabolic Disorders Related to Alcohol and Other Drug Use
    76. Gastrointestinal Disorders Related to Alcohol and Other Drug Use
    77. Respiratory Tract Disorders Related to Alcohol and Other Drug Use
    78. Neurologic Disorders Related to Alcohol and Other Drug Use
    79. Human Immunodeficiency Virus, Tuberculosis, and Other Infectious Diseases Related to Alcohol and Other Drug Use
    80. Sleep Disorders Related to Alcohol and Other Drug Use
    81. Traumatic Injuries Related to Alcohol and Other Drug Use: Epidemiology, Screening, and Prevention
    82. Endocrine and Reproductive Disorders Related to Alcohol and Other Drug Use
    83. Alcohol and Other Drug Use during Pregnancy: Management of the Mother and Child
    84. Surgical Interventions in the Alcohol- or Drug-Using Patient
    -- Section 11. Co-Occurring Addiction and Psychiatric Disorders :
    85. Substance-Induced Mental Disorders
    86. Co-Occurring Addictive and Mood Disorders
    87. Co-Occurring Addiction and Anxiety Disorders
    88. Co-Occurring Addiction and Psychotic Disorders
    89. Co-Occurring Addictive Disorder and Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder
    90. Co-Occurring Personality Disorders and Addiction
    91. Posttraumatic Stress Disorder and Substance Use Disorder Comorbidity
    92. Co-Occurring Addiction and Eating Disorders
    -- Section 12. Pain and Addiction :
    93. The Pathophysiology of Chronic Pain and Clinical Interfaces with Addiction
    94. Psychological Issues in the Management of Pain
    95. Rehabilitation Approaches to Pain Management
    96. Nonopioid Pharmacotherapy of Pain
    97. Opioid Therapy of Pain
    98. Comorbid Pain and Addiction
    99. Legal and Regulatory Considerations in Opioid Prescribing
    -- Section 13. Children and Adolescents :
    100. Epidemiology of Adolescent Substance Use
    101. Preventing Substance Use among Children and Adolescents
    102. Neurobiology of Addiction from a Developmental Perspective
    103. Screening and Brief Intervention for Adolescents
    104. Assessing Adolescent Substance Use
    105. Placement Criteria and Strategies for Adolescent Treatment Matching
    106. Adolescent Treatment and Relapse Prevention
    107. Pharmacotherapy for Adolescents with Substance Use Disorders
    108. Co-Occurring Psychiatric Disorders in Adolescents
    -- Section 14. Ethical, Legal, and Liability Issues in Addiction Practice :
    109. Ethical Issues in Addiction Practice
    110. Consent and Confidentiality Issues in Addiction Practice
    111. Clinical, Ethical, and Legal Considerations in Prescribing Drugs with Abuse Potential
    112. The Science and Clinical Uses of Drug Testing
    113. Drug Treatment Courts and the Treatment of Persons in the Criminal Justice System
    114. Preventing and Treating Substance Use Disorders in Military Personnel.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC564.I5 P75 2014
    1
  • Digital
    senior editor, Shannon C. Miller ; associate editors, David A. Fiellin, Richard N. Rosenthal, and Richard Saitz.
    Summary: "The ASAM Principles of Addiction Medicine is the go-to textbook in the specialty field of addiction medicine. Clinicians, doctors, and researchers rely on The ASAM Principles of Addiction Medicine to define the terminology of addiction and provide a comprehensive overview of the diagnosis and treatment"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2019
  • Digital
    Joseph R. Testa, editor.
    Summary: This volume is comprised of a multidisciplinary assessment of the interplay between asbestos and cancer as well as new research about the biology and treatment of malignant mesothelioma. Chapters on the various types of asbestos and other mineral fibers, epidemiology, history and future of asbestos-related diseases are included. Other reviews present new information about the role of asbestos-related inflammation and genetic factors, including the role of inherited mutations of BAP1, in mesothelioma causation, as well as recent research about gene signatures, cell signaling, and epigenetic mechanisms in asbestos-related diseases. Other chapters provide updates of novel disease biomarkers and prevention, mechanistic lesson from genetically engineered mouse and 3-D models of mesothelioma tumorigenesis and therapeutic resistance. Also included are up-to-date reviews of surgical, molecularly targeted chemotherapeutic, and immunotherapeutic approaches for mesothelioma as well as an overview of legal issues.

    Contents:
    1. Malignant Mesothelioma
    An Asbestos Legacy
    2. Asbestos and Fibrous Erionite
    3. Epidemiology of Mesothelioma
    4. Malignant Pleural Mesothelioma: History, Controversy and Future of a Man-Made Epidemic
    5. Communities at High Risk in the Third Wave of Mesothelioma
    6. Mesothelioma Pathology
    7. Asbestos-Induced Inflammation in Malignant Mesothelioma and Other Lung Diseases
    8. Germline and Somatic Mutations in Human Mesothelioma and Lessons from Asbestos-Exposed Genetically Engineered Mouse Models
    9. Gene Signature of Malignant Pleural Mesothelioma
    10. Cell Signaling and Epigenetic Mechanisms in Mesothelioma
    11. 3D Models of Mesothelioma in the Study of Mechanisms of Cell Survival
    12. Biomarkers of Response to Asbestos Exposure
    13. Surgery Approaches in Mesothelioma
    14. Radiotherapy and Photodynamic Therapy for Malignant Pleural Mesothelioma
    15. Standard Chemotherapy Options and Clinical Trials of Novel Agents for Mesothelioma
    16. Immunotherapeutic Approaches to Mesothelioma
    17. Challenges Facing Mesothelioma Patients and Their Families: Medical/Legal Intersections
    18. The Patient's Experience of Malignant Mesothelioma.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    authors Alex A. Adjei [and others] ; editor Martee L. Hensley.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RC266.5 .A836 2018
    1
  • Print
    authors Anthony J. Alberg [and others] ; editor Benjamin P. Levy.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    David E. Beck... [and others], editors.
    Summary: The ASCRS Manual of Colon and Rectal Surgery, Second Edition is designed to provide a rapid access pocket reference for residents, fellows, private clinicians, and allied health professionals caring for patients with colorectal surgical diseases. The Manual, abstracted from the ASCRS Textbook of Colon and Rectal Surgery, Second Edition, is intended to impart succinct, clinically relevant information for daily patient care. The chapters take an evidence-based approach and many provide ASCRS practice parameters. The contents are presented consistently, with concise overviews of the most clinically relevant topics. The disease chapters discuss etiology, anatomic considerations, patient evaluation, lab results, imaging, diagnosis and treatment. The surgical chapters address these same issues, in addition to discussion of minimally invasive versus open techniques, possible complications, and perioperative care. The Manual also includes anatomical and technique drawings, operative photos and algorithms. Concise yet comprehensive, The ASCRS Manual of Colon and Rectal Surgery, Second Edition is very useful for physicians and researchers dealing with diseases of the colon and rectum.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and Embryology of the Colon, Rectum, and Anus
    Colonic Physiology
    Anorectal Physiology
    Physiologic Testing
    Endoscopy
    Radiology
    Endoluminal Ultrasound
    Preoperative Management
    Postoperative Management
    Postoperative Complications
    Hemorrhoids
    Anal Fissure
    Anorectal Abscess and Fistula
    Benign Anovaginal and Rectovaginal Fistulas
    Pilonidal Disease and Hidradenitis Suppurativa
    Dermatology and Pruritus Ani
    Sexually Transmitted Diseases
    Fecal Incontinence
    Pelvic Floor Disorders
    Anal Cancer
    Presacral Tumors
    Diverticular Disease
    Colonic Volvulus
    Lower Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage
    Endometriosis
    Trauma of the Colon and Rectum
    IBD: Diagnosis and Evaluation
    IBD: Medical Management
    Ulcerative Colitis: Surgical Management
    Crohns Disease: Surgical Management
    Intestinal Stomas
    Constipation and Functional Bowel Disorders
    Rectal Prolapse
    Other Benign Colorectal Disorders
    Advanced Laparoscopic Colorectal Surgery
    Polyps
    Hereditary Colorectal Cancer
    Colorectal Cancer: Epidemiology, Etiology, and Molecular Basis
    Colorectal Cancer Screening
    Colon Cancer Evaluation and Staging
    Surgical Management of Colon Cancer
    The Preoperative Staging of Rectal Cancer
    Local Excision of Rectal Cancer
    Surgical Treatment of Rectal Cancer
    Rectal Cancer: Locally Advanced and Recurrent
    Colorectal Cancer: Adjuvant Therapy
    Colorectal Cancer: Metastatic (Palliation)
    Colorectal Cancer: Surveillance
    Miscellaneous Neoplasms
    Pediatric Colorectal Disorders
    Health Care Economics
    Ethical and Legal Considerations
    Medical Legal Considerations
    Surgical Education
    Continuing Medical Education
    Quality.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors: Scott R. Steele, Tracy L. Hull, Thomas E. Read, Theodore J. Saclarides, Anthony J. Senagore, Charles B. Whitlow.
    Contents:
    Anatomy and Embryology of the Colon, Rectum & Anus
    Colonic Physiology
    Anal Physiology: The physiology of continence and defecation
    Endoscopy
    Endoscopic management of polyps, polypectomy and combined endoscopic and laparoscopic surgery
    Preoperative assessment of colorectal patients
    Optimizing Outcomes with Enhanced Recovery
    Postoperative Complications
    Anastomotic Construction
    Anastomotic complications
    Approach to Anal Pain
    Hemorrhoids
    Anal Fissure
    Anorectal Abscess and Fistula
    Complex Anorectal Fistulas
    Rectovaginal Fistula
    Pilonidal Disease and Hidradenitis Suppurativa
    Dermatology and Pruritus Ani
    Sexually Transmitted Infections
    Anal Intraepithelial Neoplasia
    Anal Cancer
    Presacral Tumors
    Molecular Basis of Colorectal Cancer and Overview of Inherited Colorectal Cancer Syndromes
    Colorectal Neoplasms: Screening and Surveillance after Polypectomy
    Colon Cancer: Preoperative Evaluation and Staging
    The Surgical Management of Colon Cancer
    Rectal Cancer: Preoperative Evaluation and Staging
    Rectal Cancer: Neoadjuvant Therapy
    Local excision of rectal neoplasia
    Rectal Cancer: Watch and Wait
    Proctectomy
    Rectal Cancer Decision Making
    Colorectal Cancer: Postoperative Adjuvant Therapy
    Colorectal Cancer: Surveillance after Curative-Intent Therapy
    Colorectal Cancer: Management of Local Recurrence
    Colorectal Cancer: Management of Stage IV Disease
    Appendiceal Neoplasms
    Carcinoids, GISTs and Lymphomas of Colon and Rectum
    Diverticular Disease
    Large Bowel Obstruction
    Lower Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage
    Endometriosis
    Trauma of the Colon, Rectum, and Anus
    Inflammatory Bowel Disease: Pathobiology
    IBD Diagnosis and Evaluation
    Medical Management of Chronic Ulcerative Colitis
    Medical Management of Crohn's Disease
    Anorectal Crohn's disease
    Crohn's Disease: Surgical Management
    Ulcerative Colitis
    Surgical Management
    Complications of the Ileal Pouch
    Infectious Colitides
    Clostridium difficile Infection
    Radiation, microscopic, ischemic colitis
    Intestinal Stomas
    Functional complications after colon and rectal surgery
    Common Tests for the Pelvic Floor
    Evaluation of Constipation and Treatment of Abdominal Constipation
    Obstructed Defecation
    Rectal Prolapse
    Evaluation and Treatment of FI
    Functional Bowel Disorders for the Colorectal Surgeon
    Middle and Anterior Compartment: Issues for the Colorectal Surgeon
    Pediatric Colorectal Disorders
    Considerations for Geriatric Patients Undergoing Colorectal Surgery
    Health Care Economics
    Ethical Issues in Colorectal Surgery
    Welcome to Litigation
    Surgical Education
    Maintenance of Certification: Current Status and Future Considerations
    Quality & Safety in Colon & Rectal Surgery
    Practice Management.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Scott R. Steele, Tracy L. Hull, Neil Hyman, Justin A. Maykel, Thomas E. Read, Charles B. Whitlow, editors.
    Summary: This book serves as a valuable resource for surgeons and health care providers at all stages of their career caring for patients with colorectal disease. This edition provides all newly written chapters, organized around the "pillars" of colorectal disease: perioperative (including endoscopy); anorectal disease; benign disease (including inflammatory bowel disease); malignancy; pelvic floor disorders; and a "miscellaneous" section that covers aspects both inside and beyond the operating room. Chapters are formatted to follow that of a "how to" manual as well as an algorithm-based guide to allow the reader to understand the thought process behind a proposed treatment strategy. By making use of evidence-based recommendations, each chapter includes not only background information and diagnostic/therapeutic guidelines, but also provides operative technical details and perioperative "tips and tricks" that are utilized in the management of these complex surgical challenges. Chapters also include the assessment of risk and methods utilized to minimize perioperative complications. In addition, the book incorporates sections covering the medical and surgical therapies for abdominal, pelvic and anorectal disease. Written by experts in the field from around the world, The ASCRS Textbook of Colon and Rectal Surgery 4th Edition exposes the many critical gaps in our knowledge base and inspires the next generation to answer them through thoughtful and high level scientific inquiry.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and Embryology of the Colon, Rectum and Anus
    Colonic Physiology
    Anorectal Physiology
    Endoscopy
    Endoscopic management of polyps and endolumenal surgery
    Pre-operative evaluation in the colorectal patient
    Optimizing Outcomes with Enhanced Recovery
    General Postoperative Complications
    Anastomotic Construction
    Anastomotic Complications
    Hemorrhoids
    Anal Fissure and Anal Stenosis
    Cryptoglandular Abscess and Fistula
    Rectourethral and complex fistulas: evaluation and management
    Rectovaginal Fistula
    Pilonidal Disease and Hidradenitis Suppurativa
    Dermatology and Pruritus Ani
    Sexually transmitted infections of the Colon and Rectum
    Anal intraepithelial neoplasia
    Anal Cancer
    Presacral Tumors
    Sporadic and Inherited Colorectal Cancer: How Epidemiology and Molecular Biology Guide Screening and Treatment
    Management of Malignant Polyps
    Colorectal cancer: Preoperative evaluation and staging
    Colon Cancer Surgical Treatment: Principles of Colectomy
    Rectal Cancer: Neoadjuvant Therapy
    Rectal Cancer: Local Excision
    Rectal Cancer: Non-operative management
    Proctectomy for Rectal Cancer
    Colorectal Cancer: Postoperative Adjuvant Therapy and Surveillance
    Colorectal Cancer: Management of Distant Metastases
    Locally Recurrent Rectal Cancer
    Appendiceal Neoplasms
    Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumors, Neuroendocrine Tumors, and Lymphoma
    Cytoreductive Surgery (CRS) and Hyperthermic Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy (HIPEC)
    Colorectal cancer: minimally invasive surgery
    Minimally Invasive Complete Mesocolic Excision with Extended Lymphadenectomy for Colon Cancer
    Colonic Diverticular Disease
    Large Bowel Obstruction
    Lower GI Hemorrhage
    Endometriosis
    Benign Colorectal Disease Trauma of the Colon and Rectum
    Inflammatory Bowel Disease: Pathobiology
    IBD Diagnosis and Evaluation
    Medical Management of Ulcerative Colitis
    Medical Therapy for Crohn’s Disease
    Anorectal Crohn’s Disease
    Crohn's Disease: Surgical Management
    Ulcerative Colitis – Surgical Management
    Complications of the Pelvic Pouch
    Infectious Colitis
    Clostridium difficile Infection
    Radiation, Microscopic, and Ischemic Colitis
    Intestinal Stomas
    Abdominal Wall Reconstruction and Parastomal Hernia Repair
    Functional Disorders after Colorectal Surgery/ IBS
    Common Tests for the Pelvic Floor
    Evaluation of Constipation and Treatment of Abdominal Component
    Treatment of Difficult/Obstructive Defecation
    Rectal Prolapse
    Fecal Incontinence: Evaluation and Treatment
    Low Anterior Resection Syndrome (LARS)
    Sexual Function After Colorectal Surgery in Women
    Male Genitourinary Dysfunction as a Consequence of Colorectal Surgery
    Middle and Anterior Pelvic Compartment: Issues for the Colorectal Surgeon
    Pediatric Colorectal Disorders
    Considerations for Geriatric Patients Undergoing Colorectal Surgery
    Healthcare Economics
    Ethical Considerations (Conflict of Interest, Surgical Innovation, End of Life)
    Welcome to Litigation
    Quality
    Practice Management.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Roberto M. Lang, Steven A. Goldstein, Itzhak Kronzon, Bijoy K. Khandheria, Victor Mor-Avi.
    Summary: Written and endorsed by world experts from the American Society of Echocardiography (ASE), this unique multimedia resource uses text, case studies, and online components to cover the latest uses of echocardiography, including the most recent 2D and 3D advances. Unlike other existing textbooks in echocardiography, including the predecessor of this volume, entitled Dynamic Echocardiography, this 2nd edition, with its new title, covers a full range of topics, reflected in its 200 chapters that include essential material in a succinct format. Dr. Roberto M. Lang and his expert colleagues provide everything you need to assess cardiac anatomy and function and obtain clinically useful, noninvasive information for more accurate diagnosis and evaluation of heart disease.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Roberto M. Lang, Steven A. Goldstein, Itzhak Kronzon, Bijoy K. Khandheria, Muhamed Saric, and Victor Mor-Avi.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    lead editor, Thomas H. Marwick ; associate editor, Theodore P. Abraham.
    Summary: "Strain imaging (also known as speckle-tracking echocardiography or STE) is a rapidly growing, affordable, and versatile cardiac imaging technology of great interest to clinicians in both inpatient and outpatient settings. ASE's Comprehensive Strain Imaging is the first reference designed to help you master a wide range of strain imaging/STE applications, including screening, diagnosis, treatment, and follow up"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Strain imaging applications and techniques
    Detection of subclinical heart failure
    Evaluation of patients with heart failure
    Evaluation and monitoring of patients with cardiomyopathies (including myocardial infiltration)
    Temporal dispersion of contraction, arrhythmias, and dyssynchrony and role in resynchronization therapy
    Detection and characterization of diastolic dysfunction
    Strain in valvular diseases
    Ischemic heart disease
    Evaluation of right ventricular function and pulmonary hypertension
    Future applications of strain imaging.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    8
  • Digital
    American Society of Health-System Pharmacists.
    Summary: Our new ASHP® Injectable Drug Information(tm) remains the gold standard for information on compatibility, stability, storage, and preparation of parenteral drugs. For the first time ever, ASHP® Injectable Drug Information(tm) is available as an eBook with new and expanded information. The 2021 edition features 18 new monographs, and nearly 200 new references for a total of over 24,000 total compatibility pairs. -- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access STAT!Ref Current year
    Limited to 2 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Panuwan Chantawannakul, Geoffrey Williams, Peter Neumann, editors.
    Summary: This book provides insights to readers by local researchers on current bee diversity, bee flora, history of beekeeping, development of modern beekeeping and drawbacks especially bee diseases and parasite in different geographical areas in Asia. Asia is home to at least nine honey bee species, including the introduced European honey bee, Apis mellifera. Although the introduced European honey bee and the native Asian honey bee, Apis cerana, are the most commonly employed species for commercial beekeeping, the remaining non-managed native species have important ecological and economic roles on the continent. Species distributions of most honey bee species overlap in Southeast Asia, promoting the potential for interspecies transmission of pests and parasites, as well as their spread to other parts of the world by human translocation. The decline of honey bee populations is of great concern around the world, including Asia. Global colony losses of European honey bees are believed to be caused, in part, by pests and parasites originating from Asia such as the mite Varroa destructor, the microsporidian Nosema ceranae, and several bee viruses. Using the experiences of leading Asian bee researchers, this book provides insight to readers about bee diversity, flora, management, and stressors in Asia, with a special focus on honey bees. Bee scientists, researchers, government officer and general audience who have interests in beekeeping especially in Asia will find this an important account.

    Contents:
    1. The overview of honey bee diversity and health status in Asia / Panuwan Chantawannakul and Samuel Ramsey
    2. Beekeeping in Turkey : bridging Asia and Europe / Aslı Özkırım
    3. Beekeeping in parts of the Levant region / Nizar Haddad and Lisa Horth
    4. Apiculture in Israel / Victoria Soroker, Slabezki Yossi, and Nor Chejanovsky
    5. Beekeeping and honey hunting in Nepal : current status and future perspectives / Ratna Thapa, Sunil Aryal, and Chuleui Jung
    6. Current status of the beekeeping industry in China / Huoqing Zheng, Lianfei Cao, Shaokang Huang, Peter Neumann, and Fuliang Hu
    7. Beekeeping on Taiwan Island / Mei-Chun Lu
    8. Beekeeping in Korea : past, present, and future challenges / Chuleui Jung and Myeong-lyeol Lee
    9. Beekeeping in Mongolia / Khaliunaa Tsevegmid, Selenge Dooshin, Samuel Ramsey, and Panuwan Chantawannakul
    10. Bee diversity and current status of beekeeping in Japan / Mikio Yoshiyama and Kiyoshi Kimura
    11. Beekeeping in Vietnam / Pham Hong Thai and Tran Van Toan
    12. Bee diversity and current status of beekeeping in Thailand / Panuwan Chantawannakul
    13. Social bees and the current status of beekeeping in Indonesia / Sih Kahono, Panuwan Chantawannakul, and Michael S. Engel
    14. Management and conservation of Philippine bees / Cleofas R. Cervancia
    15. Conclusions and future perspectives / Panuwan Chantawannakul, Samuel Ramsey, Geoffrey Williams, and Peter Neumann.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    William Pai-Dei Chen.
    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: 1.What Is an Upper Lid Crease?
    2.Historical Considerations
    3.Comparative Anatomy of the Eyelids
    4.The Eyelid Crease: Goals and Benchmarks
    5.Consultation and Counseling
    6.Suture Ligation Methods
    7.External Incision Methods
    8.Asian Blepharoplasty I: The First Vector
    9.Asian Blepharoplasty II: The Second Vector
    10.Asian Blepharoplasty III: Factors that Influence Outcome
    11.Concept of Triangular, Trapezoidal and Rectangular Debulkting
    Application in Upper Blepharoplasty
    12.Optimal Closure and Management of Wound Healing
    13.Primary Asian Blepharoplasty Results (Before and After)
    14.Suboptimal Factors
    15.Revision Parameters
    16.Revisions in Suboptimal Cases
    17.Advanced Concept of a Glide Zone as It Relates to Upper Lid Crease, Lid Fold and Application in Asian Blepharoplasty
    18.Advanced: Beveled Approach and Mid-Lamellar Clearance in Revisional Asian Blepharoplasty
    19.Advanced: Angle of Observation, Crease Height and Its Effects on Clinical Outcome of Upper Blepharoplasty
    20.Advanced: The Concept of Tarsal Tilt
    Its Effects in Normal and Abnormal Clinical Conditions
    21.Advanced: Effect of High Anchoring of the Crease, Faden-like Effect and Use of Buried Sutures
    22.Advanced: Summary of Eyelid Crease Factors
    23.Advanced Concept of the Eyelid Crease as a Stringed Series of Unipoints
    24.Asian Eyelid Surgery: My Thoughts / Khoo Boo-Chai
    25.Treatment of Medial Upper Lid Fold and the Fog Surrounding Epicanthoplasty
    26.Novel Technique, Challenges and Outlook for the Future in Aesthetic Surgery of the Asian Eyelid.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    AKM Ahsan Ullah, Ahmed Shafiqul Huque.
    Summary: This book explores a number of issues related to the stigma arising from HIV/AIDS infection, perceived or actual discrimination from the community and society, and the extent of vulnerabilities for infected Asian refugees and immigrants. It assesses the health care and treatment regimen for HIV/AIDS accessed by immigrants and refugee claimants in North America, including treatments offered by the health-care system and ethnic communities, and their perceptions and biases relating to HIV/AIDS issues. On another level, the book identifies the ways in which HIV-sufferer immigrants and refugees/refugee claimants from Asia are vulnerable to discrimination due to 1) lack of information about HIV/AIDS incidence in the community; 2) inability of the health system to respond appropriately; and 3) the community{u2019}s need for introspection on their own health issues. This book reveals the dynamics that influence choice, behavior, and lifestyle of HIV sufferer immigrants, adds to the existing knowledge about refugees and migrants, and proposes a unified theory of discrimination and stigmatization within the context of human rights. In addition, the book presents a number of policy recommendations based on empirical findings with a view to helping reshape polices regarding refugee HIV sufferers and their social ramifications. This book will be of interest to researchers and students in any field from social sciences, health and psychology, as well as practitioners in the field of development and public policy. The book will be beneficial to policy formulators and implementers engaged in addressing the serious threat emanating from the HIV/AIDS pandemic.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Acknowledgements
    Chapter 1: Refugees, Immigrants and HIV/AIDS
    Chapter 2: Understanding and Exploring HIV/AIDS and Discrimination
    Chapter 3: Poverty, Migrants and HIV/AIDS in Canada
    Chapter 4: Discrimination, Xenophobia and Stigmatization
    Chapter 5: Vulnerability and Resilience in Living with HIV/AIDS
    Chapter 6: Managing the Crisis and Policy Directions
    References
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Eun-Sang Dhong, Min-Wha Na.
    Summary: This book explains the challenging problems often encountered by surgeons when performing septorhinoplasty and secondary rhinoplasty in Asian patients and identifies solutions based on the best available evidence. The opening chapter discusses issues relating to the longevity of alloplastic implants. Various dilemmas in Asian septorhinoplasty are then addressed, including in relation to resorption of autogenous grafts and various aspects of technique. The aim here is to enable surgeons to achieve consistent high-end results. In the case of secondary rhinoplasty, the coverage includes conundrums relating to the distinction between infection and delayed inflammation, the choice of graft materials, correction of the contracted nose, and key decisions, including in patients in whom the septum has been previously resected. A separate chapter provides guidance on the approach to specific difficult cases encountered in Asian populations, including tip deformity, columellar necrosis, nostril asymmetry, and recurrent nasal deviation. Finally, advice is given on best practice in the use of alloplastic materials.

    Contents:
    1 The longevity of alloplastic implants
    2 Surgical site infection (SSI) vs. Late-onset inflammation (LOI)
    3 Nasal Swab culture: the preparation for the safe surgery
    4 Medpor: the hurdle of secondary rhinoplasty
    5 Nasal obstruction in Asian rhinoplasty
    6 The various preparations of autologous materials
    7 The resorption: the hurdle for autogenous based Asian rhinoplasty
    8 Controlling Asian Tip: Tip defining point & supratip break
    9 Controlling Asian Tip: Facet & supra-alar groove
    10 Controlling Asian Tip: infra-tip lobule & ACR
    11 Correction of the short secondary nose: Dissection & the framework reconstruction. 12 Secondary septal surgery
    13 Think inside the box: Absorbable plate, IHCC and the stem cells
    14 Pus draining status after complicated septorhinoplasty: when to do the secondary rhinoplasty?
    15 Nasal tip necrosis: the midline forehead flap should be the last choice
    16 When you encounter very small septal cartilage
    17 Hypoplastic lower 2/3 nose: camouflage vs. reconstruct the framework.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ninh T. Nguyen, Stacy A. Brethauer, John M. Morton, Jaime Ponce, Raul J. Rosenthal, editors.
    Summary: The fully updated second edition of this textbook continues to serve as a comprehensive guide for information dealing with the ever-evolving field of bariatric surgery. The chapters are written by experts in the field and include the most up-to-date information, including new sections on quality in bariatric surgery, endoscopic surgery, and management of bariatric complications. This new edition continues to cover the basic considerations for bariatric surgery, the currently accepted procedures, outcomes of bariatric surgery including long-term weight loss, improvement and resolution of comorbidities, and improvement in quality of life. Other special emphasis is given to the topics of metabolic surgery and surgery for patients with lower BMI. In addition, new endoscopic bariatric procedures including the gastric balloons, endoscopic revisional procedures, and newer pharmacotherapy for obesity are reviewed. The ASMBS Textbook of Bariatric Surgery Second Edition will continue to be a leading source of scientific information for surgeons, physicians, residents, students, and integrated health members today and for years to come.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ninh T. Nguyen, Robin P. Blackstone, John M. Morton, Jaime Ponce, Raul J. Rosenthal, editors.
    Summary: Developed by the American Society for Metabolic and Bariatric Surgery (ASMBS), The ASMBS Textbook of Bariatric Surgery provides a comprehensive guide of information dealing with the ever evolving field of bariatric surgery. Volume 1: Bariatric Surgery covers the basic considerations for bariatric surgery, the currently accepted procedures, outcomes of bariatric surgery including longterm weight loss, improvement and resolution of comorbidities, and improvement in quality of life. A section focuses on revisional bariatric surgery and new innovative endoscopic bariatric procedures. Special emphasis is also given to the topics of metabolic surgery and surgery for patients with lower BMI (30-35). The ASMBS Textbook of Bariatric Surgery, Volume 1: Bariatric Surgery is of great value to surgeons, residents and fellows, bariatric physicians, psychologists, psychiatrists, and integrated health members that manage the morbidly obese.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology and Discrimination in Obesity
    The Pathophysiology of Obesity and Obesity-related Diseases
    History of the Development of Metabolic/Bariatric Surgery
    The History of the American Society for Metabolic and Bariatric Surgery
    Mechanisms of Action of the Bariatric Procedures
    Indications and Contraindications for Bariatric Surgery
    Preoperative Care of the Bariatric Patient
    Anesthetic Considerations
    Components of a Metabolic and Bariatric Surgery Center
    Evaluation of Preoperative Weight Loss
    Patient Safety
    Understanding Bariatric Research
    ASMBS Position Statements
    Quality in Bariatric Surgery
    Laparoscopic Gastric Bypass: Techniques and Outcomes
    Laparoscopic Adjustable Gastric Banding: Technique and Outcomes
    Laparoscopic Sleeve Gastrectomy: Technique and Outcomes
    Duodenal Switch: Technique and Outcomes
    Management of Gastrointestinal Leaks and Fistula
    Gastrointestinal Obstruction after Bariatric Surgery
    Postoperative Bleeding in the Bariatric Surgery Patient
    Gastric Banding Complications: Management
    Management of Nutritional Complications
    Reoperative Bariatric Surgery
    Reoperative Options after Gastric Banding
    Reoperative Options after Sleeve Gastrectomy
    Revisional Procedures after Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass
    The Rationale for Metabolic Surgery
    Operation of Choice for Metabolic Surgery
    Operative Outcomes of Bariatric Surgery in Patients with a Low Body Mass Index
    Outcomes of Metabolic Surgery
    Management of the Gallbladder Before and After Bariatric Surgery
    Effects of Bariatric Surgery on Non-metabolic Disease
    Cardiac Risk Factor Improvement Following Bariatric Surgery
    The Role of Endoscopy in Bariatric Surgery
    LABS Project
    Adolescent Bariatric Surgery
    Impact of Bariatric Surgery on Infertility
    Body Contouring After Massive Weight Loss
    Experimental Alternatives in Bariatric Surgery
    Liability Reduction, Patient Safety, and Economic Success in Bariatric Surgery
    Robotics in Bariatric Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Christopher Still, David B. Sarwer, Jeanne Blankenship, editors.
    Summary: Developed by the American Society for Metabolic and Bariatric Surgery (ASMBS), The ASMBS Textbook of Bariatric Surgery provides a comprehensive guide of information dealing with the ever evolving field of bariatric surgery. Volume II: Integrated Health is divided into 3 sections: bariatric medicine, psychosocial, and nutritional aspects of bariatric surgery. The first section deals with the psychosocial issues associated with severe obesity. The second section deals with the role of obesity medicine physicians in preoperative and postoperative support of the bariatric patients. The nutritional section discusses the preoperative and postoperative nutritional support for the bariatric patient. The ASMBS Textbook of Bariatric Surgery, Volume II: Integrated Health is of great value to surgeons, residents and fellows, obesity medicine physicians, psychologists, psychiatrists, and integrated health members that manage patient affected by the disease of obesity.

    Contents:
    Psychosocial Characteristics of Bariatric Surgery Candidates
    Psychopathology and Bariatric Surgery
    Quality of Life
    Eating Disorders and Eating Behavior Pre- and Post-Bariatric Surgery
    Introduction to Psychological Consultations for Bariatric Surgery Patients
    Psychosocial Issues after Bariatric Surgery
    Technology to Assess and Intervene on Weight-Related Behaviors with Bariatric Surgery Patients
    Psychosocial Issues in Adolescent Bariatric Surgery
    Perioperative Nutrition Assessment of the Bariatric Surgery Patient
    Nutrition Education and Counseling of the Bariatric Surgery Patient
    Macronutrient Recommendations: Protein, Carbohydrates, and Fat
    Identification, Assessment and Treatment of Vitamin and Mineral Deficiencies after Bariatric Surgery
    Managing Common Nutrition Problems after Bariatric Surgery
    Nutrition Care Across the Weight Loss Surgery Process
    Lifestyle Modification for the Treatment of Obesity
    Pharmacotherapy Management of Obesity
    Medical Preparation for Bariatric Surgery
    The Perioperative and Postoperative Medical Management of the Bariatric Surgery Patient
    The Importance of a Multidisciplinary Team Approach
    Genomic and Clinical Predictors Associated with Long-Term Success After Bariatric Surgery
    Medical Approach to a Patient with Postoperative Weight Regain
    The Role of Physical Activity in Optimizing Bariatric Surgery Outcomes.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Nathan D. Wong, Ezra A. Amsterdam, Peter P. Toth, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    References
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    Contributors
    Focus on Cardiovascular Health Promotion and Disease Prevention: Opportunities for Improvement
    1 Introduction
    2 Defining Cardiovascular Health
    3 Bucket 1: Traditional Clinical Prevention
    3.1 Improvement in Utilization and Adherence to Guideline-Recommended Therapies
    3.2 Improving Utilization of Cardiac Rehabilitation
    3.3 Improving Identification and Treatment of Familial Hypercholesterolemia
    4 Bucket 2: Innovative Clinical Prevention
    4.1 New Care Models 4.2 Improving Risk Assessment and Treatment of Cardiovascular Disease
    4.3 Improving Partnerships and the Use of Registries
    5 Bucket 3: Community-Wide Prevention
    5.1 Public Policy
    5.2 Public Health Initiatives
    5.3 Mass Media Campaigns
    5.4 Environmental Interventions
    5.5 School-Based Interventions
    5.6 Workplace Interventions
    6 Conclusion
    References
    National and Global Trends of Cardiovascular Disease Mortality, Morbidity, and Risk
    1 Introduction
    2 Overall Cardiovascular Disease Mortality and Morbidity
    2.1 Cardiovascular Disease Mortality 2.2 Cardiovascular Disease Morbidity
    3 Mortality and Morbidity Attributable to CVD Subtypes in the USA
    3.1 Coronary Heart Disease
    3.2 Stroke and Transient Ischemic Attack
    3.3 Heart Failure
    3.4 Hypertension
    3.5 Other Cardiovascular Disease
    4 Prevalence of Ideal Cardiovascular Health Factor Levels
    5 Global Burden of Cardiovascular Disease
    6 Conclusion
    References
    Cardiovascular Risk Assessment: From Global Risk Scoring to Risk Enhancing Factors
    1 Introduction
    2 The High-Risk Approach and Shifting Toward Risk Assessment Equations 2.1 Shifting from Risk Factors to Multivariable Risk Assessment Models
    3 Using the Pooled Cohort Equations to Assess Cardiovascular Risk
    4 Limitations of the Pooled Cohort Equation
    4.1 Populations with Lower or Higher CVD Incidence Rates
    4.2 Young Populations and When to Assess Long-Term or Lifetime Risk
    4.3 Risk Assessment in Elderly Populations
    5 Using Risk Enhancing Factors to Calibrate Risk Assessment
    6 Alternative Tools for Risk Assessment
    7 Risk Factors Not Represented in Risk Assessment Tools
    8 Summary of the ACC/AHA and ESC Guidelines 8.1 ACC/AHA 2019 Primary Prevention Guidelines
    8.2 ESC 2016 Cardiovascular Disease Prevention Guidelines
    9 Conclusion
    References
    Assessment and Management of Psychosocial Risk Factors Within Preventive Cardiology Practice
    1 Introduction
    2 Psychosocial Risk Factors
    2.1 Depression
    2.2 Anxiety Syndromes
    2.3 Lack of Social Connectivity
    2.4 Pessimism
    2.5 Hostility
    2.6 Other Negative Cognitive States
    2.7 Lack of Life Purpose
    2.8 Vitality Exhaustion
    2.9 Chronic Stress
    3 Positive Psychosocial Functioning
    4 Pathophysiological Mechanisms 5 Management of Psychosocial Risk Factors in Preventive Cardiology.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, Charles M. Mueller.
    Summary: This comprehensive book addresses the principles of nutrition support and nutrition support recommendations for selected medical and surgical conditions. Professional and management issues, including home nutrition support, ethics, quality improvement, evidence-based practice, and guideline development, also are discussed. Since the last edition, new practice guidelines and research have advanced nutrition support and created greater awareness of the importance of nutrition care across the continuum of care. For example, ASPEN has updated recommendations for safe practices in enteral nutrition and the appropriate use of parenteral nutrition, and new research has demonstrated the association of malnutrition with high rates of readmission, longer hospital stays, and increased healthcare costs. This edition includes this information, among many other topics, and is a valuable resource for clinicians at all levels who aim to advance and apply this knowledge to their nutrition practice and/ or prepare for recertification in nutrition support.

    Contents:
    Part I. Basics of Nutrition and Metabolism
    1. Nutrient Intake, Digestion, Absorption, and Excretion / Tina Colaizzo-Anas
    2. Energy / David Frankenfield
    3. Carbohydrates / Karen C. McCowen and Pei-Ra Ling
    4. Gut microbiota / Gail A.M. Cresci and Kristin M. Izzo
    5. Lipids / Mary Hise and John C. Brown
    6. Protein / Lorraine S. Young and Dong Wook Kim
    7. Fluids, Electrolytes, and Acid-Base Disorders / Todd W. Canada and Linda M. Lord
    8. Vitamins and Trace Elements / Liam McKeever
    Part II. Clinical Foundations of Nutrition Support
    9. Malnutrition Screening and Assessment / Andrea JeVenn, Marianne Galang, Peggy Hipskind, and Christan Bury
    10. Overview of Enteral Nutrition / Jennifer Doley and Wendy Phillips
    11. Enteral Nutrition Formulations / Susan Roberts and Rachelle Kirsch
    12. Enteral Access Devices / John C. Fang and Merin Kinikini
    13. Complications of Enteral Nutrition / Ainsley Malone, David Seres, and Linda M. Lord
    14. Overview of Parenteral Nutrition / Jay M. Mirtallo
    15. Parenteral Nutrition Formulations / Rina Patel
    16. Parenteral Access Devices / Antoinette M. Neal and Kathryn Drogan
    17. Complications of Parenteral Nutrition / Vanessa J. Kumpf and Jane Gervasio
    18. Drug-Nutrient Interactions / Amber Verdell and Carol J. Rollins
    19. Dietary Supplements / Gerard Mullin
    Part III. Nutrition Support of Specific States
    20. Pregnancy and Lactation / Kris M. Mogensen and Miriam Erick
    21. Wound Healing / Mary Ellen Posthauer and Mary Marian
    22. Neurologic Impairment / Barbara Magnuson, Douglas R. Oyler, Kathryn Ruf, Natalia Bailey, and Jimmi Hatton Kolpek
    23. Critical Care Sepsis / Robert G. Martindale, Jayshil J. Patel, Thomas Herron, and Panna Codner
    24. Trauma, Surgery, and Burns / David C Evans and Bryan R. Collier
    25. Pulmonary Disease / Karen Allen, Leah Hoffman, Kellie Jones, Michelle Kozeniecki, Jayshil J. Patel, and Joseph West
    26. Gastrointestinal Disease / Lena B. Palmer, Rachael Janas, and Michael Sprang
    27. Liver Disease / Valentina Medici, Mardeli Saire Mendoza, and Matthew R. Kappus
    28. Pancreatitis / Kristine Krueger, Stephen A. McClave, and Robert G. Martindale
    29. Renal Disease / Menaka Sarav, and Csaba P. Kovesdy
    30. Short Bowel Syndrome / Berkeley N. Limketkai, Ryan T. Hurt, and Lena B. Palmer
    31. Solid Organ Transplantation / Jeanette M. Hasse, and Laura E. Matarese
    32. Human Immunodeficiency Virus Infection / Peter Wasserman David S. Rubin and Sorana Segal-Maurer
    33. Cancer / Mary Marian, Todd Mattox, and Valaree Williams
    34. Diabetes Mellitus / Renee Walker, Anne M. Tucker, and Kim K. Birtcher
    35. Obesity / Jayshil J. Patel, Manpreet S. Mundi, Robert G. Martindale, and Ryan T. Hurt
    36. Nutrition Support for Older Adults / Rena Zelig, Phyllis J. Famularo, and Maria Szeto
    37. Surgical Alteration of the Gastrointestinal Tract / Neal Bhutiani, Matthew V. Benns, Sam Pappas, Lena B. Palmer, and Keith R. Miller
    Part IV. Management and Professional Issues
    38. Home Nutrition Support / Denise Konrad, Ronelle Mitchell, and Eileen Hendrickson
    39. Ethics and Law / Denise Baird Schwartz, and Albert Barrocas
    40. Quality Improvement in Clinical Practice / Kristen Mathieson and E. Annelie M. Vogt
    41. Evidence-Based Medicine and Derivation of Clinical Guidelines / Stephen A. McClave and Jayshil J. Patel.
    Digital Access EBSCOhost 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Ainsley Malone, Liesje Nieman Carney, Amy Long Carrera, Andrew Mays.
    Summary: A comprehensive resource on how to safely, effectively, and confidently care for patients receiving enteral nutrition. Everything needed for positive patient outcomes, including step-by-step techniques based on current research and practical tools to save time and boost quality of care.

    Contents:
    Nutrition screening, assessment, and care plan development
    Overview of enteral nutrition
    Enteral formulas
    Enteral access devices: selection, insertion, maintenance, and complications
    How to write enteral nutrition orders
    Administration and monitoring enteral nutrition
    Complications of enteral nutrition
    Medication administration with enteral nutrition
    Home enteral nutrition issues.
    Digital Access EBSCO 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Phil Ayers, Elizabeth S. Bobo, Ryan T. Hurt, Andrew A. Mays, Patricia H. Worthington.
    Digital Access EBSCO 2020
  • Digital
    editor, M. Petrea Cober ; contributors, Allison Blackmer, Karrie Derenski, Ainsley Malone, Jessica Monczka.
    Digital Access EBSCO 2022
  • Print
    Edith Sheffer.
    Summary: Presents an exploration of the sobering history behind Asperger's Syndrome that reveals child psychiatrist Hans Asperger's influence by Nazi psychiatry and his use of one of the Reich's deadliest killing centers to experiment on disabled children. "Hans Asperger, the pioneer of autism and Asperger syndrome in Nazi Vienna, has been celebrated for his compassionate defense of children with disabilities. But in this groundbreaking book, prize-winning historian Edith Sheffer exposes that Asperger was not only involved in the racial policies of Hitler's Third Reich, he was complicit in the murder of children. As the Nazi regime slaughtered millions across Europe during World War Two, it sorted people according to race, religion, behavior, and physical condition for either treatment or elimination. Nazi psychiatrists targeted children with different kinds of minds--especially those thought to lack social skills--claiming the Reich had no place for them. Asperger and his colleagues endeavored to mold certain "autistic" children into productive citizens, while transferring others they deemed untreatable to Spiegelgrund, one of the Reich's deadliest child-killing centers. In the first comprehensive history of the links between autism and Nazism, Sheffer uncovers how a diagnosis common today emerged from the atrocities of the Third Reich. With vivid storytelling and wide-ranging research, Asperger's Children will move readers to rethink how societies assess, label, and treat those diagnosed with disabilities."--Dust jacket.

    Contents:
    Enter the experts
    The clinic's diagnosis
    Nazi psychiatry and social spirit
    Indexing lives
    Fatal theories
    Asperger and the killing system
    Girls and boys
    The daily life of death
    In service to the Volk
    Reckoning.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RJ506.A9 S5257 2018
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Margaret J. Foster, Sarah T. Jewell.
    Summary: This book guides librarians in defining and marketing their services, covering topics such as co-authorship, stakeholders, developing documentation and conducting the reference interview, systematic reviews standards, search strategy techniques, and best practices for reporting the findings.
    Limited to 1 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Michael W. Hoffmann.
    Summary: Over 90% of the brain is concerned with higher cortical functions, yet understanding of syndromes, functions, and measurements remains unchartered. This valuable handbook illuminates brain function, natural environment and human function, by delving into the interdisciplinary study. Multifaceted in its perspective, this book demonstrates bi-directionality of information exchange between disciplines. This book weaves around key case reports, series, control studies and cohort studies from cognitive neurology registries, to present the most current, practical research. Gaining appreciation for the fundamental formation and assembly of the supervisory area of the brain will inform an understanding of conditions and behavior for neuroscience professionals, clinical brain scientists and medical students in neuroscience, worldwide. Authored by a leading expert in cognitive neurology, this book guides the reader through the evolutionary, or neuro-archeological, aspects of how the frontal lobes and their circuitry were assembled, drawing key insights into form, function and treatment.

    Contents:
    The evolution of larger brains since the vertebrate-invertebrate divide
    The profound increase in primate gray matter growth
    Exponential white matter growth and major fiber tract systems assembly
    Cellular and molecular changes
    The core frontal systems
    Enhanced working memory
    Unraveling of brain networks in neurological conditions: nature's reductionism
    Neurological diseases as networktopathies with disconnection phenomena
    The sensitivity and vulnerability of the prefrontal cortex to changes in daily rhythms
    Implications for treatment and management: a network based approach
    Sense of self disorders
    Implications for you and society.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Dana P. Turner.
    Summary: This book synthesizes the current research on headache triggers and details how improving the measurement properties of trigger assessments can benefit clinical and research efforts. The book begins with a detailed exploration of the history of triggers and their use in attempts to assign causes to headache attacks. Subsequent chapters then expound on the existing schools of thought on headache triggers with discussions of understudied influences on the causal assignment process, such as the role of individual trigger beliefs and perceptions. After laying this groundwork, the practical application of trigger assessment is thoroughly detailed, including assessment design types and methods of analysis. Chapters then outline the applications of trigger assessment in research and clinical practice. To conclude, the book relays descriptions of future directions and evolving theories in the area. Concise and comprehensive, Assessing Headache Triggers is an invaluable resource for clinicians who treat patients and investigators who aim to improve the lives of individuals with headache through their research. .

    Contents:
    Part I. Overview and Introduction
    1. Brief Introduction to Primary Headaches and Overview of the Book
    2. Introduction to Triggers and Causes
    Part II. Elements of Headache Triggers
    3. Existing Schools of Thought on Triggers
    4. Trigger Beliefs and Perception
    Part III. Assessment of Headache Triggers
    5. Measurement of Triggers
    6. Study Design and Measurement Methods for Data Collection
    7. Statistical Aspects of Trigger Assessment
    Part IV. Applications of Headache Trigger Measurement and Research
    8. Goals and Applications of Trigger Assessment in Clinical Practice and Research
    9. Future Directions and Evolving Theories.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Lionel Mabit, William Blake, editors.
    Summary: This open access book is the first comprehensive guideline for the beryllium-7 (Be-7) technique that can be applied to evaluate short-term patterns and budgets of soil redistribution in agricultural landscapes. While covering the fundamental and basic concepts of the approach, this book distinguishes itself from other publications by offering step-by-step instructions on how to use this isotopic technique effectively. It covers experimental design considerations and clear instruction is given on data processing. As accurate laboratory measurement is crucial to ensure successful use of Be-7 to investigate soil erosion, a full chapter is devoted to its specific determination by gamma spectrometry. This open access contribution further describes new developments in the Be-7 technique and includes a concluding chapter highlighting its potential benefits to support the implementation of area-wide soil conservation policy.

    Contents:
    Foreword Chapter 1. The use of beryllium-7 as a soil and sediment tracer; A. Taylor, W.H. Blake, A. Iurian, G. Millward, L. Mabit Chapter 2. How to design a beryllium-7 based soil distribution study at the field scale: a step-by-step approach; W.H. Blake, A. Taylor, A. Toloza, L. Mabit Chapter 3. Measurement of 7Be in environmental materials; A. Iurian, G. Millward Chapter 4. Conversion of 7Be activity concentrations into soil and sediments redistribution amounts; W.H. Blake, A. Taylor, A. Iurian, G. Millward, L. Mabit Chapter5. Research into practice
    linking 7Be evidence to land management policy change for improved food security; M. Benmansour, W.H. Blake, L. Mabit.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Contents:
    Introduction. Purpose statement
    Patient population
    Settings
    Providers
    Evidence-based guideline development process
    Literature evaluation and scoring
    Significance of late preterm birth. Risk factors
    Neurodevelopmental issues
    Notes
    Evidence-based clinical practice guideline. Gestational age assessment
    Respiratory assessment
    Thermoregulation issues
    Hypoglycemia
    Sepsis
    Jaundice and hyperbilirubinemia
    Feeding challenges
    Parent education and support
    Discharge planning and followup
    Notes
    References
    Appendices. Risk factors for development of severe hyperbilirubinemia in infants of 35 or more weeks of gestation
    Bilirubin nomograms
    Screening and management of postnatal glucose homeostasis in late preterm and term SGA, IDM/LGA infants
    Quick care guide.
    Digital Access R2Library 2017
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Alice M. Teall, Kate Sustersic Gawlik, Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk.
    Contents:
    Cover
    Title
    Copyright
    Contents
    Preface
    Part I: Evidence-Based Strategies for Success
    Chapter 1: Evidence-Based Strategies for Successful Test Performance
    The Importance of Practice
    Visualize and Believe in Your Success
    Take Care of Your Mind and Body
    Practice Daily Stress-Reduction Tactics
    Test-Day Strategies
    Celebrate Your Success
    References
    Chapter 2: Evidence-Based Approach to History and Physical Exam
    Evidence-Based Assessment
    History Taking
    Therapeutic Communication
    Population Health and Life-Span Considerations Physical Examination
    Knowledge Check: Evidence-Based History and Physical Exam
    Part II: Evidence-Based Assessment and Diagnosis
    Chapter 3: Integumentary System
    Key History Considerations
    Physical Examination: Inspection and Palpation
    Red Flags in History and Physical Exam
    Population Health and Life-Span Considerations
    Key Differentials for Skin
    Key Differentials for Nails
    Key Differentials for Hair
    Knowledge Check: Integumentary System
    Chapter 4: Head, Neck, and Lymphatics
    Key History Considerations
    Physical Examination: Inspection and Palpation Red Flags in History and Physical Exam
    Population Health and Life-Span Considerations
    Key Differentials for the Head and Neck
    Key Differentials for the Lymphatic System
    Knowledge Check: Head, Neck, and Lymphatics
    Chapter 5: Eyes, Ears, Nose, and Throat
    Key History Considerations
    Physical Examination: Inspection, Palpation, and Special Tests
    Red Flags in History and Physical Exam
    Population Health and Life-Span Considerations
    Key Differentials
    Knowledge Check: Eyes, Ears, Nose, and Throat
    Chapter 6: Cardiovascular System
    Key History Considerations Physical Examination: Inspection, Palpation, and Auscultation
    Red Flags in History and Physical Exam
    Population Health and Life-Span Considerations
    Key Differentials
    Knowledge Check: Cardiovascular System
    Chapter 7: Respiratory System
    Key History Considerations
    Physical Examination: Inspection, Palpation, Percussion, and Auscultation
    Red Flags in History and Physical Exam (Box 7.1)
    Population Health and Life-Span Considerations
    Key Differentials
    Reference
    Knowledge Check: Respiratory System
    Chapter8: Nervous System
    Key History Considerations Physical Examination
    Red Flags in History and Physical Exam
    Population Health and Life-Span Considerations
    Key Differentials
    Knowledge Check: Nervous System
    Chapter 9: Musculoskeletal System
    Key History Considerations
    Physical Examination: Inspection, Palpation, Range of Motion, Muscle Strength, Special Tests, and Neurologic Tests
    Red Flags in History and Physical Exam
    Population Health and Life-Span Considerations
    Key Differentials
    Reference
    Knowledge Check: Musculoskeletal System
    Chapter 10: Gastrointestinal and Renal Systems
    Key History Considerations
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by Itai Danovitch, Larissa J. Mooney.
    Contents:
    Neurochemical imaging in addiction: how science informs practice / Jonathan M. Wai, MD, Frances R. Levin, MD, and Diana Martinez, MD
    The role of nutrition in addiction recovery: what we know and what we don't / David A. Wiss, MS RDN
    E-cigarettes / Darby Lowe, BSC, Alexandria S. Coles, BA, Tony P. George, MD, FRCPC, and Karolina Kozak, MSC
    The neuropsychoendocrinology of substance use disorders / Elie G. Aoun, MD and Kristen Schmidt, MD, MAPH
    Technological innovations in addiction treatment / Alan J. Budney, PhD, Jacob T. Borodovsky, PhD, Lisa A. Marsch, PhD, and Sarah E. Lord, PhD
    State-of-the-art treatment of opioid use disorder / Larissa J. Mooney, MD and Andrew Saxon, MD
    The treatment use of cannabis use disorder / Itai Danovitch, MD, MBA, DFASAM, FAPA and David A. Gorelick, MD, PhD, DLFAPA
    State-of-the-art treatment of alcohol use disorder / Lara A. Ray, PhD, Emily Hartwell, MA, ReJoyce Green, BA, and Alexandra Venegras, BS
    Applying best practices guidelines on chronic pain in clinical practice-treating patients who suffer from pain and addiction / Keith G. Heinzerling, MD, MPH
    Substance use in adolescents chapter / Seth Ammerman, MD, FAAP, FSAHM, DABAM
    How healers became dealers / Anna Lembke, MD
    Trauma and addiction - how to treat co-occurring PTSD and substance use disorders / Dolores Vojvoda, MD and Ismene Petrakis, MD
    When food is an addiction A. Benjamin Srivastava, MD and Mark S. Gold, MD
    Quality, accountability, and effectiveness in addiction treatment: the measurement-based practice model / John F. Kelly, PhD and David Mee-Lee, MD
    Functional assessment and treatment of alcohol use disorders / Jeffrey Becker, MD, ABIHM and Itai Danovitch, MD, MBA, DFASAM, FAPA.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Kenneth Shapiro, Mary Lou Randour, Susan Krinsk, Joann L. Wolf.
    Summary: Empirical research has clearly demonstrated that animal abuse in childhood is associated with family violence and violent behavior towards humans in general. Such abuse is accordingly of increasing interest within human services and the criminal justice system. This handbook will serve as an ideal resource for therapists in social work, psychology, psychiatry, and allied fields who work with children who have abused animals. It provides step-by-step guidance on how to assess, develop appropriate treatment plans for, and treat children who commit animal abuse, based on the AniCare model developed by the Animals and Society Institute. Exercises cover the identification and expression of feelings, the development of empathy, self-management skills, and working with parents. Careful consideration is also paid to the effects of witnessing animal abuse. The theoretical framework is eclectic, encompassing cognitive behavioral, psychodynamic, and attachment theories. A number of illustrative case studies are included, along with excerpts from treatment sessions. Accompanying electronic supplementary material demonstrates role-played assessment and treatment and includes workshop presentations of pedagogic material.

    Contents:
    Context: Animal Abuse and Family Violence
    The Prevalence of Juvenile Animal Abuse
    Changing Attitudes Toward Animal Abuse. Theory: Attachment Theory
    Cognitive Behaviorism and Trauma-informed Narrative
    Psychodynamic Theory
    Assessment
    Diagnostic Categories Associated with Children Who Commit Animal Abuse
    Attention-Deficit and Disruptive Behavior Disorders
    Attachment Difficulties. Treatment
    Processing Therapist Reactions
    Joining the Client
    Framing the Therapy
    Animal-assisted Therapy
    Empathy
    Clinical Cases
    Empathy Development: Psychosocial Emotional Exercises
    Puppet Role-play
    Self-Management
    Working with Parents Behavior-Based Parent Training Tools
    Behavioral Techniques Used for
    Treating Aggressive Youth
    Relationships and Family Processes
    Building the Therapeutic Alliance.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Pamela M. Marcus.
    Summary: Cancer screening is a prominent strategy in cancer control in the United States, yet the ability to correctly interpret cancer screening data eludes many researchers, clinicians, and policy makers. This open access primer rectifies that situation by teaching readers, in simple language and with straightforward examples, why and how the population-level cancer burden changes when screening is implemented, and how we assess whether that change is of benefit. This book provides an in-depth look at the many aspects of cancer screening and its assessment, including screening phenomena, performance measures, population-level outcomes, research designs, and other important and timely topics. Concise, accessible, and focused, Assessment of Cancer Screening: A Primer is best suited to those with education or experience in clinical research or public health in the United States - no previous knowledge of cancer screening assessment is necessary. This is the first text dedicated to cancer screening theory and methodology to be published in 20 years.

    Contents:
    Foundations
    Behind the scenes
    Performance measures
    Population measures: definitions
    Population measures: cancer screening’s impact
    Experimental research designs
    Observational research designs
    Cancer prevention screening
    Additional considerations
    Closing thoughts.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    Hippius, Hanns.
    Contents:
    pt.
    1. Psychopharmacological screening tests. pt.
    2. Non-invasive methods in cardiovascular human pharmacology.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RM301 .A83
    2
  • Digital
    Gabriel Guliš, Odile Mekel, Balázs Ádám, Liliana Cori, editors.
    Summary: Public health continues to evolve as professionals work not only to prevent disease and promote well-being but also to reduce health disparities and protect the environment. To a greater extent, policy is intimately linked to this process, a reality that is gaining traction in the public health sector.

    Contents:
    Public Health, Policy Analysis, Risk Assessment, and Impact Assessment
    Risk Assessment, Impact Assessment, and Evaluation
    Top-Down Policy Risk Assessment
    Bottom-Up Policy Risk Assessment
    Quantification of Health Risks
    Application of RAPID Guidance on an International Policy
    Use of Policy Risk Assessment Results in Political Decision Making.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Enrico Agabiti Rosei, Giuseppe Mancia, editors.
    Summary: This book presents up-to-date information on how to assess early preclinical alterations in the heart, the small and large arteries and the kidney in the general and the hypertensive population, using the most sensitive, specific and cost-effective techniques. A wide variety of techniques are discussed, with careful attention to the latest developments. For each organ, evidence is documented regarding the prevalence of organ damage. Information is provided on the potential induction of regression of organ damage by treatment, the criteria for establishing significant changes and the clinical prognostic significance of regression. The manual will be invaluable for all practitioners responsible for the clinical management of hypertensive patients, given that the assessment of early preclinical cardiovascular and renal damage permits more accurate risk stratification at baseline and facilitates evaluation of cardiovascular protection when regression of structural changes is achieved during treatment.

    Contents:
    PART I: HEART 1 Electrocardiography
    2 Echocardiography
    3 New techniques: 3D, CT, MRI
    PART II: LARGE ARTERIES 4 Ultrasound of Carotid IMT and plaque.- 5 Ultrasound of the Aorta/coronary arteries.- 6 Pulse wave velocity and central BP.- 7 Ankle-brachial index
    8 Atherosclerosis and general principles of arterial imaging
    9 Imaging and ageing of the aorta and large arteries in the lower extremities
    PART III: SMALL ARTERIES 10 Micro myography
    11 Damage of the retinal arterioles
    12 Capillaroscopy
    13 Other techniques for assessment
    PART IV: KIDNEY 14 Proteinuria
    15 Glomerular Filtration Rate
    16 Other techniques
    PART V: BRAIN 17 RMN/TC: Evaluation of Brain damage
    18 Questionnaires for cognitive function
    19 Other techniques for neurological damage.- 20 Relation between blood pressure and markers of organ damage.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Kevin Browne, Anthony R. Beech, Leam A. Craig and Shihning Chou.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Khaldoun Sharif, Arri Coomarasamy.
    Summary: Assisted reproduction techniques (ART), in particular in-vitro fertilization and intra-cytoplasmic sperm injection, are the most advanced forms of infertility treatment. They involve numerous counseling, medical, surgical and laboratory-based steps. At each step various problems and complications could be encountered that challenge even the most experienced ART practitioners. Moreover, patients with complex medical disorders may require ART, presenting further challenges. Assisted Reproduction Techniques will stimulate resourceful thinking in the ART practitioner when faced with these challenges. It outlines various management options, the reasoning behind them, and the evidence on which they are based to enable the practitioner to choose the most suitable solution for the needs of each patient.

    Contents:
    Section One : Counseling and preparation
    Section Two : Pituitary suppression and ovarian stimulation phase
    Section Three : Oocyte retrieval
    Section Four : Embryo transfer
    Section Five : The luteal phase
    Section Six : The ART laboratory
    Section Seven : The male patient.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Print
    edited by Laura Roberts.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BioSciences Career Center Collection (Duck Room)
    Ed & Academ 103
    1
  • Digital
    Jin-Hui Wang.
    Summary: This book focuses on associative memory cells and their working principles, which can be applied to associative memories and memory-relevant cognitions. Providing comprehensive diagrams, it presents the author's personal perspectives on pathology and therapeutic strategies for memory deficits in patients suffering from neurological diseases and psychiatric disorders. Associative learning is a common approach to acquire multiple associated signals, including knowledge, experiences and skills from natural environments or social interaction. The identification of the cellular and molecular mechanisms underlying associative memory is important in furthering our understanding of the principles of memory formation and memory-relevant behaviors as well as in developing therapeutic strategies that enhance memory capacity in healthy individuals and improve memory deficit in patients suffering from neurological disease and psychiatric disorders. Although a series of hypotheses about neural substrates for associative memory has been proposed, numerous questions still need to be addressed, especially the basic units and their working principle in engrams and circuits specific for various memory patterns. This book summarizes the developments concerning associative memory cells reported in current and past literature, providing a valuable overview of the field for neuroscientists, psychologists and students.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgement; Contents; About the Author;
    Chapter 1: History in the Study of Learning and Memory; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Memory Traces; 1.3 Engrams; 1.4 The Location and Distribution of Memory Traces or Engrams; 1.5 The Identification of Basic Units in Engrams: Memory-Relevant Cells; 1.6 Biophysical Changes in Memory-Relevant Cells: Neuronal and Synaptic Plasticity; 1.7 Memory-Specific Activity Patterns as Basic Units of Memory Traces; 1.8 The Recruitment of Memory-Relevant Neurons by Their Coactivation: Associative Memory Cells 1.9 Major Milestones in the Study of Mechanisms Underlying Learning and Memory1.9.1 Theoretical Modeling; 1.9.2 Animal Model; 1.9.3 Location and Distributions; 1.9.4 Cellular Architectures in Engram Circuits; 1.9.5 Molecular Mechanisms; References;
    Chapter 2: Patterns of Learning and Memory; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Associative Learning and Nonassociative Learning; 2.3 Declarative (Explicit) Memory Versus Nondeclarative (Implicit) Memory; 2.3.1 Declarative Memory; 2.3.2 Nondeclarative Memory; 2.4 Episodic Memory Versus Semantic Memory; 2.4.1 Episodic Memory; 2.4.2 Semantic Memory 2.5 Working Memory and Perceptual Memory2.5.1 Working Memory; 2.5.2 Perceptual Memory; 2.6 Eidetic Memory and False Memory; 2.6.1 Eidetic Memory; 2.6.2 False Memory; 2.7 Other Types of Memory; 2.8 Learning and Memory in Relevance to Ages; References;
    Chapter 3: Experimental Models and Strategies for Studying Associative Learning and Memory; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Experimental Models Used to Track Engrams; 3.2.1 Classical Conditioning; 3.2.2 Operant Conditioning; 3.2.3 Spatial Learning and Memory; 3.2.4 Associative Learning and Memory in Reciprocal Manner 3.3 Strategies Used to Track Memory Cells in Engrams3.3.1 Theoretical Modeling from Memory Traces to Cell Assemblies; 3.3.2 Parallel Changes Between Engrams and Memory-Relevant Behaviors; 3.3.3 Downregulation of Neural Substrates; 3.3.4 Upregulation of Neural Substrates; References;
    Chapter 4: Cellular and Molecular Changes in Associative Memory; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Synapses, Neurons, and Their Functional Changes; 4.3 Synaptic Plasticity; 4.3.1 Synaptic Facilitation; 4.3.2 Long-Term Potentiation of Synaptic Transmission; 4.4 Neuronal Plasticity; References
    Chapter 5: Associative Memory Cells in Memory Trace5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Associative Memory Cells in Theory and Experiments; 5.3 Associative Memory Cells in Sensory Cortices; 5.4 Associative Memory Cells in Cognition- and Emotion-Related Brain Areas; 5.5 Memory Output Cells in Behavior-Related Brain Areas; References;
    Chapter 6: Plasticity of Associative Memory Cells; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Plasticity at Primary Associative Memory Cells Linked with Their Recruitment; 6.3 Plasticity at Secondary Associative Memory Cells; 6.4 Plasticity at Memory Output Cells
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sheikh Rayees, Inshah Din.
    Summary: Asthma is a chronic airway disease affecting over 300 million people worldwide with an expected increase of an additional 100 million by 2025. Past decade has observed a notable increase in asthma prevalence on both national and global levels with highest rates observed in western countries (about 30%). Over the past 40 years, a drastic increase in global prevalence, morbidity, mortality, and economic burden have been observed due to asthma especially in children. The rising numbers of hospital admissions for asthma, especially young children, reflect an increase in severe asthma, poverty and lack of proper disease management. Worldwide, approximately 180,000 deaths annually are caused due to this condition. The financial burden on a single asthma patient per year in different western countries ranges from US 00-1,300. Asthma is an intricate respiratory disorder with differences in its severity, natural history and hence treatment response. These differences in intensities of various presentations such as bronchial hyper-responsiveness, airway inflammation, mucus production, airflow obstruction make asthma a heterogeneous disease. The mainstay of current therapies for asthma includes inhaled corticosteroids, phosphodiesterase inhibitors, leukotriene modifiers and β2-adrenoceptor agonists. Some of the currently available drugs are efficient in one or more aspects. However the associated side effects or heterogeneity of the disease limit their usefulness and efficacy, thereby putting a demand on development of new drugs and therapies. On the other hand, asthma has also been treated/managed via herbal medications. These approaches have been described in Unani, Ayurvedic or Chinese system of medicine since antiquity. In fact, several anti-asthmatic drugs were developed from herbs commonly utilized in the non-Western system of medicine. This book focuses on the pathophysiology of asthma, its medication (both herbal and modern), limitations and their future prospects.

    Contents:
    Asthma
    Pathophysiology asthma
    Airway inflammation and airway hyperresponsiveness
    Effects of inflammation
    Inflammatory cells involved in asthma
    Transcription factors involved in Th2 cell differentiation
    Current asthma treatments
    Cytokine-based therapies
    Transcription factor modulators
    Preclinical mouse models of asthma used to evaluate drug efficacy and properties and associated drawbacks
    Herbal treatments of asthma
    Traditional plants with anti-asthmatic potential
    Asthma Chinese Herbal Remedies
    Future potential of herbal-based medicinal treatment for management of asthma.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Girolamo Pelaia, Alessandro Vatrella, Rosario Maselli.
    Summary: This book focuses on the fundamentals of the use of biologics in asthma, describing the rationale, principles, mechanisms of action, and indications. It offers an excellent balance between basic science and the analysis of clinical trials, updating readers with new developments that are changing the global scenario for targeted biological anti-asthma therapies, especially with regard to more severe disease. A range of therapies are considered, from the humanized monoclonal anti-IgE antibody omalizumab, widely approved as add-on treatment for inadequately controlled disease, through to emerging biologics for which evidence supportive of efficacy is accumulating, including anti-IL-5, anti-IL-4, and anti-IL-13 therapies. One aspect to emerge is the variability in individual response, which suggests a need for characterization of different asthma subtypes to permit the effective implementation of phenotype-targeted treatments. This book will be of interest for pulmonologists, clinical immunologists, and physicians seeking sound information on these therapies, but also for scientists and pharmacologists wishing to enhance their knowledge of the therapeutic implications of the cellular and molecular mechanisms that underlie severe, uncontrolled asthma.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Inflammatory cellular patterns in asthma
    Airway remodelling in asthma
    Anti-IgE antibodies
    IL-5-targeted antibodies
    IL-4-specific biologics
    Anti-IL-13 therapies
    Anti-TNFalpha-antibodies
    Biologic treatments targeted to innate cytokines
    Other biologic drugs
    Conclusions and future perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Jennifer A. Namazy, Michael Schatz, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Reference; Contents; Contributors;
    Chapter 1: Non-pharmacologic Aspects of Management: "Asthma and Allergic and Immunologic Diseases During Pregnancy - A Guide to Management"; Introduction; Allergic Rhinitis; Asthma; Atopic Dermatitis; Allergen Avoidance Measures (Table 1.1); Pet Dander Allergens; Mouse and Cockroach Allergens; Other Animal Allergens; Mold; House Dust Mites; High-Efficiency Particulate Air Filters; Allergen Immunotherapy; Irritant Exposures; Other Non-pharmacologic Approaches in Asthma and Allergic Rhinitis; Conclusion; References
    Chapter 2: Safety of Asthma and Allergy Medications During PregnancyIntroduction; Approaches to Studying Medication Safety in Pregnancy; Summary of Safety Data for Selected Asthma and Allergy Medications; Pregnancy and Lactation Labeling Rule (PLLR); Resources for Clinicians and Patients; Summary; References;
    Chapter 3: Asthma: Interrelationships with Pregnancy; Prevalence of Asthma During Pregnancy; Changes in Asthma Symptoms, Lung Function and Asthma Control During Pregnancy; Exacerbations of Asthma During Pregnancy; Asthma and Other Co-morbidities in Pregnancy Gastro-oesophageal Reflux Disease (GERD)Tobacco Exposure; Psychosocial Factors; Nutrition, Obesity and Weight Gain; Association of Asthma with Infertility; Association of Asthma with Adverse Perinatal Outcomes; Association of Maternal Asthma with Adverse Outcomes in Childhood; Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 4: Asthma: Management; Introduction; Clinical Scenario; Review of Risks; Diagnosis and Monitoring; Non-pharmacological Management; Barriers to Control; Medication Management; Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 5: Rhinitis and Sinusitis; Normal Anatomy of the Nose and Sinuses Effects of Nasal and Sinus Disease on Asthma and General HealthPathophysiology of Atopic Diseases; Rhinitis or Rhinosinusitis During Pregnancy; Rhinitis; Allergic Rhinitis; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Hormonal Rhinitis; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Infectious Rhinitis; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Nonallergic Rhinitis; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Nonallergic Rhinitis with Eosinophilia Syndrome (NARES); Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Occupational Rhinitis; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Drug-Induced Rhinitis and Rhinitis Medicamentosa; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment Atrophic Rhinitis; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Rhinosinusitis; Acute and Subacute Rhinosinusitis; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Risk of Disease Versus Treatment; Recurrent Acute Rhinosinusitis; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Chronic Rhinosinusitis; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 6: Anaphylaxis in Pregnancy; Introduction; Etiologies; Clinical Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis; Physiologic Considerations; Differential Diagnosis of Anaphylaxis and Hypotension in Pregnancy; Risk Factors for Severe/Fatal Anaphylaxis and Cofactors that Amplify Anaphylaxis
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ian Mitchell, Gaynor Govias.
    Summary: This book comprehensively presents all the necessary information health professionals need to become Certified Asthma Educators. Competent asthma educators must possess a number of skills: they must have appropriate and sound medical and pharmaceutical knowledge; be proficient and effective educators who can influence their patients behaviors for the better; and, finally, they need the administrative and organizational skills needed to set up and run efficient clinics at their places of work. The book is divided into three sections to meet those needs: Asthma: The Fundamentals; The Role of Education; and, The Effective Asthma Educator. The first section covers clinical knowledge of asthma, with chapters including lung structure and function, clinical presentation of asthma, and environmental issues in asthma management. The second section delves into the role of educating patients and teaches readers how to best do that with an integrated approach between physician, educator, and patient. The third section looks further into educating techniques with a view of the learning process, considerations for instruction locations, and the role the educator plays overall. The final chapter in the book presents example cases for readers to assess the knowledge they have learned throughout. This second edition serves as both textbook and study guide for certification as well as a long-term reference publication. It has been fully updated from the previous edition with the latest treatment guidelines, medications, and disease monitoring methods. This is an ideal guide for asthma educators, those seeking NAECB certification, and any health professional involved with individuals who have asthma.

    Contents:
    Section I: Asthma: The Fundamentals
    Asthma: An Overview
    Lung Structure and Function
    Measurements of Lung Function
    Measurements of Lung Function
    Clinical Presentation of Asthma
    Environmental Issues in Asthma Management
    Asthma Management and Use of Medication
    Special Situations in Asthma
    Section II: The Role of Education
    An Integrated Approach to Asthma Management
    Adherence
    Complementary and Alternate Medicine and Asthma
    Frequently Asked Questions
    Section III: The Effective Asthma Educator
    Learning: Theories and Principles
    Teaching the Patient with Asthma
    Clinical Management and Evaluation
    Practice Case Studies.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editors, Akihiko Yamagishi, Takeshi Kakegawa and Tomohiro Usui.
    Summary: This book provides concise and cutting-edge reviews in astrobiology, a young and still emerging multidisciplinary field of science that addresses the fundamental questions of how life originated and diversified on Earth, whether life exists beyond Earth, and what is the future for life on Earth. Readers will find coverage of the latest understanding of a wide range of fascinating topics, including, for example, solar system formation, the origins of life, the history of Earth as revealed by geology, the evolution of intelligence on Earth, the implications of genome data, insights from extremophile research, and the possible existence of life on other planets within and beyond the solar system. Each chapter contains a brief summary of the current status of the topic under discussion, sufficient references to enable more detailed study, and descriptions of recent findings and forthcoming missions or anticipated research. Written by leading experts in astronomy, planetary science, geoscience, chemistry, biology, and physics, this insightful and thought-provoking book will appeal to all students and scientists who are interested in life and space.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Part I: Introduction to Astrobiology;
    Chapter 1: What Is Astrobiology?; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Why Astrobiology Now?; 1.3 Why Astrobiology Is Needed; 1.4 Textbook Overview; 1.5 Conclusion; References; Part II: Physics and Chemistry from Space to Life;
    Chapter 2: Prebiotic Complex Organic Molecules in Space; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Molecules in Space; 2.2.1 Molecules Observed in Space; 2.2.2 Classification of Molecules in Space; 2.3 Prebiotic Organic Molecules in Space; 2.3.1 Why Prebiotic Organic Molecules Are Made of H, C, N, and O? 2.3.2 Prebiotic Organic Molecules of the Greatest Importance in Space2.4 Challenges in Searching for Amino Acids and Nucleobases in Space; 2.4.1 Amino Acids; 2.4.2 Nucleobases; 2.5 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 3: Chemical Interactions Among Organics, Water, and Minerals in the Early Solar System; 3.1 Introduction: Enigma on Origin of Organic Molecules in the Carbonaceous Chondrites; 3.2 A Missing Link in the Early Solar System: Chemical Evolution of Organic Molecules from Solar Nebula to Planetesimals 3.3 Different Stages of Parent Body Aqueous Alteration Recorded in Antarctic Micrometeorites3.4 Ultracarbonaceous Antarctic Micrometeorites: New Type of Cometary Material?; 3.5 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 4: Prebiotic Synthesis of Bioorganic Compounds by Simulation Experiments; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Dawn of Experimental Prebiotic Chemistry; 4.2.1 One-Pot Reactions; 4.2.2 Energetics and Formation Mechanisms; 4.2.3 Step-by-Step Reaction Models; 4.3 Formation and Delivery of Extraterrestrial Organic Compounds; 4.3.1 Abiotic Syntheses of Amino Acids in Simulated Space Environments 4.3.2 Abiotic Syntheses of Amino Acids and Insoluble Organic Matter in Simulated Meteorite Parent-Body Environments4.3.3 Formation of Enantiomeric Excesses of Amino Acids in Extraterrestrial Environments; 4.3.4 Delivery of Extraterrestrial Organic Compounds; 4.4 Abiotic Synthesis and Alteration of Organic Compounds in Simulated Primitive Earth Environments; 4.4.1 Prebiotic Synthesis in Simulated Submarine Hydrothermal Conditions; 4.4.2 Reconsideration of the Stepwise Scenario of Chemical Evolution; 4.5 Future Prospects; 4.5.1 Nobel Insights from Planetary Exploration; 4.5.2 Space Experiments
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Charles S. Bryan.
    Summary: Dr. James Woods Babcock, superintendent of the South Carolina State Hospital for the Insane from 1891 to 1914, led the American response to pellagra, producing the first English-language treatise on the disease and organizing the meetings of the National Association for the Study of Pellagra.

    Contents:
    Jimmie
    Superintendent
    Founder of the movement
    How bad it was
    Sambon's obsession
    So near, so far
    A plain farmer's daughter
    The blind men of Hindustan
    Perspective: asylum doctor
    Appendix I. Mortality and full recoveries (as percentages of patients treated) by race, South Carolina State Hospital for the Insane, 1891-1914
    Appendix 2. Parallels in the histories of beriberi and pellagra
    Appendix 3. A chronology of pellagra and niacin
    Appendix 4. Summary of the four major pellagra conferences held at the South Carolina State Hospital for the Insane, 1908-1915.
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Katherine C. McKenzie, editor.
    Summary: Asylum medicine, a field encompassing medical forensic evaluations of asylum seekers, is an emerging discipline in healthcare. In a time of record global displacement due to human rights violations, conflict and persecution, interest in the medical and psychological evaluation of individuals subjected to torture and other ill-treatment is high. Health professionals are uniquely qualified to use their skills to make contributions to a group of vulnerable individuals fleeing danger and death in their home countries. Health professionals involved in asylum medicine perform medical and psychological forensic evaluations of asylum seekers. Their educational background prepares them to examine and describe physical and emotional scars related to trauma, and further training allows them to assess these scars in the context of persecution, describe them in a medical-legal affidavit and support these findings with testimony. Providers of asylum medicine are often involved in advocacy, as many governments become increasingly hostile to asylum seekers. Books on human rights exist, but there is no authoritative text of asylum medicine. This book presents a comprehensive overview of asylum medicine, with emphasis on the historical and legal background of asylum law, best practices for performing asylum examinations, challenges of examining detained asylum seekers, education of trainees and advocacy. Written by experts in the field, Asylum Medicine: A Clinician's Guide is a first of its kind resource for health care providers who practice asylum medicine.

    Contents:
    Historical Background and Asylum Law
    Preparing for the Evaluation
    Physical Evaluation of Asylum Seekers
    Forensic Psychological Evaluation of Asylum Seekers
    Evaluating Pediatric Asylum Seekers
    Evaluation of Detainees
    Evaluating Survivors of Sexual and Gender-Based Violence
    Evaluating LGBTQ Asylum Seekers
    Performing Remote Evaluations
    Best Practices for Writing Affidavits and Preparing for Testimony
    Teaching and Learning Asylum Medicine
    Advocacy
    Finding Internal Balance: An Introduction to Secondary Trauma and Resilience for Asylum Evaluators
    Appendix 1 Scars of Torture and Ill-Treatment
    Appendix 2 Body Diagrams
    Appendix 3 Resources.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    Jean-Pierre Tassan, Jacek Z. Kubiak, editors.
    Contents:
    Modeling asymmetric cell division in Caulobacter crescentus using a boolean logic approach / Ismael Sánchez-Osorio, Carlos A. Hernández-Martínez, and Agustino Martínez-Antonio
    Spatiotemporal models of the asymmetric division cycle of Caulobacter crescentus / Kartik Subramanian and John J. Tyson
    Intrinsic and extrinsic determinants linking spindle pole fate, spindle polarity, and asymmetric cell division in the budding yeast S. cerevisiae / Marco Geymonat and Marisa Segal
    Wnt signaling polarizes C. elegans asymmetric cell divisions during development / Arielle Koonyee Lam and Bryan T. Phillips
    Asymmetric cell division in the one-cell C. elegans embryo: multiple steps to generate cell size asymmetry / Anne Pacquelet
    Size matters: how C. elegans asymmetric divisions regulate apoptosis / Jerome Teuliere and Gian Garriga
    The midbody and its remnant in cell polarization and asymmetric cell division / Christian Pohl
    Drosophila melanogaster neuroblasts: a model for asymmetric stem cell divisions / Emmanuel Gallaud, Tri Pham, and Clemens Cabernard
    Asymmetric divisions in oogenesis / Szczepan M. Bilinski, Jacek Z. Kubiak, and Malgorzata Kloc
    Asymmetric localization and distribution of factors determining cell fate during early development of Xenopus laevis / Radek Sindelka, Monika Sidova, Pavel Abaffy, and Mikael Kubista
    Asymmetries in cell division, cell size, and furrowing in the Xenopus laevis embryo / Jean-Pierre Tassan, Martin Wühr, Guillaume Hatte, and Jacek Kubiak
    Asymmetric and unequal cell divisions in ascidian embryos / Takefumi Negishi and Hiroki Nishida
    Asymmetries and symmetries in the mouse oocyte and zygote / Agathe Chaigne, Marie-Emilie Terret, and Marie-Hélène Verlhac
    Symmetry does not come for free: cellular mechanisms to achieve a symmetric cell division / Damian Dudka and Patrick Meraldi
    A comparative perspective on Wnt/[beta]-catenin signalling in cell fate determination / Clare L. Garcin and Shukry J. Habib
    Extracellular regulation of the mitotic spindle and fate determinants driving asymmetric cell division / Prestina Smith, Mark Azzam, and Lindsay Hinck
    Regulation of asymmetric cell division in mammalian neural stem and cancer precursor cells / Mathieu Daynac and Claudia K. Petritsch
    Molecular programs underlying asymmetric stem cell division and their disruption in malignancy / Subhas Mukherjee and Daniel J. Brat.
  • Digital
    W. Brad Johnson, PhD, and David Smith, PhD.
    Summary: Increasingly, new employees and junior members of any profession are encouraged-sometimes stridently-to "find a mentor!" Four decades of research reveals that the effects of mentorship can be profound and enduring; strong mentoring relationships have the capacity to transform individuals and entire organizations. Organizations that retain and promote top talent-both female and male-are more likely to thrive. But the mentoring landscape is unequal. Evidence consistently shows that women face more barriers in securing mentorships than men, and when they do find a mentor, they may reap a narrower range of both career and psychological benefits. Athena Rising is a book for men about how to mentor women deliberately and effectively. It is a straightforward, no-nonsense manual for helping men of all institutions, organizations, and businesses to become excellent mentors to women. Co-authors W. Brad Johnson, PhD and David Smith, PhD draw from extensive research and years of experience as experts in mentoring relationships and gender workplace issues. When a man mentors a woman, they explain, the relationship is often complicated by conventional gender roles and at times hostile external perceptions. Traditional notions of mentoring are often modeled on male-to-male relationships-the sort that begin on the golf course, involve a nearly exclusive focus on career achievement, and include more than a few slaps on the back over drinks after work. But women often report a desire for mentoring that integrates career and family aspects of life. Women want a mentor who not only "gets" this, but truly honors it. Men need to fully appreciate just how crucial their support of promising junior women can be in helping them to persist, promote, and thrive in their vocations and organizations. As women succeed, lean in, and assume leading roles in any organization or work context, that culture will become more egalitarian, effective, and prone to retaining top talent.

    Contents:
    The everyday Athena
    How women struggle at work: let us count the ways
    The reluctant male: why men avoid mentoring women
    The biology and psychology of men and women in relationships: becoming a thoughtful caveman
    A few good men: why men should mentor women well
    Preliminaries
    Matters of relationship
    Matters of professional growth
    Matters of personal growth
    What not to do.
  • Digital
    edited by Hong Wang and Cam Patterson.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    Axel Haverich, Erin Colleen Boyle.
    Summary: This book provides new perspectives on the pathogenesis of atherosclerosis. Chapters cover atherosclerosis risk factors, the effect of growth and aging on vascular architecture, and the crucial role the microvasculature plays in atherosclerosis development. Microvascular dysfunction would explain why the well-known risk factors actually put individuals at higher risk. This pathomechanism would also hold true not only for obstructive atheroma formation but also for aneurysmal dilatation as well as for aortic and peripheral artery dissection. When seen through this lens, novel preventive and therapeutic opportunities can be envisioned. Atherosclerosis Pathogenesis and Microvascular Dysfunction proposes a single unifying mechanism of atherosclerosis development and describes potential preventative and therapeutic avenues based on this concept. It therefore represents a timely and valuable resource for internal medicine, cardiology, angiology cardiovascular surgeons, pathology clinicians, researchers, trainees, and students.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Atherosclerosis Risk Factors
    The Effect Of Growth And Aging On Vascular Architecture
    Incriminating Evidence For The Role Of The Microvasculature In Atherosclerosis
    Risk Factors And Prevention In Light Of Atherosclerosis Being A Microvascular Disease
    New Ways To Target Vasa Vasorum For The Prevention And Treatment Of Atherosclerosis
    Outstanding Questions and Future Directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Matthew B. Werd, E. Leslie Knight, Paul R. Langer, editors.
    Summary: Now in a revised and expanded second edition, including an expanded section on running footwear and additional sports-specific recommendations, this updated, practical resource provides a concise and logical approach to prescribing footwear that will maximize performance and minimize injury in athletes. From fundamentals -- including athletic foot types, basic biomechanics and gait evaluation -- to step-by-step guidance through assessment and prescription of shoes, socks, lacing, inserts, and orthoses, this book is both comprehensive and easily accessible. A new section has been added to cover the array of different considerations for running footwear (barefoot, minimalist, maximalist), as well as new sport-specific recommendations. As in the previous edition, referral, coding and billing are also addressed. Photographs and drawings clearly illustrate key concepts, and wherever relevant, the authors have incorporated evidence-based medicine. By presenting new and updated essential information in a user-friendly format, Athletic Footwear and Orthoses in Sports Medicine, Second Edition will prove to be invaluable for sports medicine physicians, podiatrists, orthopedists, physical therapists, and athletic trainers.

    Contents:
    Pt. I. Fundamentals of athletic footwear and orthoses
    1. Evolution of athletic footwear / Steven I. Subotnick
    2. Evolution of foot orthoses in sports / Kevin A. Kirby
    3.Athletic foot types and deformities / Mark Razzante
    4. Clinical use of gait analysis for the athlete / Michael Chin
    5. Athletic shoe evaluation / David Levine
    6. Athletic shoe fit, modifications, and prescriptions / Amie Davis
    7. Athletic socks / Doug H. Richie Jr.
    8. Athletic shoe lacing in sports medicine / Matthew B. Werd
    9. Prefabricated insoles and modifications / David M. Davidson
    10. Orthodigital devices in sports medicine / Matthew B. Werd
    11. Evidence-based orthotic therapy in sports medicine / Paul R. Scherer
    12. Custom foot orthoses prescription for the athlete / Paul R. Scherer
    13. Ankle foot orthoses for the athlete / Douglas H. Richie Jr.
    14. Insights on prescribing athletic footwear and orthoses: the game plan / E. Leslie Knight
    pt. II. Running footwear
    15. Barefoot, minimalist, maximalist, and performance / David W. Jenkins
    16. Triathlon and duathlon / Kirk Herring
    17. Footwear and cross-training / Amol Saxena
    18. Racing track and cross-country / Brian W. Fullem
    19. Specialty running stores and the sports Medicine Professional: A Natural Partnership / Rich Wills
    pt. III Sport-Specific Athletic Footwear and Orthoses
    20.Golf / Jonathan Blum
    21.Tennis / Alex Kor
    22.Cycling / Paul R. Langer
    23. Court shoes and orthoses for racquet sports: tennis, pickleball, badminton, squash, racquetball, and American handball / Richard T. Bouche
    24. Football / Lowell Weil Jr.
    25. Skating / R. Neil Humble
    26. Skiing and snowboarding / Jeffrey A. Ross
    27. Cross-country skiing / Paul R. Langer
    28. Basketball and volleyball / James M. Losito
    29. Aerobic dance and cheerleading / Jeffrey A. Ross
    30. Dance and ballet / Lisa M. Schoene
    31. Baseball and softball / Mark Razzante
    32. Soccer / Robert M. Conenello
    pt. IV. Special populations and athletic footwear
    33. Pediatric footwear / Mark Cucuzzella
    34. Special olympics: custom foot orthoses for athletes with genetic disorders / Shawn Walls
    pt. V. 35. Durable medical equipment and coding in sports medicine / Tony Poggio.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Marcia C.M. Marques, Carlos E.V. Grelle, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: The Atlantic Forest is one of the 36 hotspots for biodiversity conservation worldwide. It is a unique, large biome (more than 3000 km in latitude; 2500 in longitude), marked by high biodiversity, high degree of endemic species and, at the same time, extremely threatened. Approximately 70% of the Brazilian population lives in the area of this biome, which makes the conflict between biodiversity conservation and the sustainability of the human population a relevant issue. This book aims to cover: 1) the historical characterization and geographic variation of the biome; 2) the distribution of the diversity of some relevant taxa; 3) the main threats to biodiversity, and 4) possible opportunities to ensure the biodiversity conservation, and the economic and social sustainability. Also, it is hoped that this book can be useful for those involved in the development of public policies aimed at the conservation of this important global biome.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Historical and biogeographical aspects
    The Atlantic Forest: an introduction to the megadiverse forest of Southern America
    The Atlantic Forest Ecological History: from pre-history to the Anthropocene
    The North-eastern Atlantic Forest: biogeographical, historical and current aspects in the Sugarcane Zone
    The Hileia Baiana
    an assessment of natural and historical aspects of the land use and degradation of the central corridor of the Brazilian Atlantic Forest
    The southern Atlantic Forest: Use, degradation, and perspectives for conservation
    Part II - Biodiversity
    Tree diversity in the Brazilian Atlantic Forest: biases and general patterns using different sources of information
    Vascular Epiphytes of the Atlantic Forest: diversity and community ecology
    Social Insects of the Atlantic Forest
    Tetrapod diversity in the Atlantic Forest: maps and gaps
    Freshwater Studies in Atlantic Forest: general overview and prospects
    Part III - Threats
    Land-cover changes and an uncertain future: will the Brazilian Atlantic Forest lose the chance to become a hopespot?
    Climate change and biodiversity in the Atlantic Forest: best climatic models, predicted changes and impacts, and adaptation options
    Non-native species introductions, invasions, and biotic homogenization in the Atlantic Forest
    Causes and consequences of large-scale defaunation in the Atlantic forest
    Pollination systems in the Atlantic Forest: characterization, threats, and opportunities
    IV
    Opportunities
    Atlantic Forest: ecosystem services linking people and biodiversity
    Changing the agriculture paradigm in the Brazilian Atlantic Forest: the importance of agroforestry
    Engaging people for large-scale forest restoration: Governance lessons from the Atlantic Forest of Brazil
    The Atlantic Forest Trail: connecting people, biodiversity and protected areas
    Conservation initiatives in the Brazilian Atlantic forest
    Financing conservation in the Brazilian Atlantic Forest
    Integrating researchers for understanding the biodiversity in Atlantic Forest
    The future of the Atlantic Forest.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access WHO 2017
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA645.N48 A85 2017
    1
  • Digital
    E. Edmund Kim, Hyung-Jun Im, Dong Soo Lee, Keon Wook Kang.
    Summary: This atlas showcases cross-sectional anatomy for the proper interpretation of images generated from PET/MRI, PET/CT, and SPECT/CT applications. Hybrid imaging is at the forefront of nuclear and molecular imaging and enhances data acquisition for the purposes of diagnosis and treatment. Simultaneous evaluation of anatomic and metabolic information about normal and abnormal processes addresses complex clinical questions and raises the level of confidence of the scan interpretation. Extensively illustrated with high-resolution PET/MRI, PET/CT and SPECT/CT images, this atlas provides precise morphologic information for the whole body as well as for specific regions such as the head and neck, abdomen, and musculoskeletal system. Atlas and Anatomy of PET/MRI, PET/CT, AND SPECT/CT is a unique resource for physicians and residents in nuclear medicine, radiology, oncology, neurology, and cardiology. .

    Contents:
    Atlas and Anatomy of PET/MR
    Atlas and Anatomy of PET/CT
    Atlas and Anatomy of SPECT/CT. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    E. Edmund Kim, Hyung-Jun Im, Dong Soo Lee, Keon Wook Kang.
    Summary: This atlas showcases cross-sectional anatomy for the proper interpretation of images generated from PET/MRI, PET/CT, and SPECT/CT applications. Hybrid imaging is at the forefront of nuclear and molecular imaging and enhances data acquisition for the purposes of diagnosis and treatment. Simultaneous evaluation of anatomic and metabolic information about normal and abnormal processes addresses complex clinical questions and raises the level of confidence of the scan interpretation. Extensively illustrated with high-resolution PET/MRI, PET/CT and SPECT/CT images, this atlas provides precise morphologic information for the whole body as well as for specific regions such as the head and neck, abdomen, and musculoskeletal system. Atlas and Anatomy of PET/MRI, PET/CT, AND SPECT/CT is a unique resource for physicians and residents in nuclear medicine, radiology, oncology, neurology, and cardiology.

    Contents:
    Atlas and Anatomy of PET/MR
    Atlas and Anatomy of PET/CT
    Atlas and Anatomy of SPECT/CT.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    Wolf-Heidegger, Gerhard.
    Contents:
    Bd.
    1. Systema sceleti. Iuncturae ossium. Systema musculorum.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    E557 .W85
    4
  • Digital
    Ming-Chon Hsiung, Wei-Hsian Yin, Fang-Chieh Lee, Wei-Hsuan Chiang.
    Summary: This book introduces classic and unique cases in 3D TEE in structural heart disease interventions. In each all the 40 cases, background information, clinical presentations, and diagnostic findings are present and followed by step-by-step approaches of interventional therapies and outcomes after the procedures. The highlight of the book is to utilize extensive illustrations, over 500, to demonstrate various cardiovascular pathologies. Most of the figures are 3D transesophageal echocardiograms, they are cooperated with 2D transesophageal echocardiograms, X rays, fluoroscopies, computed tomograms, etc. Since the echo images obtained in clinic practice are moving images, it also includes over 300 videos, which serve as a supplement to the static illustrations in this book. The atlas is organized into five chapters. In Chapters one, cases received closure of congenital and acquired cardiac defects are described. Transcatheter aortic valve implantation and its complications are discussed in Chapter two and three. Chapter four details the valve-in-valve therapy. Chapter five covers MitraClip therapy. It offers readers an insider's view of 3D transesophageal echocardiography in structural heart disease interventions and to refresh their clinical work.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Michael J. Rosen.
    Contents:
    Abdominal wall anatomy and vascular supply / Harvey Chim, Karen Kim Evans, Christopher J. Salgado, Samir Mardini
    Laparoscopic repair of ventral hernias : standard / Sean B. Orenstein, William S. Cobb IV
    Laparoscopic repair of atypical hernias : suprapubic, subxiphoid, and lumbar / William W. Hope
    Laparoscopic repair of parastomal hernias / Cory N. Criss, David M. Krpata, Ajita S. Prabhu
    Posterior component separation with transversus abdominus muscle release / Michael J. Rosen
    Open flank hernia repair / Melissa Phillips LaPinska, Michael J. Rosen
    Open parastomal hernia repair / Joshua S. Winder, Eric M. Pauli
    Open ventral hernia repair with onlay mesh / David L. Webb, Nathaniel Stoikes, Guy R. Voeller
    Perforator preservation and force distribution : two key elements of the open components release hernia repair / Gregory A. Dumanian
    Endoscopic component separation / Jorge Daes
    Tissue and fascial expansion of the abdominal wall / Michelle Coriddi, Jeffrey E. Janis
    Chemical component separation with Botox / Martin D. Zielinski, Donald H. Jenkins
    Panniculectomy and abdominal wall reconstruction / Maurice Y. Nahabedian
    Perineal hernia repair / Carley Schroering, J. Scott Roth
    Robotic transabdominal preperitoneal hernia repair for ventral hernias / Conrad Ballecer, Eduardo Parra Davila
    Progressive preoperative pneumoperitoneum for hernias with loss of abdominal domain / Alfredo M. Carbonell II
    Rotational and free flap closure of the abdominal wall / Gregory A. Lamaris, Brian Gastman
    Management of the open abdomen / Matthew L. Moorman, Jay Mittal, Jeff Ustin
    Surgical approach to the rectus diastasis / Andrea Moreira
    Umbilical hernia repair / Laurel J. Blair, Kent W. Kercher
    Repair of the post-TRAM bulge/hernia / George DeNoto, Ron Israeli
    Transabdominal preperitoneal inguinal hernia repair / Michael J. Rosen
    Laparoscopic totally extraperitoneal inguinal hernia repair / A. Daniel Guerron, Steven Rosenblatt
    Preoperative optimization of the hernia patient / Clayton C. Petro, Michael Rosen.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Randy Ray Richardson.
    Summary: This atlas is a concise visual guide to the imaging of acquired heart disease in infants, children, and adolescents. Imaging plays an ever-increasing vital role in diagnosis, preoperative planning, and postoperative management for children with these disorders. The book reviews techniques for lowering radiation, discusses protocols for imaging in children, and provides recommendations for the most appropriate studies that decrease the time and cost of imaging these patients. Focusing on functional and anatomic imaging with an emphasis on three-dimensional color-coded models derived from CT and MR scans, this book promotes understanding of cardiovascular disorders in children, including infectious, neoplastic, and metabolic diseases. Atlas of Acquired Cardiovascular Disease Imaging in Children is a valuable resource through which cardiologists, radiologists, pediatric cardiothoracic surgeons, and residents can improve the quality and treatment of pediatric and adolescent patients with acquired heart disease. .
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Patricia Treadwell, Michael Lee Smith, Julie Prendiville editors.
    Summary: Valuable to dermatologists, adolescent medicine specialists, family medicine practitioners, and primary care physicians, the Atlas of Adolescent Dermatology presents a concise and practical guide to the diagnosis and management of adolescent skin diseases. Each chapter follows a similar format, to assist in ease of reference, and contains information on diagnosis and management. The various chapters include conditions such as Acne, Seborrheic Dermatitis, Eczema, Scabies, Contact Dermatitis, and selected Genodermatoses.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction
    Alopecia and Other Hair Disorders
    Body Art and Infections
    Cutaneous Findings Associated with Eating Disorders
    Cutaneous Infections and Infestations
    Cutaneous Malignancies
    Cutaneous Signs of Connective Tissue Disease
    Dermatoses in Adolescents of Color
    Papulosquamous Disorders
    Pediatric Dermatology Look-Alikes
    Skin Findings in Obesity
    Sun Exposure and Tanning Beds.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Alexander Shifrin, editor.
    Summary: This book is designed to illustrate different techniques on how to perform successful adrenalectomies by using different approaches. It is written by renowned endocrine surgeons and includes techniques of adrenalectomy by using laparoscopic transperitoneal, posterior retroperitoneal, and robotic approaches. Each procedure includes right and left adrenalectomy. Chapters begin with a case description that defines the main aspect of surgery. Each picture, which is taken intraoperatively, is accompanied by corresponding drawings for easier understanding of the anatomical structures and steps of the procedure. In addition, annotated videos of procedures are available to supplement the material. The book also provides common pitfalls of the procedure in order to avoid complications and improve patient outcomes. The Atlas of Adrenal Surgery offers an indispensable source of knowledge to all surgeons, those who just started their career and those who are in the more advanced stages of their practice and are learning new techniques of adrenalectomy.

    Contents:
    Transabdominal laparoscopic left adrenalectomy
    Laparoscopic right adrenalectomy (transperitoneal approach)
    Laparoscopic transabdominal right adrenalectomy
    Laparoscopic transabdominal left adrenalectomy
    Right posterior retroperitoneoscopic adrenalectomy
    Left partial posterior retroperitoneoscopic adrenalectomy
    Posterior retroperitoneoscopic right cortical-sparing adrenalectomy
    Left robotic transperitoneal adrenalectomy
    Right robotic transperitoneal adrenalectomy
    Right transabdominal robotic adrenalectomy.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    S. Kim Suvarna, editor.
    Summary: This atlas leads the reader through the adult autopsy process, and its common variations, with a large number of high-quality macroscopic photographs and concise accompanying text. It provides a manual of current practice and is an easy-to-use resource for case examination for consent, medico-legal and radiological autopsies. External realities and checks are discussed at the beginning of the book, which goes on to cover specific body cavities and organ systems in detail. The book ends with chapters on topics including forensic autopsies, specialist sampling, toxicology analyses and the radiological autopsy. Atlas of Adult Autopsy is aimed at practicing pathologists, particularly those in training grades. It may also be of interest to anatomical technicians in autopsy suites, as well as parties with a legal interest in autopsy practice.

    Contents:
    General Considerations and Safety
    External Examination
    Evisceration
    Thorax: Heart, Lungs, Mediastinum, and Pleura
    Gastrointestinal and Hepatobiliary System
    Genitourinary and Breast Tissues, Including Pregnancy
    Lymphoreticular Tissues: Lymph Node, Spleen and Thymus, Bone and Marrow
    Endocrine Glands: Thyroid, Parathyroid, Adrenal, and Pituitary
    The Central Nervous System, with Eye and Ear
    Standard and Special Tests
    Devices: Foreign Items Encountered During the Autopsy
    The Forensic Autopsy
    The Radiological Autopsy
    Toxicology
    Appendix.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Constantine Mavroudis, Joseph A. Dearani, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Angelo Ghidini, Francesco Mattiolo, Sergio Bottero, Livio Presutti, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Anatomy of Animal Model and Comparison to Human
    2. How to Prepare an Animal Model
    3. Tracheotomy
    4. Laryngotracheoplasty (anterior and posterior cricoid split)
    5. Slide Tracheoplasty
    6. Step-by-Step Trachea Resection with End-to-End Anastomosis
    7. Step-by-Step Partial Cricotracheal Resection (PCTR)
    8. Larynx Box
    9 .Endoscopic Procedures.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Anne M. Gilroy, Brian R. MacPherson, Jamie C. Wikenheiser ; based on the work of Michael Schuenke, Erik Schulte, Udo Schumacher ; illustrations by Markus Voll, Karl Wesker.
    Summary: "An updated atlas that provides a clear, accurate, and fully illustrated guide to human anatomy"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Back. 1. Surface anatomy
    2. Bones, ligaments & joints
    3. Muscles
    4. Neurovasculature
    5. Sectional & radiographic anatomy
    Thorax. 6. Surface anatomy
    7. Thoracic wall
    8. Thoracic cavity
    9. Mediastinum
    10. Pulmonary cavities
    11. Sectional & radiographic anatomy
    Abdomen. 12. Surface anatomy
    13. Abdominal wall
    14. Abdominal cavity & spaces
    15. Internal organs
    16. Neurovasculature
    17. Sectional & radiographic anatomy
    Pelvis & perineum. 18. Surface anatomy
    19. Bones, ligaments & muscles
    20. Spaces
    21. Internal organs
    22. Neurovasculature
    23. Sectional & radiographic anatomy
    Upper limb. 24. Surface anatomy
    25. Shoulder & arm
    26. Elbow & forearm
    27. Wrist & hand
    28. Neurovasculature
    29. Sectional & radiographic anatomy
    Lower limb. 30. Surface anatomy
    31. Hip & thigh
    32. Knee & leg
    33. Ankle & foot
    34. Neurovasculature
    35. Sectional & radiographic anatomy
    Head & neck. 36. Surface anatomy
    37. Neck
    38. Bones of the head
    39. Muscles of the skull & face
    40. Cranial nerves
    41. Neurovasculature of the skull & face
    42. Orbit & eye
    43. Nasal cavity & nose
    44. Temporal bone & ear
    45. Oral cavity & pharynx
    46. Sectional & radiographic anatomy
    Brain and nervous system. 47. Brain
    48. Blood vessels of the brain
    49. Functional systems
    50. Autonomic nervous system
    51. Sectional & radiographic anatomy
    Index.
  • Digital
    Amr Abdelhamid Zaki AbouZeid, Shaimaa Abdelsattar Mohammad.
    Summary: This volume provides an in-depth analysis of abnormal pelvic anatomy in various forms of anorectal anomalies, often with multiple associations. The anatomy of the pelvis is one of the most complex in the body, and anatomists have provided detailed descriptions of normal anatomy based on cadaver dissections. However, congenital abnormalities present a spectrum of deviations from normal, which can be difficult to perceive with surgical practice alone. The advent of cross-sectional imaging has fortunately provided a powerful tool, allowing clinicians to study these anomalies in depth and on multiple planes. This volume will be an essential tool to better understand this spectrum of alterations in a critical region of the body, thus helping pediatric surgeons make the correct planning for a solid reconstruction of the abnormality.

    Contents:
    1. Normal pelvic anatomy in the male and female
    Common anorectal anomalies in the male
    Common anorectal anomalies in the female
    Rectal atresia
    Cloacal anomalies (classic cloaca; incomplete cloaca; posterior cloaca; cloaca in the male)
    Y-type urethral duplication (congenital ano-urinary fistula)
    Duplication anomalies and cloacal exstrophy
    Anorectal anomalies in conjoined twins
    Anorectal anomalies in Currarino triad
    Associated anomalies (urinary, Mullerian, spinal, and skeletal)
    Pelvic anatomical distortion after surgical reconstruction of anorectal anomalies.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Jorge L. Alió, Jorge L. Alió del Barrio, editors.
    Summary: Part of the Essentials in Ophthalmology series, this atlas is designed to comprehensively cover optical coherence tomography of the anterior segment of the eye. The aim is to improve knowledge of the fundamentals of OCT technology for anterior segment, clarify the differences with posterior segment OCT and emphasize the immense relevance and usefulness that anterior segment OCT study has for diagnosis, therapeutic orientation, surgical guidance, and improvement in patient management. Atlas of Anterior Segment Optical Coherence Tomography is organized into comprehensive chapters on the following topics: fundamentals, technologies and technological differences among platforms, application of OCT, corneal OCT angiography, as well as case-based chapters. Numerous highly-detailed figures, illustrations and photographs make this an ideal resource for the corneal specialist seeking further instruction on this cutting-edge technology. The case-based chapters include such conditions as bowman dystrophies, trauma, cataract, glaucoma, sclera, refractive surgery, ocular infections, and are structured to facilitate the consultant surgeon by providing practical information applicable to practical cases in their practice.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Anterior Segment OCT: An Overview
    Chapter 2. Anterior Segment OCT: Fundamentals and Technological Basis
    Chapter 3. Anterior Segment OCT: How to Choose for Your Practice
    Chapter 4. Anterior Segment OCT: Clinical Applications
    Chapter 5. Anterior Segment OCT: Angiography
    Chapter 6. Anterior Segment OCT: High-Resolution Tomography of Corneal and Conjunctival Lesions
    Chapter 7. Anterior Segment OCT: Real-time Intraoperative OCT in Corneal Surgery
    Chapter 8. Anterior Segment OCT: Real-time Intraoperative OCT in Cataract Surgery
    Chapter 9. Anterior Segment OCT: Observations in Corneal Stroma Regeneration
    Chapter 10. Anterior Segment OCT: Application in Stromal Lenticule Addition Keratoplasty (SLAK)
    Chapter 11. Anterior Segment OCT: Application to Improve Graft Selection for Corneal Transplantation
    Chapter 12. Anterior Segment OCT: Polarization-Sensitive OCT.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Cristian Blanco Moreno.
    Contents:
    Shoulder
    Elbow
    Wrist
    Hip
    Knee
    Ankle.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2016
  • Digital
    Man Koon Suh ; English translator, Aram Harijan ; medical illustrator, Kim Sung Tae.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Tracy I. George, Daniel A. Arber, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro; Dedication; Series Preface; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
    1: Normal Bone Marrow; Suggested Reading;
    2: Reactive Changes; References;
    3: Post-therapy Marrow Changes; References;
    4: Constitutional, Metabolic, and Related Disorders; Suggested Reading;
    5: Bone Marrow Infections; References;
    6: Bone Marrow Lymphoma; References;
    7: Plasma Cell Neoplasms; Suggested Reading;
    8: Immunodeficiency-Associated Lymphoproliferative Disorder; Lymphoproliferative Disorders in HIV Patients; Posttransplant Lymphoproliferative Disorders; Iatrogenic Immunodeficiency-Related Disorders; References
    9: Lymphoblastic Leukemia/LymphomaReferences;
    10: Myelodysplastic Syndrome; References;
    11: Acute Myeloid Leukemia; References;
    12: Myeloid Proliferations of Down Syndrome; References;
    13: Acute Leukemias of Ambiguous Lineage; References;
    14: Histiocytic Disorders; References;
    15: Myeloproliferative Neoplasms and Mastocytosis; References; Suggested Reading;
    16: Myeloid and Lymphoid Neoplasms with Eosinophilia; References;
    17: Myelodysplastic/Myeloproliferative Neoplasms (MDS/MPN); Suggested Reading;
    18: Metastatic Tumors in the Bone Marrow; Suggested Reading; Index
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jae Hong Kim.
    Summary: This atlas is the first book on the use of high-resolution ultrasound to assess breast implants and identify the various potential breast implant-related complications, which are frequently asymptomatic. The aim is to provide radiologists, breast surgeons, plastic surgeons, and other medical staff with a comprehensive guide of high clinical value during not only the diagnostic but also the treatment process. To this end, a wealth of ultrasound images and videos are presented, along with surgical photos and videos and pathological findings. The coverage includes the role of ultrasound in the management of breast implant-associated anaplastic large cell carcinoma, with explanation of its value in distinguishing the type of implant shell, which is highly relevant in this disease. A concluding chapter presents a large series of instructive cases. The author has extensive experience in breast surgery and has been collecting implant-related data using high-resolution ultrasound, including data on the diagnosis of side effects, for more than a decade. .

    Contents:
    1 Current status and future implications of ultrasound in the context of implant-based breast aesthetic and reconstructive surgery
    2 An evidence-based approach to an implant-based mammoplasty
    3 Role of ultrasound in the implant-based aesthetic and reconstructive mammoplasty
    4 Distinguishing various type of breast implant using high resolution ultrasonography
    5 Usefulness of high-resolution ultrasound in detecting complications of an implant-based mammoplasty
    6 Breast implant-associated anaplastic large cell lymphoma
    7 Usefulness of high-resolution ultrasound (HRUS) in planning revision or reoperation for patients receiving an implant-based augmentation mammoplasty
    8 Clinical presentations
    9 Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Mario Rietjens, Mario Casales Schorr, Visnu Lohsiriwat ; forewords by Umberto Veronesi and Jean Yves Petit.
    Summary: Back Cover Text Breast reconstructive and oncoplastic surgery can reduce the sense of mutilation resulting from oncologic surgery and meets the need to provide breast cancer treatment that will not only eradicate the cancer but also re-establish the patient?s quality of life. However, the difficulties inherent in preoperative planning and the intraoperative complexity of breast reconstruction and oncoplastic techniques represent major challenges for the breast surgeon. This atlas, intended for surgeons at every level, is an all-inclusive guide that documents surgical techniques step by step by means of a wealth of more than 1000 color photos, additional high-quality drawings and illustrations, and succinct accompanying text. Both common, established procedures and the most recently introduced techniques are covered, ensuring that readers will have at their disposal multiple approaches for breast repair, remodeling, and reconstruction. In addition to the comprehensive descriptions of techniques, preoperative planning is explained, indications and contraindications are identified, and the management of surgical complications is discussed. Tips, pitfalls, and key points are highlighted. The Atlas of Breast Reconstruction is an unprecedented tool that will increase and refine the arsenal at the oncoplastic surgeon's disposal in order to ensure that the best treatment can be offered to each individual patient.

    Contents:
    1 Reconstruction technique for total mastectomy
    2 Reconstruction technique for partial mastectomy and other partial breast deformities.- 3 Reconstruction and correction techniques for Nipple-Areola Complex
    4 Lipofilling.- 6 Surgical correction of complications.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Diethelm Wallwiener [and eight others].
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    Ismail Jatoi, John Benson, Hani Sbitany.
    Summary: This atlas describes various surgical techniques and incorporates both science and art into a unique transatlantic perspective for treatment of breast disease. The management of both benign and malignant disease is outlined with a detailed account of the diagnostic pathway and methods for obtaining definitive pre-operative diagnosis. All sections contain illustrations to demonstrate and clarify surgical and other practical procedures. Particular emphasis is placed on those techniques that consistently provide good cosmetic outcomes. This 2nd edition of the Atlas of Breast Surgery includes many new illustrations with important updates on innovations in surgical techniques. Many of the illustrations from the previous atlas have been preserved, with new illustrations to highlight important advances in surgical techniques since publication of the first edition. This atlas is intended as a guide for surgeons throughout the world who treat diseases of the breast, both benign and malignant. Atlas of Breast Surgery 2nd Edition serves as a valuable resource for qualified surgeons and trainees from general, plastic and gynecology backgrounds in the management of patients with all types of breast disease.

    Contents:
    Historical Overview of Breast Surgery
    Anatomy
    Diagnostic Pathways
    Surgery for benign breast disorders
    Surgery for Breast Cancer
    Plastic and Reconstructive Breast Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Martin Sonnenschein, Christian Waldherr.
    Contents:
    Basic Principles of Breast Tomosynthesis
    Diagnostic Criteria (Form, Margins, Pattern)
    BI-RADS and ACR
    Indications for Breast-Tomosynthesis (Densitiy, Risk factors, Localisation, Tumor Size, Margins, Multifocality)
    Screening tool and early detection
    Benigne Changes (Cysts, Fibroadenomas, Papillomas, Infection)
    BI-RADS
    Malignant Changes (MV, DCIS, LCIS)
    BI-RADS
    Postsurgical Changes (scar, fatnecrosis, radiation)
    Tomo-guided Interventions (VABB, Loc., Galactography).
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Theresa E. Rizzi, Amy Valenciano, Mary Bowles, Rick Cowell, Ronald Tyler,
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Mauro Moscucci ; associate editors, Mauricio G. Cohen, Stanley J. Chetcuti.
    Contents:
    Integrated imaging modalities in the cardiac catheterization laboratory / Michael S. Kim and Robert A. Quaife
    Complications of percutaneous coronary intervention / Mauro Moscucci
    Percutaneous vascular access : transfemoral, transseptal, apical, and transcaval approach / Michael David Dyal and Claudia A. Martinez
    Radial artery approach / Carlos Enrique Alfonso, Tejas Patel, and Mauricio G Cohen
    Cutdown approach : femoral, axillary, direct aortic, and transapical / Ross Michael Reul, Philip L. Auyang, and Michael Joseph Reardon
    Catheterization in childhood and adult congenital heart disease / Ada C. Stefanescu Schmidt, Samuel L. Casella, Michael J. Landzberg, and Diego Porras
    Pressure measurements / Mauro Moscucci and Calin V. Maniu
    Hemodynamics of tamponade, constrictive, and restrictive physiology / Yogesh N.V. Reddy, Mauro Moscucci, and Barry A Borlaug
    Pitfalls in the evaluation of hemodynamic data / Mauro Moscucci
    Coronary angiography and cardiac ventriculography / Robert N. Piana, Aaron Kugelmass, and Mauro Moscucci
    Coronary anomalies / Mauro Moscucci
    Pulmonary angiography / Kyung J. Cho
    Angiography of the aorta and peripheral arteries / Hector Tamez, Thomas M. Tu, Ruby Lo, and Duane S. Pinto
    Myocardial and coronary blood flow and metabolism / Mathew Liakos, Kiran V. Reddy, and Allen Jeremias
    Intravascular imaging / Masayasu Ikutomi, Yasuhiro Honda, Peter J. Fitzgerald, and Paul G. Yock
    Endomyocardial biopsy / Mauro Moscucci
    Percutaneous circulatory support : intra-aortic balloon counterpulsation : impella, tandem heart, and extracorporeal bypass / Carlos D. Davila, Michele Esposito, and Navin K. Kapur
    Percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty / Mauro Moscucci
    Atherectomy, thrombectomy, and distal protection devices / Karim M. Al-azizi and Aaron Kugelmass
    Coronary stenting / Mauro Moscucci
    Percutaneous interventions for valvular heart disease / Hong Jun (Francisco) Yun, and Stanley J. Chetcuti
    Interventions for adult structural heart disease / Hong Jun (Francisco) Yun, and Stanley J. Chetcuti
    Peripheral interventions / Jayendrakumar S. Patel, Samir R. Kapadia and Mehdi H. Shishehbor
    Thoracic aortic endovascular repair / Arnoud Kamman, Karen M. Kim, David M. Williams, and Himanshu J. Patel
    Percutaneous epicardial techniques / Juan F. Viles-Gonzalez and Andre D'Avila.
    Digital Access Ovid 2019

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL) contains coverage of nursing and allied health literature. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Provides critical assessments of systematic reviews compiled from a variety of medical journals. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides systematic coverage of the psychological literature from the 1800s to the present through articles, book chapters and dissertations. PIER (Physicians' Information and Education Resource) is a Web-based decision-support tool designed for rapid point-of-care delivery of up-to-date, evidence-based guidance for primary care physicians. Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) provides access to 300,000 controlled trials that have been identified the Cochrane Collaboration. Provides drug information targeted for patients. A continually updating drug monograph. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.